[1. CALL SESSION TO ORDER ]
[00:00:09]
CALLED CITY COUNCIL MEETING TO ORDER FOR AUGUST 24, 2023.
WE'LL START WITH ROLL CALL. COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON.
>> HERE. >> COUNCILMEMBER CLARK.
>> YES. >> MAYOR PRO TEM GORD.
>> HERE. >> COUNCILMEMBER WILCOTT.
JOIN ME AND RISE FOR THE PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE.
I PLEDGE ALLEGIANCE TO THE FLAG OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, AND TO THE REPUBLIC FOR WHICH IT STANDS, ONE NATION UNDER GOD, INDIVISIBLE, WITH LIBERTY AND JUSTICE FOR ALL.
HONOR THE TEXAS FLAG. I PLEDGE ALLEGIANCE TO THEE, TEXAS, ONE STATE UNDER GOD, ONE AND INDIVISIBLE.
[4. PUBLIC COMMENT ]
>> NEXT UP, PUBLIC COMMENT. I CALL YOUR NAME YOU WILL HAVE THREE MINUTES TO SPEAK AND 30 SECONDS WHEN YOU SEE THE YELLOW.
WHEN IT HITS RED, YOUR TIME IS UP.
FIRST UP WE HAVE CORY -- I CAN'T SAY -- DIMENA?
I'M SORRY. >> IT'S CLOSER THAN MOST.
I'M CORY DIMENA, I'M A NINE-YEAR RESIDENTS OF HUTTO.
I TRY TO STAY CLEAR OF GETTING INVOLVED IN THE SNIPING THAT GOES ON ON FACEBOOK FROM SOME OF OUR COMMUNITY ABOUT COUNCIL MEMBERS AND CITY COUNCIL BUSINESS.
I CHOOSE NOT TO POST OR JOIN IN ON THE NASTY COMMENTS THAT ARE TOO OFTEN FILLED WITH INNUENDO, SNIDE REMARKS, AND NASTY ACCUSATIONS OF SINISTER MOTIVES THAT ARE CLEARLY UNPRODUCTIVE AND UNHEALTHY. I THINK EVERYONE HERE KNOWS WHAT I AM TALKING ABOUT. BUT, I WAS VERY SURPRISED, ACTUALLY SOMEWHAT SHOCKED, WHEN I READ MAYOR SNYDER'S RECENT FACEBOOK POST LISTING NAMES OF FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS HOLDING THE MORTGAGE LOANS OF CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS.
I WAS TAKEN ABACK BECAUSE I RECALLED FROM THE VIDEO OF THE COUNCIL MEETING ON MAY 17 THAT THE CITY OF TURNY WAS TO LOOK INTO THE MATTER AND REPORT BACK TO COUNCIL IN SEPTEMBER.
WHEN I READ A COMMENT BY THE MAYOR ACCOMPANYING THE POST, I WAS EVEN MORE SHOCKED. CONCERNING COUNSEL MEMBERS FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES, I WROTE, QUOTE, SOME ARE CLEARLY HIDING OR MISENVELOPING. THIS AFTER THE MAYOR SAID ON ON THE 17TH WHEN HE ASKED COUNSEL MEMBERS WHAT THEY WERE TRIKING TO HIDE IT WAS ONLY IN JEST. IT APPEARS IT WASN'T IN JEST.
MAKING THAT ACCUSATION, I FEEL IS JUST WRONG.
I BELIEVE IT WAS WRONG FOR THE MA IRTO USE HIS OFFICIAL FACEBOOK PAGE TO POST THE INSTITUTION'S NAMES BEFORE HEARING BACK FROM THE CITY ATTORNEY ON THE MATTER.
AND WRONG TO ACCUSE OTHER COUNCIL MEMBERS FROM HIDING FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND MISINFORMING THE COMMUNITY ABOUT THAT INFORMATION. SO, WHAT IF A COUNCILMEMBER DOESN'T WANT THE BANK'S NAME POSTED IN THE CITY'S WEBSITE.
THAT SHOULD BE RESPECTED WITH THE DIAGNOSTIC IT DESERVES.
BECAUSE THESE ARE GOOD FOLKS SERVING THEIR COMMUNITY WHO JUST WANT TO DO WHAT LITTLE THEY CAN TO PROTECT THEMSELVES AND THEIR FAMILIES. 'LL THIS HAS BEEN A MANUFACTURED CONTROVERSY. IT WAS UNNECESSARY AND TOTALLY UNPRODUCTIVE. THESE ARE THE KIND OF ACTIONS THAT CREATE BAD BLOOD BETWEEN COUNCIL MEMBERS AND SUBSEQUENTLY THOSE WITHIN THE COMMUNITY. WE ALL KNOW THIS COMMUNITY POLITICALLY AND GOVERNMENTALLY SPEAKING STILL HAS HEALING TO DO FROM THE RECENT PAST. I RESPECTFULLY URGE ALL COUNCIL MEMBERS TO SHOW RESTRAINT WHEN USING SOCIAL MEDIA, TO ADVOCATE FOR THEIR POSITIONS. WE NEED YOU CLEARLY FOCUSED ON YOUR JOB, TO HELP HUTTO MAKE THE MANY DESIRED IMPROVEMENTS AND INFRASTRUCTURE INVESTMENTS THAT HAVE BEEN PUT SOLVE FAR TOO LONG. IF COMPROMISE NEED TO BE MADE REGARDING FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES, IT'S NOT NECESSARY TO GET NASTY ON FACEBOOK ABOUT IT. THERE ARE MORE HEALTHY AND PRODUCTIVE WAYS TO ADVOCATE FOR THAT.
THANK YOU FOR YOUR TIME. >> YES, SIR.
NEXT WE HAVE YIMY PIERCE. JIMMY PIERCE.
FIRST OF ON, I DIDN'T HAVE TO FILL OUT A PERSONAL FINANCIAL REPORT WHEN I SIGNED UP TO RUN FOR COUNCIL.
ACCORDING TO THE STATE, IF YOUR CITY IS LESS THAN 100,000
[00:05:01]
PEOPLE, YOU DON'T HAVE TO HAVE ONE.SO THAT WAS A FALSE STATEMENT IN YOUR POST.
SECONDLY, IDENTITY THEFT DOES NOT USUALLY TARGET A SPECIFIC PERSON. THEY LOOK FOR A PIECE OF INFORMATION THAT IS LINKED TO A PERSON, AND THEN WORK OUTWARD FROM THERE. SO PUBLISHING COUNCIL MEMBERS' INFORMATION, SO PEOPLE HAVE ACCESS TO IT WITHOUT MAKING INQUIRIES IS A LIABILITY THAT THE CITY DOES NOT NEED.
ANYONE WHO MAKES ANOTHER PERSON'S FINANCIAL INFORMATION EASIER TO ACCESS IS ACTING IRRESPONSIBLEBLY.
MR. MAYOR, ON YOUR FACEBOOK POST YOU HAVE PERSONALLY ATTACKED EVERY OTHER MEMBER ON THAT DAIS BECAUSE THEY WANTED TO PROTECT THEMSELVES AND THEIR FAMILIES.
AND YOU HAVE INSINUATED THAT THEY HAVE SOMETHING TO HIDE WITH ABSOLUTELY NO PROOF, JUST INNUENDO.
AT BEST YOU HAVE ACTED IRRESPONSIBLEBLY.
AT WORST IT WAS PETTY AND VINDICTIVE.
IF A MEMBER OF THIS COUNCIL, OR THE MAYOR, DOES NOT LIKE THE WAY A VOTE GOES, OR EVEN A DISCUSS GOES AND THEN CALLS OUT OTHER MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL PUBLICLY WITH ACCUSATIONS A UNNO PROOF, THEY ARE NOT ACTING IN THE GOOD FAITH OF THEIR OFFICE.
IF A MEMBER OF THE COUNCIL OR ON THE MAYOR DOES NOT GET A VOTE THAT GOES THEIR WAY AND THEN GOES TO ANOTHER CITY ORGANIZATION OR BOARD OR ENTITY TO GET THEM TO GO AGAINST WHAT COUNCIL VOTED FOR THEN THEY ARE NOT ACTING IN THE GOOD FAITH OF THEIR OFFICE AND THEY ARE GOING AGAINST WHAT THE DULY ELECTED OFFICIALS OF THE CITY HAVE VOTED FOR.
FORTUNATELY THE IDEAS AND PLANS WHEN OTHERS DON'T AGREE IS ONE OF THE STRONGEST SIGNS OF NASS SOISM.
LASHING OUT WHEN YOU DON'T GET YOUR WAY IS CHILDISH.
IF THESE ARE THE ONLY TOOLS YOU HAVE, YOU SHOULD NOT BE SITTING
NEXT WE HAVE JAMES WEAVER. >> GOOD EVENING, MR. MAYOR.
COUNCIL MEMBERS. CITY ATTORNEY.
AND CITY MANAGER. MY NAME IS JAMES WEAVER AND I LIVE IN HUTTO. WALKING CORN.
JUST WHAT IS THAT? I DON'T THINK EVERYBODY KNOWS WHAT THAT IS. INCLUDING POSSIBLY SOME COUNCIL MEMBERS. WALKING QUORUM IS A PRIVATE MEETINGS OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS THAT ALLOW THEM TO MAKE DECISIONS WHEN EVERYTHING SHOULD BE HANDLED IN THE OPEN.
THAT IS OUT OF THE AUSTIN CHRONICLE.
SO A MEETING WITH THE C.M. TO OBTAIN CLARIFICATION ON ISSUES CONTAINED IN AN AGENDA ITEM DID A FEEL OF THE ISSUES IS A WORKING TOWARDS A WALKING QUORUM.
ESPECIALLY IF TWO OR THREE COUNCIL MEMBERS MET TO DISCUSS THE SAME OR SIMILAR ISSUES FOR CLARIFICATION.
THE NEW BILL 1640S PAD BY THE SENATE UNANIMOUSLY LAST WEEK CONTAINS NEW LANGUAGE -- THAT IS YOUR -- ANYWAY.
NOW FORBIDDEN KNOWING COMMUNICATIONS WITH ANOTHER OFFICIAL OUTSIDE THE PUBLIC MEETING ON A PUBLIC MATTER WHILE UNDERSTANDING THAT THE COMMUNICATION WOULD EVENTUALLY LEAD TO SOME FORBIDDEN QUORUM. SO AS SHOULD BE HOLDING WEDNESDAY WITH MEETINGS WITH THE CITY COUNSEL MEMBERS WHERE INADVERTENT QUESTIONS MAY COME UP ABOUT SOMETHING ON THE CITY COUNCIL MEETING. I'M NOT SAYING THEY DO BUT IT COULD EASILY COME UP INADVERTENTLY.
I WILL LEAVE THAT TO YOU AND THE CITY ATTORNEY TO HASH OUT AND GET BACK WITH A RESPONSE. THANK YOU FOR YOUR TIME AND
CONSIDERATION. >> THANKS, SIR.
NEXT WE HAVE RUDY PEREZ. >> GOOD EVENING, EVERYONE.
I WOULD LIKE TO KNOW WHO INITIATED THIS AND RECOMMEND -- AND WHO AGREED WITH IT. SO CORRECT ME, COUNCIL.
WHICH GETS UPSTAIRS WITH THE MAYOR BECAUSE HE TOLD HUTTO WHO THE CITY BANKS WERE. IF I'M RIGHT, THAT PUBLIC RECORDS. WOULD LIKE TO KNOW EVERYONE'S FINANCE STATEMENT AND CRIMINAL HISTORY ON CURRENT COUNCIL MEMBERS. THE LAST COUNCIL MEMBERS WE HAD WERE CORRUPT. ONE STILL IS PRESENT AND DANA WILCOTT ACCUSED MAYOR SNYDER OF MISREPRESENTING ITEMS IN THE PAST. DANA YOU NEED TO EXPLAIN YOURSELF AND DON'T MAKE ACCUSATIONS WITHOUT EXPLAINING WHY. THANK YOU.
>> THANK YOU, SIR. NEXT WE HAVEIDA WEAVER.
>> GOOD EVENING, MAYOR, COUNCIL, CITY ATTORNEY, CITY MANAGER.
MY NAME IS IDA WEAVER. I LIVE IN HUTTO.
I'M COMMENTING ON THE PROAPPED BUDGET AT THE REQUEST OF THE
[00:10:02]
CITY MANAGER AT THE LAST MEETING.MY COMMENTS ALIGN WITH OUR MAYOR WITH FEW EXCEPTIONS.
MAYOR SNIDER HAS A STRONG FOLLOWING IN THE COMMUNITY.
AND HE HAS A COUPLE OF HATERS AS WELL.
I OWES ANY BUDGET OF RESORT RETREATS FOR ANY MEMBERS OR STAFF. YOU CAN MEET HERE AT CITY HALL OR IN THE HOME AT ONE OF OUR WORK AT HOME PUBLIC SERVANTS.
THEY CAN PLAY HOSTS SINCE THERE ARE SO MANY AT HOME.
I OWES MANY OF THE PROPOSED FT ES INCLUDING ADDED LIBRARY WORKERS. ILL SUPPORT THE VOLUNTEER PROGRAM. REMOVE COMMUNITY OUTREACH AND BUSINESS RETENTION SPECIALISTS FROM THE FTES.
THESE DUPLICATE COMMUNITY BASED EFFORTS AND WE DO NOT NEED ANY MORE MBA TYPES AT THIS TIME. WE MUST SUPPORT OREMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR. THIS IS WHERE I DIFFER FROM THE MAYOR. KEEP THE ASSISTANT EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT FTE, TRUCK TRAILER AND CITY HALL SHOWER.
I UNDERSTAND THE NEED FOR A SHOWER.
SCWBL TO ESSENTIAL STAFF DURING AN EMERGENCY SITUATION.
PLEASE MAKE SURE THERE IS SOMETHING IN THE BUDGET ALSO FOR A VOLUNTEER TRAINING AND ACTIVATION PROGRAM FOR OUR EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR.
PUT OFF THE STREET SWEEPER, BUT KEEP AN ADDITION ROAD CREW.
KEEP BUDGETING FOR DAIRNLG FUNDING.
THIS CANNOT BE PRORM COVERED BY ONE ENGINEER.
FEEDBACK, I HAVE BEEN GETTING FROM THE COMMUNITY SUPPORTS A UTILITY FEE TO FUND ROAD REPAIRS, CALLED FOR IN A ROAD.
MAINTENANCE STUDY. I SUPPORT REMOVING THIS FUNDING FROM THE BUDGET. THE CITY COUNCIL INSTEAD SHOULD SCHEDULE A WORK SESSION TO ERM DID THE AMOUNT OF FEE REQUIRED TO SATISFY STUDY REQUIREMENTS FOR THIS FISCAL YEAR.
FEE SHOULD BE ADJUSTED AS NECESSARY TO MEET STUDY MILESTONES. SEVERE PENALTIES, INCLUDING DISMISSAL FROM DUTY SHOULD BE IMPOSED FOR IMPROPER APPLICATION OF ANY GENERATED FUNDS. DO NOT CUT THE PROPOSED POLICE DEPARTMENT BUDGET. LEAVE IT.
LEAVE IT ALONE. IMPOSE A 3% PAY CUT FOR PUBLIC SERVANTS CHOOSING TO WORK AT HOME.
PERMISSION TO WORK AT HOME ONLY IF PUBLIC DUTIES CAN BE COVERED BY CITY HALL-BASED WORKERS. OTHERWISE THEY NEED TO STAY IN THEIR OFFICE HERE AT CITY HALL. DO NOT CONTRACT CONSULTANTS FOR THE UNIFIED DWEEMENT CODE REWRITE THAT'S BEEN PROPOSED.
KEEP THIS IN-HOUSE. THANK YOU FOR YOUR ATTENTION.
>> THANK YOU. WE ALSO HAVE AN ANONYMOUS COMMENT THAT CAME IN DEALING WITH INSTRUCTIONS RECEIVED, LET THEM KNOW WE DID GET THEIR COMMENTS.
WITH THAT WE MOVE ON TO THE REST OF THE AGENDA, IF THERE ARE NO OBJECTIONS. WE WOULD LIKE TO REMOVE ITEM 62-F BEFORE WE HEAD TO THE BUDGET.
>> ASK THAT WE MOVE 63 AS WELL. >> SINCE THERE ARE NO OBJECTIONS
[6.2. Consideration and possible action relating to Resolution No. R-2023-195 reprimanding Mayor Mike Snyder for posting City Council Member personal financial information to the internet prior to receiving the City Attorney's legal opinion as requested in the August 17, 2023, City Council meeting. ]
WE WILL MOVE 62 AND 63. WE'LL MOVE TO 62, CONSIDERATIONFUL POSSIBLE ACTION WITH R-2023-R 9 AFTER REPRIMANDING FOR MIEX POSTING TO THE INTERNET PRIOR TO RECEIVING THE CITY ATTORNEY'S LEGAL OPINION AS REQUESTED IN THE AUGUST 172023 CITY COUNCIL MEETING.>> SO I'LL START ON THIS ONE. I WAS THE ONE THAT REQUESTED THIS ITEM. I WASN'T AWARE THAT ANY CITIZENS WOULD SPEAK ON THIS. I THINK CORY KIND OF SUMMARIZED WHAT I WAS WITH GOING TO SAY. BASICALLY IN LAST MEETING THE CITY COUNCIL DELIBERATED WHETHER WE WERE GOING TO POST ONLINE ON ON THE CITY'S WEBSITE A NUMBER OF ITEMS, INCLUDING OUR PERSONAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AS WELL AS OUR CAMPAIGN FINANCE RECORDS.
I HAD NO ISSUE WITH THE CAMPAIGN FINANCE RECORDS.
THOSE HAVE BEEN TRADITIONALLY POSTED ON THE WEBSITE ANYWAY.
I HAD SPECIFIC CONCERNS WITH WHAT INFORMATION WE COULD POST AND WE SHOULD POST FROM OUR PERSONAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
SO WE HAD A DISCUSSION. THOSE OF YOU WHO WOULD LIKE TO WATCH IT, WHO AREN'T AWARE CAN WATCH IT FROM LAST WEEK.
BASICALLY THE CITY COUNCIL CHOSE TO, INSTEAD OF VOTING ON THE ITEM AND TO EITHER FORECASTING IT OR NOT POSTING IT, WE REQUESTED INFORMATION FROM THE CITY ATTORNEY AND ASKED HER TO GO BACK AND DO MORE RESEARCH ON WHAT COULD OR SHOULD AND WHAT WOULD BE APPROPRIATE TO POST ON THERE, IF ANYTHING THAT SHOULD BE REDACTED. WE WERE UNANIMOUS IN THAT DECISION. WE DIDN'T VOTE ON IT.
BUT NOBODY OBJECTED ON TO THAT GUIDANCE OF SENDING IT TOTE CITY ATTORNEY. SHE COMMITTED TO BRING IT BACK
[00:15:03]
IN SEPTEMBER SO WE WOULD HAVE AN TENTS TO FIGURE OUT WHAT IS APPROPRIATE TO POST ON ON THE CITY'S WEBSITE.AT THE TIME, AND I WANT TO MAKE THIS VERY CLEAR, BECAUSE IT'S NOT CLEAR ON SOCIAL MEDIA, THAT I HAD ABSOLUTELY NO OBJECTION TO POSTING THAT INFORMATION DUE ON ON TO A FEAR OF BEING LESS TRANSCENDENT TO THE CITIZENS. A CITIZEN CAN REQUEST MY FINANCIAL RECORD INFORMATION THAT I PUBLISHED OR THAT I SUBMITTED TO THE CITY. IT IS PUBLIC RECORD.
THAT CAN BE ISSUED TO A CITIZEN. I UNDERSTAND THAT.
I HAVE ABSOLUTELY NO OBJECTION TO IT.
I HAVE NOT AND WILL NOT BLOCK ANYONE IF THEY WANT TO REQUEST MY INFORMATION. MY SPECIFIC OBJECTION OR MY CONCERN, HAVING IT ONLINE AND MAKING IT EASILY ACCESSIBLE FOR POTENTIALLY CYBERCRIME TO MAKE IT EASIER TO EITHER, YOU KNOW, DO NOTHING NEFARIOUS WITH MY INFORMATION OR OTHER COUNCIL MEMBERS' INFORMATION. THAT WAS MY CONCERN.
I WAS DISMIED TO SEE THE MAYOR DID POST ON SOCIAL MEDIA THE BANKING INSTITUTION NAMES, I ASSUME OF ALL THE MEMBERS.
MINE WAS THERE. THERE WERE SIX BANKING INSTITUTIONS LISTED AND SEVEN COUNCIL MEMBERS.
I'M GUESSING IT'S ONE FOR EACH OF US OTHER THAN THE MAYOR.
SO I WAS VERY CONCERNED WITH THAT.
I REALLY FELT LIKE, ONE, IT, IN MY OPINION, IT BETRAYED THE TRUST OF THE REST OF THE CITY COUNCIL BECAUSE WE 4 GIVEN DIRECTION TO THE CITY ATTORNEY TOEM COULD BACK AND GIVE US AT LEAST TIME TO CONSIDER WHAT WE WANTED TO DO IN THE FUTURE.
I FELT THE MAYOR JUST DECIDED TO TAKE IT UPON HIMSELF TO POST IT ANYWAY. HE AGREED WITH THE DECISION -- BE HE DISAGREED WITH THE DECISION AND WENT AHEAD AND POSTED IT. THAT WORRIED ME.
I KNOW SOME OF THE PILLARS WE TALKED ABOUT AS CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS THAT WE SHOULD TREAT EACH OTHER WITH RESPECT AND THAT KIND OF THING, THAT WE SHOULDN'S WE SHOULDN'T GO TO BED ANGRY, WE SHOULDN'T LEAVE THE COUNCIL CHAMBERS AND BE UPSET ABOUT A VOTE WE LOFT OR SOMETHING THAT DIDN'T GO OUR WAY.
I FELT THAT CERTAINLY HAPPENED. ONE OF THE OTHER THINGS THAT WE AGREED ON WE WOULDN'T BACK CHANNEL.
I FELT THAT WAS BACK CHANNELING. SO IN MY OPINION, I JUST WANTED TO HAVE IT AT LEAST ON RECORD, WHETHER THIS PASSES OR NOT, TO SAY THAT I STRONGLY DISAGREED WITH THE MAYOR'S DECISION TO GO AHEAD AND POST SOMETHING, EVEN THOUGH WE DECIDED AS A COUNCIL WE WOULD DELAY THE DECISION UNTIL WE COULD GET GUIDANCE FROM OUR ATTORNEY. THAT IS THE CRUX OF IT.
BECAUSE ABSOLUTELY NOTHING TO DO WITH ME TRYING TO HIDE MY INFORMATION. TRYING TO PREVENT THE PUBLIC FROM GETTING INFORMATION THAT THEY RIGHTLY DESERVE, IF THEY WANT TO ASK FOR IT. IT'S ALL ABOUT MAKING IT EASIER FOR POTENTIAL CYBER CRIMINALS TO GO AND DO SOMETHING WITH MY INFORMATION OR INFORMATION FROM ANY OTHER COUNCILMEMBER.
THAT'S WHAT IT'S ABOUT. THIS NARRATIVE THAT I OR COUNCIL ASK MEMBERS ARE TRYING TO HIDE ANYTHING ISN'T TRUE.
WHAT ALSO FURTHER CONCERN AS I READ THROUGH THE POSTS AND READ THROUGH THE COMMENTS, THERE WAS AN ALLEGATION MADE, I DON'T KNOW WHICH COUNCIL MEMBERS, MAYBE ALL OF US THAT WE WERE INTENTIONALLY TRYING TO HIDE OR, YOU KNOW, SUBMIT INCORRECT INFORMATION ON OUR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS, WHICH AGAIN, AT LEAST IN MY CASE -- I CAN'T SPEAK FOR THE OTHERS, I HAVEN'T SEEN THE OTHERS.
THAT IS AN UNTRUE STATEMENT. I REQUEST THAT THE MAYOR AND NAME SPECIFIC NAMES WHO HE SAYS OR HE THINKS IS SUBMITTING FALSE INFORMATION OR INCOMPLETE INFORMATION AND ALSO INFORMATION THAT HE HAS EVIDENCE OF OR THAT HE SUSPECTS IS MISSING OR INCORRECT. RATHER THAN JUST SAYING THAT I'VE SEEN THE FILINGS AND I'VE SEEN THEM AND IT'S OBVIOUS TO ME THEY ARE DOING THIS. I WOULD LIKE HIM TO NAME SPECIFIC NAMES AND HAVE HIM BACK UP THE INFORMATION HE IS YOU THE APPROXIMATING OUT THERE IF HE WILL MAKE ACCUSATIONS, I FEEL HE SEWS THAT ON TO THE CITY COUNCIL.
THAT'S THE REASON I REQUESTED THIS ITEM.
AGAIN, WHETHER ITS PAS OR FAILS, AT LEAST I HAVE BEEN ON RECORD TO SAY THAT I REALLY DON'T APPRECIATE HOW THIS WENT DOWN THIS PAST WEEK. I DON'T THINK IT'S RESPECTFUL TO THE REST OF THE CITY COUNCIL. AND I AT LEAST WANT TO MAKE A STAND TO SAY THAT I DON'T THINK THIS IS RIGHT.
IT'S NOT CONDUCT THAT ANY COUNCILMEMBER SHOULD DO,
INCLUDING THE MAYOR. >> THANK YOU, SIR.
ANY OTHER COMMENTS FROM COUNCIL? IS THAT BASED ON THINKING THAT THE INFORMATION CAME FROM THE DISCLOSURES?
>> NO. >> BECAUSE MY UNDERSTANDING -- MY UNDERSTANDING -- WHEN I READ IT, I READ IT AGAIN AND IT SAID THE INFORMATION WAS AVAILABLE. I SEARCHED AND IN FIVE MINUTES I FOUND ALL THE SAME INFORMATION ONLINE.
[00:20:01]
>> I'M NOT MAKING ACCUSATION HE TOOK IT FROM MY RECORDS.
>> COUNCIL ASKED THAT THE INFORMATION WAS LOOKED AT AND IT
WASN'T FROM THE REPORTS. >> I DON'T SEE WHY IT WAS NECESSARY TO POST IT. WHY WAS IT NECESSARY, MAYOR SNYDER? WHY WOULD YOU NOT WAIT FOR A
RESPONSE FROM DOTTIE? >> I WOULD AGREE WITH YOU COUNCILMEMBER WILCOTT AND COUNCILMEMBER GORD.
ANY CITIZENNEN CAN GO OUT AND POST THIS INFORMATION.
I HAVE NO PROBLEM WITH THAT. I THINK THE ISSUE COME WHERE FOUR DAYS AFTER THE MAYOR MAKES THE MOTION TO HAVE OUR CITY ATTORNEY COME BACK ON SEPTEMBER SEPTEMBER 7 TO SHOW THAT INFORMATION OR GIVE AN OPINION. UNDERSTANDING IT PROBABLY WASN'T A MOTION, ABOUT YOU IT WAS A QUESTION.
WE ALL AGREED TO IT. BEYOND WHAT PART OF YOUR OWN MOTION YOU DOESN'T UNDERSTAND THAT YOU GO AND POST OUR INFORMATION -- I THINK IT WAS VERY DISRESPECTFUL.
AND JUST VERY UNBECOMING OF SOMEBODY THAT IS TRYING TO, YOU KNOW, BRING HARMONY TO OUR CITY, BUT AT THE SAME TIME LEAD OUR
CITY AS WELL. >> I THINK IT SHOWS NO
INTEGRITY. >> I JUST HAD A QUESTION FOR THE CITY ATTORNEY. ONE, IS THERE ACTUALLY -- YOU ARE CORRECT COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON, THERE WAS NOTHING THAT DIDN'T COME FROM SOMEWHERE ELSE. I CAN SEE WHERE IT DIDN'T VIOLATE -- IT'S NOT LIKE HE POSTED THE ACTUALLY THINGS.
THAT WOULD BE A COMPLETE THING. I WOULD AGREE SOME PEOPLE COULD SAY IT CLEARLY VIOLATED THE SPIRIT OF WHAT THE COUNCIL DID.
AND IT'S GOING AS CLOSE TO STEPPING OVER THAT LINE AS YOU POSSIBLY COULD. SO THAT WAS MY QUESTION TO THE ATTORNEY. AND, ALSO, IS IT A VIOLATION -- OR HOW CAN IT BE A VIOLATION IF WE HAVEN'T VOTED TO APPROVE THE MEETING MINUTES LEGALLY. IS THERE A RECORD UD CAN APPLY TO? THAT IS A QUESTION I HAD BACK TO THE CITY ATTORNEY IN THE TWO FORMS. SO, THAT WAS MY KIND OF QUESTION.
YOU KNOW, IF IT IS A VIOLATION, THEN, YES, I THINK YOU HOLD PEOPLE ACCOUNTABLE. IF IT'S NOT, ENTHIS YOU EVENT DO. THAT'S THE CRUX FOR ME.
I'M ASKING FOR GUIDANCE FROM THE CITY ATTORNEY ON THAT.
>> SO THERE WAS NO VOTE ON THE ITEM TO HOLD OFF DOING ANYTHING UNTIL THE CITY ATTORNEY BROUGHT BACK THE LEGAL OPINION.
BUT THE WAY THE RESOLUTION IS DRAFTED, IT WAS POSTING PERSONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION PRIOR TO RECEIVING THE CITY ATTORNEY LEGAL OPINION, WHICH WAS THE REQUEST OF COUNSEL.
AND THAT IS WHAT THE VIDEO REFLECTS.
EVEN THOUGH THE MINUTES AREN'T APPROVED, THAT IS THE ACTION TAKEN BY COUNCIL. THE RIGHT OF SOMEBODY TO SEARCH PUBLIC RECORDS AND PUT INFORMATION ON FACEBOOK IS PROBABLY PROTECTED BY THE FIRST AMENDMENT.
BUT THE RESOLUTION SPEAKS TO A REPRIMAND, WHICH IS DIFFERENT THAN SAYING YOU CAN'T DO THAT BECAUSE THERE IS A FIRST
AMENDMENT RIGHT THERE. >> THANK YOU, DOTTIE.
>> I WILL GO ON RECORD I WILL MAKE A REPRIMANDS ANY COUNCIL MEMBERS FOR EXERCISING FIRST AMENDMENT RIGHTS.
>> EVE IF IT WAS AGREED BEFOREHAND?
>> WHETHER IT'S AGREED WITH THE CITY OR RELEASED ON THE WEBSITE.
>> IT'S OKAY FOR THE MAYOR TO DO IT WITHOUT WAITING FOR A RESPONSE. YOU FEEL THAT'S COMPLETELY OKAY.
>> BUT WHAT WE ASKED FOR IS -- EXEMPT THE REPORT IS NOT HERE.
HE IS SIDE-STEPPING. >> EXACTLY.
SIDE-STEPPED. SO WAS IT ETHICAL? WAS IT INTEGRITY? WAS IT BUILDING HIS TEAM? WAS IT WORKING IN COOPERATION WITH THE REST OF CITY COUNCIL? NO TO ALL OF THE ABOVE. AND WE COULD GO ON AND ON ABOUT SOCIAL MEDIA. I THINK THAT NEEDS TO BE WORKED
OUT. >> I JUST WANTS TO KEEP THIS ON THE AGENDA ITEM. AGREED? I WANT TO GET INTO OTHER SOCIAL MEDIA ACTIVITIES, WE HAVE TO
HAVE ANOTHER AGENDAS ITEM. >> FOR ME, WHENEVER I READ THE MAYOR'S FACEBOOK POST, I WAS A LITTLE CONFUSED AS TO THE INFORMATION THAT WAS PROVIDED THERE.
BECAUSE THIS IS -- IT'S NOT -- IT'S WHO I DID BUSINESS WITH BECAUSE WE ALL KNOW WHEN WE GET A MORTGAGE, IT GETS SOLD TO ANOTHER COMPANY. I WAS KIND OF CONFUSED BY THAT.
I DON'T KNOW IF HIS INFORMATION WAS ACCURATE.
I'M NOT QUITE SURE WHAT THE AGENDA WAS THERE.
[00:25:05]
IT WAS JUST A QUICK -- IT WAS COUNCIL MEMBERS' INFORMATION OUT THERE. LIKE WHENEVER I SAW IT, WELL, CHASE BANK. IT'S NOT LISTED THERE.I'M KIND OF CONFUSED THERE. OKAY ON, THIS IS WHAT HE IS GETTING AT. I GUESS THAT IS WHERE THE CONFUSION COMES WITH IT BEING A PUBLIC DOCUMENT THAT IS EASILY SEARCH RLK IN FIVE MINUTES VERSUS WHAT IS ON OUR PERSONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION. SO I WAS LIKE, OKAY, I'M OKAY WITH THAT. I DID HAVE ISSUES WITH THE RECKLESS BEHAVIOR AFTER THE DISCUSSION ON THURSDAY NIGHT THAT THE CITY COUNCIL GENERALLY AGREED AND ASKED THE CITY ATTORNEY TO COME BACK WITH MORE INFORMATION BECAUSE SHE WAS UNABLE TO ANSWER QUESTIONS ON THE SPOT ABOUT REDACTION AND PUTTING INFORMATION OUT THERE. OF COURSE IT IS READILY CONSTITUTIONAL OR CAN BE ACCESSIBLE TO THE PUBLIC.
WE ARE IN THE PUBLIC EYES. DEFINITELY WITH THAT INFORMATION, IF YOU ARE CURIOUS. I DID HAVE SOME MORE CONCERNS AS THE POST CONTINUED ABOUT TENSIONING THE CITY BEING IN LITIGATION WITH THE BANK CALLED BCL.
I WAS ACTUALLY UNAWARE OF THIS LITIGATION.
I CONTACTED THE CITY MANAGER AND THE CITY ATTORNEY TO GET SOME MORE INFORMATION ON THIS LITIGATION.
ACTUALLY WITH THE EDC WHO DID GET A BRIEFING OR A MEMO FROM THE EDC'S LEGAL COUNSEL TO UPDATE US ON THAT.
SO I DID FIND THAT CONCERNING BECAUSE IT WAS SOMETHING THAT I WAS UNAWARE OF AS A COUNCILMEMBER.
AND I DIDN'T KNOW WHERE THAT PUT THE CITY AND WHAT POSITION IT PUT THE CITY IN. SO I GUESS THE FINAL THING I HAVE TO SAY IS THAT THIS IS TYPICAL BEHAVIOR OF THE MAYOR ON FACEBOOK WHEN THINGS LIKE COUNCIL MEETINGS DO NOT GO HIS WAY, HE DOES TURN TO FACEBOOK TO MAKE HIS OPINION STRONGER.
SO WHETHER IT'S JUSTIFIED OR NOT, EVERYONE HAS THEIR OPINION.
BUT THIS IS TYPICAL BEHAVIOR. THANK YOU.
>> THANK YOU. ANYONE ELSE BEFORE I START TO SPEAK? I'LL TRY TO ADDRESS Y'ALL'S CONCERNS, COMMENTS, AND ANSWER SOME QUESTIONS.
SO, I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S A TECHNICALITY, BUT I WOULD SAY A MAJORITY OF THE COUNCIL DID NOT WANT TO ACT AND WANTED THE CITY ATTORNEY TO GO GET A REQUEST BACK.
TYPICALLY, I THINK COUNCILMEMBER WILCOTT TOLD ME ONCE, HAVE YOU EVER NOTICED PEOPLE ARE ALWAYS VOTING AGAINST YOU? SO I DON'T WANT TO SAY I DON'T PAY ATTENTION, BUT IT SOUNDS LIKE THE MAJORITY OF Y'ALL WANTED THAT AND I DIDN'T NEED THAT. BECAUSE I READ THE OPEN MEETING SAT THROUGH AND THROUGH, CHAPTER 551, CHAPTER 552 THROUGH AND THROUGH. AND SO, FOR ME, IT'S AN EASY DECISION. IT'S INTERESTING TO HEAR HOW MANY TIMES THE MAYOR PRO TEM SAYS I'M OKAY WITH PEOPLE HAVING THIS INFORMATION. I JUST DON'T WANT YOU TO LET ANYONE TO KNOW WHAT BANK I'M AT. I THINK HE NEEDS TO SWITCH BANKS. IF YOU ARE THAT CONCERNED -- LIKE MY MORTGAGE IS THROUGH MUTUAL OF OMAHA.
IT IS ON THERE. IF I GET CONCERNED PEOPLE KNOW MY MORTGAGE IS THERE, THAT SOMEONE WOULD STEAL MY ACCOUNT NUMBER AND PAY ON MY MORTGAGE, I'LL SWITCH BANKS.
IT'S INFORMATION THAT IS OUT THERE.
>> THAT IS INACCURATE. >> POINTS OF ORDER.
SO TO CONTINUE, SO WHEN YOU GET INTO SECTION 552, DISCLOSINGEM THIS IS EDUCATION FOR THE COUNCIL.
MANY OF YOU ALL, I DON'T THINK READ THE OPEN MEETINGS ACT.
THIS WILL TAKE TIME, BEAR WITH ME.
>> POINTS OF ORDER. >> POINTS NOT WELL TAKEN.
>> MOTION TO OVERRULE THE CHAIR. >> DAN, WE DON'T NEED THE FREAKING RULES. WE AGREED ON SOMETHING AND YOU
WENT BEHIND THE BACK. >> YOU'RE GETTING READY TO REPRIMAND ME FOR BREAKING RULES AND I'M TRYING TO EXPLAIN THE
RULES. >> WE'RE REPRIMANDING YOU ON
GOING BEHIND WHAT WE SAID. >> OKAY.
>> AND DID IT ON YOUR FACEBOOK PAGE.
IT HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH THOSE RULES.
IT'S WHAT ABOUT YOUR PEERS AGREED TO.
>> WE HAVE TO TAKE A VOATD. >> I'LL SECOND THE MOTION.
>> MY INCIDENT POSITIVE OF ORDER IS OVERRULED BUT THE MAYOR PRO TEM DOESN'T LIKE IT. HOW CAN YOU OVERRULE MY POINT OF ORDER IF YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT IT IS.
>> IF I'M BEING HONEST? >> YOU DON'T CARE.
[00:30:01]
>> I WANTED TO CONTINUE TO TALK. >> BUT I HAVE A POINT OF ORDER AND A POINT OF ORDER CANNOT BE IGNORED.
>> I SAID POINT NOT WELL TAKEN. >> YOU CAN'T BECAUSE YOU DON'T
KNOW WHAT THE POINT OF ORDER IS. >> WHAT IS YOUR POINT OF ORDER.
>> I WOULD APPRECIATE IT WHEN YOU GO THROUGH AND DON'T PUT INSINUATIONS THINKING AND WHAT E INTENDS.
>> SO IT SAYS EXCEPT AS PROVIDED BY SOMEBODY SECTION 5-1 AND I DID NOT KNOW THIS, BUT EACH EMPLOYEE OR OFFICIAL THE GOVERNMENT BODIES, EVERYBODY IN CITY HALL, AND EACH FORMER EMPLOYEE OR OFFICIAL OF THE GOVERNMENT BODY SHALL CHOOSE WHETHER TO ALLOW PUBLIC ACCESS TO THE INFORMATION IN THE CUSTODY OF THE GOVERNMENTAL BODY THAT RELATES TO THE PERSON'S HOME ADDRESS, HOME TELEPHONE NUMBER, EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION, OR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER, OR THAT THE PERSON HAS FAMILY MEMBERS. IT GOES ON TO TELL YOU THAT YOU HAVE 14 DAYS FROM THE TIME BEING ELECTED TO MAKE THAT DETERMINATION. OKAY? WE GET INTO PERSONAL INFORMATION, YOU CAN GET A 552136, THAT IS CONFIDENTIAL CREDIT CARD, DEBIT CARD, CHARGE CART, ACCESS DIVIDE NUMBERS. 551237 IS KCIALT OF E-MAIL ADDRESSES. PUBLISHING INFORMATION WITH AN APPLICATION FOR MARRIAGE LICENSE.
IT'S SHORT. YOU CAN'T GIVE OUT THE SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER. 552143, CERTAIN INVESTMENT INFORMATION. THIS WOULD BE PERTINENT TO WHAT ONE OF MY ISSUES. THIS IS THE CITY OR GOVERNING BODY INVESTMENT DECISIONS, NOT THE OFFICER OR ON OFFICIAL.
THEN 552147 IS SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBERS.
THERE IS NO BANKING INFORMATION ON THERE.
IN REGARDS TO -- I THINK IT'S A LITTLE MISINFORMATION, MY OPINION, THE WAY THIS IS WORDED THAT I RELEASED PERSONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION, LIKE I RELEASED A CREDIT CARD NUMBER OR SOME BANK ACCOUNT NUMBER YOU HAD.
I RELEASED WHAT MAY HAVE BEEN, AS COUNCILMEMBER KOLAR IS -- I 3 HAVE RELEASED THE BANKING INSTITUTION THAT ONE OF US MAY HAVE A RELATIONSHIP WITH. I DON'T KNOW IF THAT IS PERSONAL FINANCIAL. INFORMATION.
IF YOU LOOK UP THE DEFINITION OF PERSONAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION -- I DIDN'T INTERRUPT YOU AT ALL.
SO THE TAXPAYER WITH THIS INFORMATION, IT MAY SURPRISE YOU ALL THAT PUBLIC REQUESTS ARE LL 00071223 HAD ALL OF OUR INFORMATION RELEASED. THE LAW WILL TELL YOU AND IF I 552007, THE CHAPTER DOES NOT PROHIBIT A GOVERNMENT BODY OR OFFICER FROM VOLUNTEER MAKING PART OF ALL INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO THE PUBLIC UNLESS DISCLOSURES EXPRESSLY 3R0EUB9ED BY LAW OR THE INFORMATION IS CONFIDENTIAL UNDER LAW.
WHERE YOU BANK AT IS NOT PROHIBITED.
I READ IT TWICE. 552 IS A PRETTY LONG CHAPTER.
IT'S NOT IN THERE. TO GET REPRIMANDED FOR NOT BREAKING THE LAW. NOT BREAKING AN ORDINANCE.
NOT BREAKING COUNCIL PROTOCOL. IT'S BECAUSE I DID SOMETHING YOU DIDN'T LIKE, IT'S KIND OF A BULLY TACTIC, IF YOU WILL, IN MY OPINION. SO, GOING THROUGH, THERE IS ALSO ANOTHER ONE. R-0028751772.
AFTER PEOPLE STARTED E-MAILING ME ALL THE FREEDOM OF INFECTION REQUESTS THEY DID. NOW, TO YOUR QUESTION, WHY DID I DO THIS. THREE YEARS AGO, A LITTLE BIT MORE, WE RAN OF MONEY AS A CITY. THERE HAS BEEN A DEBATE.
I SAY WE RAN OUT OF MONEY. THE MAYOR PRO TEM ARGUED WE DIDN'T RUN OUT OF MONEY, WE HIRED TOO MANY PEOPLE.
I THINK IT'S ONE AND THE SAME. WE EXPERIENCED A LOT OF THINGS IN THIS CITY. ONE OF THE THINGS WE HAD IS WE HAD A LOT OF WHAT I WOULD CALL CORRUPTION, A LOT OF THINGS THAT WERE HAPPENING THAT WERE OUTSIDE ON OF THE PURVIEW OF THE PUBLIC.
I MADE IT A POINT IN 2019. I PUSHED VERY HARD.
ONE OF MY THINGS I HAVE ALWAYS BEEN GOOD IS TRANSPARENCY.
WITH THAT, WE PARSED A TRANSPARENCY THEME THAT THERE WAS A CONFUSION. CHAPTER 145 IS FOR CITY'S OVER 100,000. AT THE TIME WE CHECK IT WAS CHAPTER 145. COUNCILMEMBER CLARK YOU RIGHTLY BROUGHT UP WE CAN'T REFERENCE 145 BECAUSE THAT'S ONLY FOR CITIES OVER 100,000. WE DEBATED.
THE COUNTY ATTORNEY DIDN'T WANT TO HEAR.
IT WE BROUGHT IT BACK. ON APRIL 6, 2023, WE DISCUSSED THIS MATTER AGAIN. THE ITEM WAS CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTION OF ORDINANCE 0-23-24 TO AMEND ARTICLE 2.05,
[00:35:01]
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE AND STANDARDS OF CONDUCT OF HUTTO CITY COUNCIL TO HAVE THE FORM FILLED BY ELECTED OFFICIALS.I MADE THE MOTION. THE HONORABLE ARE COUNCILMEMBER KOLAR SECONDED IT AND WE WENT WITH OPTION A, WHICH IF YOU GO BACK WAS PAGE 663 TO 667, TO PROVIDE A VERY DETAILED FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE THAT WOULD BE CHAPTER 145.
THAT VOTE PASSED 5-1. COUNCILMEMBER KENZIE VOTED AGAINST IT AND COUNCILMEMBER WILCOTT TOOK HER SPOT.
WE HAD APRIL 20. WE HAD ANOTHER VOTE.
THIS IS A SECOND READING. THIS GOT A LITTLE CRAZIER BECAUSE IF YOU REMEMBER, THERE WAS AN EFFORT TO NOT DO THE OPTION A. IT WAS TO DO WHAT I THOUGHT WAS A WATERED-DOWN DEAL. I THOUGHT IT WOULD CAUSE HIDING OF CERTAIN INFORMATION. THAT ITEM WAS CONSIDERATION POSSIBLE ACTION ORDINANCE 0-22-24 TO AMEND ARTICLE 2.05, FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE AND -- THE FORM TO BE FILLED BY ELECTED OFFICIALS. I MADE THE MOTION.
HONORABLE MEMBER THORNTON HAS BEEN AN ADVOCATE OF ME THE PAST THREE YEARS ON ON TRANSPARENCY. VOTED TO AMEND OR REPLACE FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE FORM PRESENTED AT THE SECOND READING WITH THE ONE APPROVED AT THE FIRST MEETING.
THIS VOTE WAS MORE MIXED. YOU DON'T I CAN LOU THE VOTE.
THE VOTE WAS 4-3, COUNCILMEMBER WILCOTT.
SUTTON, THORNTON AND CLARK BE DISSENTED.
COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON AND A SECOND BY ME AMENDED TO READ FIVE DAYS BEFORE THE ELECTION. THATTION PAD 6-1.
A FINAL MOTION WAS MAID BY COUNCILMEMBER CLARK TO HAVE THE CITY ATTORNEY GRANT A 60 DAY EXTENSION.
THATS PAD 5-2. THE MAYOR DIDN'T GET HIS WAY HE WENT TO SOCIAL MEDIA, YOU DIDN'T GET YOUR WAY.
COUNCIL MAYOR PRO TEM DIDN'T GET HIS WAY.
WE PASSED TO DISCLOSE THIS INFORMATION.
>> WHAT YOU DID WAS A BREACH OF TRUST.
YOU WENT AGAINST YOUR PEERS IN OUR REQUEST TO WAIT UNTIL SEPTEMBER. I DON'T HAVE A MORTGAGE.
I DON'T HAVE A BANK TO PUT UP THERE.
>> I GO AGAINST YOU ALL THE TIME.
>> YOU KNOW WHAT, THERE IS A BREACH OF TRUST AND I DON'T
TRUST YOU. >> YOU SHOULDN'T TRUST ANYBODY.
>> YOU HAVE BROKEN THAT TRUST. WHO IS GOING TO SUFFER?
THE PEOPLE OF HUTTO. >> AL WITH, YOU SHOULDN'T TRUST ANY OF US. THAT'S PART OF OUR BE PRO.
EVERYBODY IS TRUSTING. THAT'S WHY WE HAVE PEOPLE BREAK -- SETTLE IS AN ORDINANCE THAT WE VOTED FOR.
>> INFORMATION IS PART OF OR AN ORDINANCE THAT WAS PASSED, UVALDE, I THINK IT'S A MISCHARACTERISTIC FOR THE
>> ANYWAY. WE HAD A THING -- I'LL SKIP EVERYBODY, WHO IS EQUITY LINES. I WILL TELL YOU THREE OF US HAVE A HOME EQUITY LINE. I DON'T SAY THE BANKS.
I DON'T WANT YOU TO GET UPSET. >> I DON'T HAVE A BANK.
>> I HAVE TWO MORE QUESTIONS. ONE.
IN THE COUNCIL PROTOCOL, WHERE DOES THIS WORD REPRIMAND COME FROM? MAYOR PRO TEM HAS BEEN AN ADVOCACY OF PROCEDURES AND PROCESSES, I READ THE PROTOCOL.
THERE IS NOTHING WITH WITH THE WORD REPRIMAND.
WHERE DOES THAT COME FROM? >> IT'S IN THE CODE.
>> OKAY. >> THE RESOLUTION WITH THE REPRIMAND IS BASED ON IF YOU WANT TO BRING AN ISSUE TO MAKE A STATEMENT AS A COUNCIL THAT CERTAIN CONDUCT WAS --
>> UNBECOMING OF A MAYOR? >> WAS ENGAGED IN AND WHAT THE
CIRCUMSTANCES WERE. >> SO I THINK THE MAYOR PRO TEM ENGAGES IN MISINFORMATION, I CAN ASK FOR AN ITEM ON ON THE AGENDA TO -- THAT'S HOW WE ARE GOING AS A COUNCIL.
NOW WHO IS BEING THE BULLY. YOU DISAGREED WITH SOMETHING I'VE DONE, SO LET'S REPRIMAND HIM.
IN THAT CASE PUT AEND STAKING THING ON ON THE AGENDA TO REPRIMAND ME EVERY WEEK BECAUSE EVERY WEEK I GET VOTED AGAINST.
YOU KNOW WHAT, IT IS WHAT IT IS COUNCIL WHAT ABOUT THE VOTING AGAINST. IT'S ABOUT YOU BEING A SOCIAL
MEDIA PUTTING UP FALLSHOODS. >> I HAVE ASKED YOU BEFORE TO EXPLAIN IT, BUT THAT'S DIFFERENT.
UNLESS IT'S A FALSEHOOD THAT INVOLVES THIS PARTICULAR LINE ITEM AGENDA, I ASK THAT YOU BRING ANOTHER AGENDA ITEM UP.
>> GIVE ME 'LIST. >> MAYOR PRO TEM ASKED ME TO TALK ABOUT WHAT I THINK PEOPLE ARE PUTTING IN FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES. I WILL NOT MENTION CHILDREN'S NAMES OR SPOUSES, OKAY? BRIAN NICHOLS THOMPSON LIVES AT 202 GRAPEFRUIT LANE IN HUTTO, TEXAS.
ALL RIGHT? YOU FILLED THIS OUT.
YOU SAID WHERE YOU WORKED. YOU SAID YOU HAD TWO DIFFERENT EMPLOYERS. ACCORDING TO THIS YOU HAVE NO
[00:40:01]
STOCK, NO BONTH, IN MUTUAL FUNDS, NO INVESTMENTS ANYWHERE.YOU HAVE INTEREST IN A PROPERTY AND YOU HAVE TWO BANKS.
ONE ALLIED FINANCIAL, ONE CHASE. AND I GUESS IF IT'S ACCURATE, IF YOU HAD NO RETIREMENT, NO 401(K), NO INVESTMENTS, IF THAT IS ACCURATE, YOU FILLED YOUR REPORT OUT RIGHT.
IF YOU HAVE A 401(K) AT BELL TECHNOLOGIES, I WOULD SAY YOU MISLEAD THE PUBLIC, BECAUSE YOU HAVE INVESTMENTS PER ORDINANCE YOU SHOULD HAVE PUT IN HERE. THAT IS BETWEEN YOU AND THE CITIZENS OF TEXAS TO DETERMINE SHOULD THAT BE IN HERE.
COUNCILMEMBER AUTHORITIES, YOU WENT FURTHER THAN I DID.
I DON'T GO THROUGH EVERYTHING. HE HAS A PRETTY EXTENSIVE DEAL.
HE LISTED STOCK TO CREDIT CARD DEBT ALL THE WAY THROUGH, WHERE HE WORKS, WHAT HE OWNS, LOANS THAT HE HAS.
I WOULD SAY WAY MORE IN DEPTH THAN I DID.
SO I APPRECIATE THAT. I HAVE NOT THOUGHT ABOUT CREDIT CARD DEBT. I TALKED TO COUNCILMEMBER AUTHORITIES THAT -- I HATE TO SAY THIS -- A PROCESS ON WHAT WE SHOULD BE PUTTING IN HERE. I THINK THAT'S A.
TO I CAN OF DISCUSSION, WHAT WE EXPECT TO BE IN HERE.
>> MAYOR AND COUNCIL, BEFORE THE MAYOR GOES ON ON, I WOULD JUST
LIKE TO MAKE A STATEMENT. >> SURE.
>> THE WAY THE ORDINANCE READS NOW IS THE PERSONAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GO AND FILED WITH THE SECRETARY.
THE PROCESS HAS BEEN SOMEBODY FILED PUBLIC OF INFORMATION ACT REQUEST TO OBTAIN THAT INFORMATION.
AND IN THE PAST, THE PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT HAS JUST PROVIDED THE FORM WITHOUT CONTACTING THE COUNCILMEMBER SAYING "WOULD YOU LIKE TO REVIEW, YOUR FORM IS BEING REQUESTED AND WOULD YOU LIKE TO LOOK AT THE PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT AND MAKE ANY COMMENTS AS TO SOME OF THESE THINGS THAT ARE ON YOUR FORM THAT ARE NOT PUBLIC?" WE DO HAVE PENDING REQUESTS OUT NOW. IF YOU ARE GOING TO BE READING EVERYBODY'S FORM OUT, IT'S GOING TO CIRCUM70 WHETHER OR NOT THE COUNCILMEMBER WANTS TO LOOK AT THE PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT REQUEST, LOOK AT THE FORM, AND THEN MARK WHAT IS NOT PUBLIC UNDER PUBLIC OF INFORMATION ACT. THAT IS SOMETHING WE HAVE NOT
>> THAT'S WHY I ASKED FOR SOME MORE TIME FOR LEGAL REVIEW.
BECAUSE IF YOU PUT THE FORMS ON ON THE INTERNET, AND SOMEBODY JUST COPIES THE FORM, YOU DON'T KNOW WHO HAS THAT INFORMATION AND WHO WILL IMPROPERLY USE IT. IT WOULD JUST BE A SAFEGUARD TO JUST CONTINUE TO PROCESS THE FORMS THAT WE HAVE.
I HAVEN'T COMPLETED ALL OF MY SEARCH BUT THAT'S --
>> I'M CONFIDENT ONCE AN ITEM IS RELEASED TO THE PUBLIC IT IS PERMANENTLY PUBLIC. SO BECAUSE I'M LOOKING AT THINGS THAT HAVE ALREADY BEEN RELEASED PUBLIC, I KNOW I HAVE NO PART OF THE 552 THAT ALLOWS THE TO BRING AN ITEM BACK FOR REDACTION.
>> WE JUST FILED NEW FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE FORMS. AND THESE REQUESTS WERE LIKE YESTERDAY.
>> THIS REQUEST WAS FROM JULY 12, AND IT WAS BEFORE.
>> YOUR FLEXING YOUR PLAYER SKILLS TO READ ALL OF OUR
INFORMATION OUT LOUD. >> NOT ALL.
>> JUST THE PEOPLE THAT ARE HIDING AND MISLEADING.
>> FOR EVERYONE TO SEE BECAUSE UPDATE TO SHOW US THAT YOU CAN
DO WHAT YOU WANT TO DO. >> FOR THE RECORD, COUNCILMEMBER CLARK WAS EXTREMELY DETAILED IN THIS --
>> POINTS OF ORDER. YOU ARE GOING AGAINST THE WILL OF THE COUNCIL TO WAIT FOR OUR CITY ATTORNEY TO PROVIDE US GUIDANCE AS TO WHAT SHOULD BE MADE AVAILABLE OR HOW IT IS TO FURTHER RESEARCH. TO DO HER JOB.
TO GIVE US THE BEST INFORMATION. HERE YOU ARE -- I'M SO SORRY, COUNCILMEMBER THORPT AND THOMPSON.
YOUR INFORMATION HAS BEEN PUT OUT THERE.
>> IT'S ALL RIGHT. IT'S ALL RIGHT.
I'M NOT WORRIED ABOUT THAT. >> I CAN'T BELIEVE THIS IS
MAYOR PRO TEM ASKED TO GO THROUGH THE REPORTS AND IF THERE ARE THINGS THAT I THINK ARE MISLEADING AND WHATEVER.
HE FILLED HIS OUT ON. HE PUT HIS WIFE, HIS EMPLOYMENT, HIS WIFE'S EMPLOYMENT. I THINK SOMETHING HAPPENED BECAUSE ORIGINALLY IT CAME JUNE 14, THEN THERE IS PAGES
FROM JULY 3. >> I LEFT OFF THE MEMBERSHIPS.
>> PAGE 2 IS NOT IN THIS. >> BECAUSE PAGE 6 INCLUDES A
[00:45:01]
CHECKLIST. SO, AGAIN, MAYBE YOU DON'T HAVE STOCK. MAYBE YOU DON'T HAVE BONDS OR>> I'M SORRY? >> ARE YOU REPRIMANDING HIM?
TIT-FOR-TAT? >> THE QUESTION, MA'AM, ARE THERE THINGS THAT I THINK ARE WRONG.
I'M TRYING TO GO THROUGH WHAT COULD BE THERE --
>> THANK YOU. >> I'M ASKING YOU.
>> SO YOU WANT ME TO CONTINUE OR YOU DON'T?
>> I DO. >> SHE WAS TRYING TO --
>> I'M GETTING CONFUSED. >> BECAUSE YOU'RE PLAYING A
GAME. >> MAYOR PRO TEM ASKED ME AND YOU'RE TELLING ME DON'T BUT IT'S HIS INFORMATION.
SHOULD I CONTINUE? >> WHY ARE YOU LOOKING AT ME?
>> YOU SAID THERE IS NO STOCK LISTED.
>> BONDS. >> I DON'T OWN ANY BONDS.
>> ANY COMMERCIAL PAPER. >> I DON'T OWN ANY COMMERCIAL PAPER. I DON'T OWN ANY MUTUAL FUNDS.
>> NO DIVIDENDS. >> THAT IS CORRECT.
>> NO PERSONAL NOTES. >> NO PERSONAL NOTES.
>> NO INTEREST IN PROPERTY. >> OTHER THAN MY HOME.
AND THAT'S IN THERE. >> I HOPE YOU GUYS ARE HAPPY.
WE ARE REALLY GETTING SOME BUSY DONE.
>> WE ARE, WOULDING HARD FOR YOR YOU.
>> IT'S CHECKED BUT YOU DON'T HAVE IT.
>> THAT'S NOT MY PAPER. BECAUSE I DID IT -- BRIEF.
LOOK AT MINE. YOU DIDN'T HAVE A PAGE 2.
SORRY. >> I DID HAVE A PAGE 2 AND I SUBMITTED IT. I DON'T KNOW WHY THE CITY SECRETARY DIDN'T GIVE IT TO YOU, BUT IT'S IN THERE.
I SHOULD HAVE BROUGHT IT FROM HOME.
>> INTEREST IN REAL PROPERTY. >> YES.
>> INTEREST IN BUSINESSES. >> NO.
>> OWNERSHIP IN BUSINESS ASSOCIATIONS.
>> NONE. >> ASSETS OF BUSINESS
>> LIABILITIES OF BUSINESS ASSOCIATIONS.
>> NONE. I DIDN'T FILL ANYTHING OUT AND I DIDN'T SUBMIT THEM BECAUSE I DON'T HAVE ANY OF THOSE.
GO ON. >> BOARDS AND EXECUTIVE POSITION
S. >> FOR ON NONPROFITS AND THOSE ARE ALL LISTED. THERE ARE TWO PAGES.
>> WE SAID PERSONAL NOTES, NONE. >> LISA GREEN, NO PERSONAL
NOTES, YES I LISTED. >> YOU READ IT, IS THAT WHERE YOU PUT YOUR MORTGAGE INFORMATION.
>> MY MORTGAGE, MY HOME IS LISTED AS REAL PROPERTY.
>> IF YOU OWE MONEY ON IT THAT'S GOING TO BE PART --
>> NO, THAT'S NOT ON THE PAPER. >> I THINK WE SHOULD HIRE AN ETHICS ATTORNEY TO PROPERLY FILL THESE OUT.
>> THAT WAS LISTED ON THERE AND I DID NOT LIST MY 401(K) BECAUSE THAT'S NOT LISTED ON THERE. THE 401(K) DOES NOT APPLY.
>> NO MUTUAL FUNDS OR STOCKS? >> I HAVE ZERO IDEA --
>> THERE IS NO CONTROL. >> IT'S A PREMIXED PORTFOLIO AND THEY DECIDE WHAT STOCKS ARE IN THERE.
IS THERE IS NOTHING ON THERE THAT SAYS YOU LIST YOUR 401(K).
>> I RESEARCHED AND ASKED IS 401(K) A MUTUAL FUND AND IT'S
NO. >> I'D SAID IF YOU DON'T KNOW HOW TO READ THE FORMS, IT DOESN'T SAY ANYTHING ABOUT
401(K). >> ARE YOU SATISFIED NOW THAT I HAVE SUBMITTED EVERYTHING THAT I NEED TO SUBMIT.
>> I WOULD SAY THIS -- >> THAT YOU DON'T KNOW HOW TO READ A FORM BECAUSE THERE IS NO 401(K) LISTING THERE TO FILL OUT? THAT'S WHAT I'D SAY.
>> YOU HAVE NO STOCKS. >> I WOULD SAY 401(K) UNLESS IT'S IN CASH WOULD HAVE TO HAVE STOCKS, BONDS, OR MUTUAL FUNDSEM
THE REASON -- >> I'M SURE IT DOES.
THE FORM SAYS SPECIFICALLY WHAT STOCK DO YOU OWN AND WHAT BUSINESS DO YOU OWN? WHAT COMPANY DO YOU OWN STOCK IN. HOW DO I LIST THAT?
I HAVE ZERO CLUE. >> HOW DOES THIS SERVE THE CITY?
>> WHEN IT DOESN'T HELP HIM -- HE DOESN'T KNOW WHAT ELSE TO
>> FOR THE PERMANENT RECORD IT'S BECAUSE I CAN'T SPEAK BECAUSE --
>> BECAUSE YOU DON'T KNOW WHAT TO SAY.
THAT'S WHAT IT IS. YOU SIT THERE AND SAY, BECAUSE YOU CAN'T SPEAK. YOU WANT TO TAKE ALL OF OUR TIME, WASTE ALL OF OUR TIME. A WHOLE UNCH ABOUT OF NOTHING AND THEN YOU SIT THERE, ALL RIGHT, I DON'T GOT NOTHING ELSE TO SAY, SO "ALL RIGHT." KEEP GOING, MAN.
KEEP GOING. >> HE HAS A CARD TO ON FILL OUT.
>> KEEP GOING. >> FROM AN ACCOUNTABILITY STANDPOINT, THE ISSUE WITH THE STOCKS AND BONDS AND THE MORTGAGE, IS THAT THEY ARE SELF-DIRECTED 401(K)S.
YOU CAN SELF DIRECT THE MONEY. A PERSON COMES IN FRONT OF US, HOW DOES ANYONE NOME IN THE PUBLIC? THE PUBLIC WANTS TO KNOW WHAT YOU HAVE YOUR MONEY IN --
>> WHAT PUBLIC -- WHAT PUBLIC CAME UP AND ASKED THIS WHAT THEY WANT TO KNOW? WHO ASKED US THAT? APPARENTLY YOU KEEP USING THE PUBLIC LAKE THEY ARE PAWNS IN YOUR NAME. WHO CAME AND ASKED FOR THIS?
>> SOME PEOPLE. >> SOME PEOPLE, EXACTLY.
SOME PEOPLE. YOU WANT TO NAME ALL OF OUR NEEMS BUT YOU DON'T GOT THE DECENCY TO SAY ANY RESIDENTS, DO
YOU? >> SOME PEOPLE GET MORTGAGES BY
[00:50:01]
THEIR BUILDER. FREQUENTLY WE HAVE BUILDERS COME UP HERE. LENNAR HOMES IS FUNDING A NEW HOUSE AND COMING UP ASKING FOR FAVORS AND YOU'RE GETTING MONEY OFF YOUR HOUSE OR YOU'RE GETTING SPECIAL FINANCING, I THINK THERE IS A LOT OF PEOPLE I TALK TO, THEY WANT TO KNOW THIS INFORMATION. WHICH IS WHY WE PASSED THE ORDINANCE TO DO THIS. YOU GUYS ARE ARGUING ABOUT AN ORDINANCE THAT WHEN YOU RAN -- HERE IS WHAT I SAY.IF YOU DON'T LIKE THE ORDINANCE, QIANG IT.
OTHERWISE, LEAVE THE DAIS. THIS IS THE RULE OF THE CITY TO FILL THIS OUT ON. AND YOU ARE MAD --
>> WE'RE MAD BECAUSE YOU PUT IT ON FACEBOOK.
WE'RE MAD BECAUSE YOU PUTT IT OWE FACEBOOK.
>> IRE MISSING THE ENTIRE POINTS OF MY OBJECTION.
>> YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT DOING IT LAST WEEK.
>> INCIDENTS POSITIVE OF ORDER, WE'RE OFF THE AGENDA ITEM.
POINTS OF ORDER. POINTS OF ORDER.
>> THE MAYOR NEEDS TO RULE ON THE POINTS OF ORDER.
>> WHAT IS THE POINTS OF ORDER? WE'RE OFF THE AGENDA TOPIC.
WHAT ARE WE DOING? >> POINTS WELL TAKEN.
THE MAYOR PRO TEM IS TALKING ABOUT LAST WEEK AND HOW IT VIOLATED LAST WEEK'S DISCUSSION. WE DIDN'T HAVE A VOTE.
SO, PLEASE CONTINUE. >> SO, I'LL FINISH WITH THIS.
I WILL REAPPLY AND YOU SAID IT HERE.
YOU HAVE SAID TWICE NOW -- TWICE TONIGHT YOU HAVE ACCUSED ME OF BULLY TACTICS. YOU ACCUSED ME OF SAYING THAT PUTTING THIS ON ON THE AGENDA ITEM IS A BULLY TACTIC.
IT IS NOT A BULLY TACTIC TO STAND UP TO SOMEBODY AND TO HOLD THEM ACCOUNTABLE FOR SOMETHING THAT YOU FEEL THEY ARE DOING WRONG. IF I FEEL YOU DID SOMETHING WRONG, THEN IT'S NOT BULLYING TO HOLD YOU ACCOUNTABLE.
YOU MAY NOT FEEL YOU NEED TO BE HELD ACCOUNTABLE.
I OBJECT TO THIS CONNECTION, MISCONNECTION OF ME BEING A BULLY. ' THE ORDINANCE WE PASSED DID NOT SAY WE WOULD POST ON IT ONLINE.
I HAD ZERO OBJECTION. I DON'T KNOW HOW MANY TIMES I SAID IT. I HAVE XEROX-FROM-ANY CITIZEN WHO WANTS TO REQUEST MY FORM, I'LL GIVE IT TO YOU.
I DON'T HAVE A SINGLE THEN REDACTED.
I DON'T CARE ABOUT IT, THAT'S FINE.
I DON'T WANT IT POSTED ONLINE FOR CYBER CRIMINALS TO MAKE IT
EASIER TO ATTACK ME. >> THAT'S WHAT WE TALKED ABOUT
LAST WEEK. >> I DIDN'T POST IT ONLINE.
YOU'RE MAD BECAUSE I MENTIONED THE MORTGAGE COMPANY YOU MAY OR MAY NOT HAVE ONLINE. I DIDN'T SAY WHICH --
>> YOU MADE IT EASIER. >> HOW DID I MAKE IT EASIER.
>> NARROWED IT DOWN BY THOUSANDS OF BANKS.
>> NOW THERE IS ONLY SIX BANKS LISTED AND SEVEN COUNCIL MEMBERS. YOU NARROWED IT DOWN.
THAT'S WHAT I HAVE AN ISSUE WITH.
YOU WENT BEHIND THE BACK OF THE COUNCIL BECAUSE WE DECIDED WE WOULD WAIT FOR OUR CITY ATTORNEY TO GIVE US ADVICE.
>> BREACH OF -- >> NOBODY OBJECTED TO IT.
>> YOU GUYS WOULD HAVE SAID WE'LL DO IT NOW.
WHAT WOULD HAVE HAPPENED? >> THEN THE VOTE 6-1, 5-2.
>> NO SENSE IN OBJECTING AND WEIGHTING MY TIME -- WASTING MY TIME. YOU RUN ON TRANSPARENCY AND THEN
YOU KEEP BRINGING THAT UP. >> ANY CITIZEN WHO WANTS TO REQUEST MY RECORDS, REQUEST THEM.
YOU WILL GET THEM. I WILL NOT ASK THEY WILL TO BE REDACTED. ID HAVE AN OBJECTION WITH IT
BEING ONLINE. >> IT'S ABOUT TRUST AND VERIFY.
>> NO, IT'S NOT. IT HAS ZERO TO DO WITH THAT, ZERO. I MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE
MOTION BY MAYOR PRO TEM GORDON, SECONDED BY MAYOR PRO TEM THOMPSON. R-D-23-195 AS PRESENTED.
IS THERE DISCUSSION ON THE MOTION?
>> I DO WANT TO SAY THAT I THINK THAT THIS IS A CLASH OF PERSONALITIES UP HERE ON THE DAIS.
THIS HAS NOTHING TO DO WITH THE WORK THAT NEEDS TO BE DONE FOR THE RESIDENTS OF THE CITY OF HUTTO.
I THINK THIS IS RIDICULOUS, WHETHER FOLKS THINK THAT I'M ATTACKING THE MAYOR OR THE MAYOR IS WANTING TO EXPOSE MY INACCURACIES WITH MY FINANCIAL REPORT.
I HAVE PREVIOUSLY HAD A CONVERSATION WITH THE MAYOR ABOUT QUESTIONING INTEGRITY AND YOUR ETHICS UP HERE ON THE DAIS.
WHENEVER IT COMES TO PERSONAL MATTERS.
PERSONAL MATTERS SHOULD NOT BE TAKEN UP ON THIS DAIS.
THIS HAS BEEN TIME WASTED FOR THE RESIDENTS.
BUT I DO HAVE AN ISSUE WHENEVER PERSONAL BUSINESS GOES ON UP HERE AT THE DAIS. WHENEVER I TALK TO THE MAYOR, I TOLD HIM, "I AM SERVING BECAUSE I DON'T WANT MY INTEGRITY AND MY
[00:55:02]
ETHICS 20 BE QUESTIONED BECAUSE I WANT TO BE HERE.I WANT TO DO THE RIGHT THING FOR THE CITIZENS OF HUTTO." THIS IS RIDICULOUS. JUST OVERALL.
IT'S DISHEARTENING. >> IT'S UNFORTUNATE BECAUSE I THINK EVERYONE UP HERE HAS THE HIGHEST INTEGRITY AND ETHICAL.
BUT THE MAYOR IS LIKE HARD ON ETHICS, RIGHT? HE WANTS TO SEE EVERYTHING DOWN TO THE MINUTE DETAIL.
I APPRECIATE THAT. OTHER RESIDENTS DO, TOO.
RIGHT NOW THIS IS A CLASH OF PERSONALITIES.
IT'S PERSONAL. IT'S NOT THE BUSINESS OF THE CITY. I DO NOT QUESTION ANYBODY'S INTEGRITY UP HERE OR THEIR ETHICAL BACKGROUND IN WHAT THEY MAY OR MAY NOT BE UP TO. SO, THAT'S ALL I HAVE TO SAY.
[APPLAUSE] >> I'M NOT QUESTIONING ANYTHING.
YOU HAVE ACTUALLY BEEN ONE, WHEN WE HAD ISSUES PREVIOUSLY PROULX ON SPLIT VOTES, YOU WERE VOTING FOR TRANSPARENCY.
I DON'T KNOW THAT YOU HAVEN'T DONE ANYTHING OUTSIDE ON OF THAT. INDISCRETION.
>> I WILL SAY THAT THE ONLY THING THAT REALLY JUST FRUSTRATED ME THE MOST IS THAT THE QUOTE THAT SOME ARE CLEARLY LIER OR MISSING. I DON'T APPRECIATE MY CHARACTER BEING DRUG THROUGH THE MUD BASED OFF ON OF YOUR IMMATURE AND KEYBOARD WARRIOR ASSUMPTIONS. I'VE NEVER MISLED, MISINFORMED ANYONE IN THE PUBLIC. I DON'T APPRECIATE THAT
NARRATIVE BEING PUT OUT THERE. >> ALL RIGHT.
ANYTHING ELSE? >> MY ONLY STATEMENT -- I WENT THROUGH IT BEFORE, IT'S NOT ABOUT THE FINANCIAL THING.
I THINK THERE IS A -- YOU'RE CORRECT.
EVERYONE HAS A RIGHT TO HAVE THEIR FREE SPEECH.
WE ALSO AS A BODY CAN SAY THAT SPEECH IS NOT ACCEPTABLE AND WE'LL REPRIMAND YOU FOR IT. IT DOESN'T MEAN YOU CAN'T MAKE THAT SPEECH AGAIN NEXT WEEK. NO ONE SAYS YOU CAN'T.
MY ISSUE IS NOT ABOUT THE FINANCIAL STUFF.
YOU GO TO MY CAMPAIGN PAGE, MY DISCLOSURE IS ON MY CAMPAIGN PAGE. YOU CAN SEE THE WHOLE FORM FROM LAST YEAR. THE ONLY REASON I HADN'T POSTED BECAUSE I WAS IT WAKING TO SEE IF THEY POSTED IT ON THE CITY WEBSITE BECAUSE OF THE WHOLE DISCUSSION WE HAD PREVIOUSLY WAS THAT IT WAS GOING TO BE IN A SINGLE PLACE IF THE CITIZENS WANTED TO SEE IT. THEY COULD GET IT.
I UNDERSTAND THE CONCERNS ABOUT THE REDACTION.
THAT'S WHY WE HAVEN'T TAKEN ACTION ON IT BECAUSE WE WERE WAITING FOR THE CITY ATTORNEY. HE DIDN'T GIVE INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICS. SO I DON'T THINK THAT'S A REPRIMANDING THING. CLAIMING THAT PEOPLE ARE HIDING OR DOING SOMETHING NEFARIOUS IN THAT STATEMENT, SO THAT IS WHAT I WOULD BE REPRIMANDING THE MAYOR FOR.
NOT POSTING QUICKEN LOANS, WHICH IS MINE.
I WANT TO PUT THAT OUT THERE. >> THERE ARE THINGS BEING HDEN BY PEOPLE ON THIS COUNCIL -- HIDDEN BY PEOPLE ON THIS
COUNCIL. >> PLEASE TAKE THAT UP WITH THAT PERSON, IF YOU NEED A MODERATE RARITY, THE CITY ATTORNEY WOULD
GLADLYING THE PERSON. >> THERE IS A $12.3 MILLION LAWSUIT. HEY, PUT IT WITH EVERYTHING
ELSE. >> EVERYBODY SPEAKS HIGH AND MIGHTY UP HERE, BUT THE ISSUE IE CERTAIN THINGS AND I DISAGREE
WITH YOU. >> I HAD THINGS I DIDN'T WANT TO SHARE. THAT'S A MISSTATEMENT.
I VOTED. I VOTED -- I PASSED THE ORDINANCEN I VOTED TO PASS. IT I'M WILLING TO SHARE WITH ANY CITIZEN WHAT THEY RIGHTFULLY DESERVE.
FALSE STATEMENT AND YOU WILL REPRIMAND ME -- I DON'T KNOW WHAT BANK YOU HAVE IN THE LIST. BECAUSE THAT BANK NAME GOT ONLINE A GUY WHO IS OKAY SHARING EVERYTHING WITH THE CITIZENS IS UPSET THAT THAT BANK -- IT'S RIDICULOUS.
>> I'M DONE TALKING. >> IS THERE ANYTHING ELSE SAID? PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. COUNCIL KOLAR.
>> AYE. >> COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON.
>> NAY. >> MAYOR PRO TEM GORDON.
>> COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON. AYE.
[6.3. Consideration and possible action replacing Charter Commission member as appointed by Mayor Pro Tern Peter Gordon due to appointee's inability to serve. ]
>> MOTION PASSES, 5-2. MOVE ON TO ITEM 63, POSSIBLE ACTION REPLACING CHARTER COMMISSION MEMBER AS APPOINTED BY MAYOR PRO TEM GORDON DUE TO INABILITIES TO SERVE.
>> I WOULD LIKE TO 'PLACE -- I TALKED TO HIM AND HE IS WILLING.
[01:00:06]
WE DON'T NEED TO VOTE. HE IS WILLING TO SERVE AND HE IS AVAILABLE. SO.>> WE'LL MOVE ON ITEM 5-1. PUBLIC HEARING ON ON FISCAL YEAR
2023 TO 2024 BUDGET. >> FREE TO OPEN AN OFFICIAL PUBLIC HEARING TO TAKE IN FROM THE PUBLIC ON THE PROPOSED BUDGET SO Y'ALL CAN MOVE INTO YOUR DELIBERATIONS AND
DISCUSSIONS ON ITEM 6.1. >> NO OBJECTION WITH THE PUBLIC
[6.1. Discussion and possible action regarding Fiscal Year 24 Budget (Anne LaMere) ]
HEARING, 7:00 P.M. MOVE ON ITEM 6.1.DISCUSSION, POSSIBLE ACTION REGARDING FISCAL YEAR 24 BUDGET BACK FROM THE PUBLIC. I DIDN'T HAVE ANY COMMENTS BUT IF THEY WISH TO SPEAK, THEY CAN SPEAK AFTER THE PRESENTATION.
>> THAT'S THE PRESENTATION. >> WE ARE NOT PRESENTING ON THE BUDGET AGAIN, SO THAT WAS COMPLETED IN THE REGULAR COUNCIL MEETING. TONIGHT SHOULD BE DISCUSSION AMONGST THE COUNCIL ABOUT ANY TYPE OF CHANGES THAT YOU WOULD LIKE TO MAKE TO THE BUDGET PROPOSED.
>> FOUR FOR POSSIBLE CHANGES TO THE BUDGET.
>> MAYOR, IF I MAY, I WOULD LIKE TO RECOMMEND WE DO WHAT WE HAVE DONE IN THE PAST AND GO DEPARTMENT BY DEPARTMENT TO BREAK THINGS UP A LITTLE BIT SO THAT WE CAN MORE EASILY SEE AND UNDERSTAND WHAT PEOPLE ARE WANTING TO PUT IN, TAKE OUT.
>> MAYOR, COUNCIL DID YOU WANT TO OPEN THE PUBLIC HEARING AND TAKE COMMENT BEFORE THE PRESENTATION OR DO YOU WANT TO
DO THAT AFTER? >> I'M CONFUSED.
I'M CONFUSED. WHAT ARE WE LETTING THE PUBLIC IN? THERE IS NO PRESENTATION YOU
>> WE'RE JUST TALKING. >> WE CAN LEAVE IT OPEN LIKE THE MAYOR WANTS TO DO AND SEE IF ANY CITIZENS WANT TO SPEAK LATER.
WE CAN LEAVE IT OPEN AS LONG AS YOU WANT.
>> WHAT DO YOU WANT TO START WITH.
>> I WAS THINKING DEPARTMENTS AND JUST GO DOWN.
>> HAS EVERYBODY HAD THEIR BUDGET UP?
>> THIS MAY BE AN EASIER WAY TO DO IT, TOO.
I MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE THE CITY COUNCIL BUDGET AS
>> SO THE REASON I DID THAT IS NOW, IF WE HAVE OBJECTION ONS, REMOVES, CHANGES, THOSE CAN BE HANDLED BY AMENDMENT.
AND THEN WE CAN VOTE ON THE FINAL ONE LATER AND DO IT THAT WAY. IF THAT WORKS FOR EVERYBODY.
>> SO WHAT DO YOU WANT TO CHANGE?
>> OKAY, SO -- I WOULD LIKE TO AMEND TO ADD 6 AS A LINE ITEM, LIKE AS AN EXPENDITURE. ALTHOUGH MINE MAY SHOW ZERO IN THE FUTURE. THERE WILL BE POSSIBLY AN EXPENDITURE FOR PLACE 6. OR IF I CHANGE JOBS, THERE WOULD BE SOMETHING NEED TO BE BUDGETED.
SEW I THINK JUST HAVING IT THERE AS A PLACEHOLDER, TO BE HONEST.
SOMETHING SIMPLE. NO BIG DEAL.
>> SEW THERE IS A MOTION TO ADD AN ADDITIONAL COUNCILMEMBER
SALARY INTO THE BUDGET. >> JUST EVERY OTHER ON, PLACE 1,
2, 3, PLACE 6 WOULD BE GREAT. >> DO WE HAVE A SECOND?
>> I'LL SECOND THAT. AND JUST TO CLARIFY, IT HAS TO.
>> HOWEVER, THE BUDGET IS OFF, IT GENERATES THOSE THINGS.
OF COURSE IT'S VERY DETAILED AS FAR AS FEDERAL --
>> THE 9600. >> THE 9600 IS THE --
YOU GET THE TWO OF THOSE TOGETHER.
I DON'T MIND THAT AS LONG AS IT STAYS IN THE CITY COUNCIL BUDGET, IT CAN'T BE SPENT UNLESS WE MOVE AROUND THE BUDGET FOR
OURSELVES. >> JUST A PLACEHOLDER.
DO YOU WANT TO VOTE ON THAT OR VOTE ON EACH INDIVIDUAL CHANGEN IN THE PAST WE DISCUSSED AND THEN SOMEONE MADE A MOTION TO CAPTURE A SERIES OF CHANGES THEY WERE INTERESTED IN.
>> SO THERE IS ONE LITTLE CLARIFYING PROBLEM BECAUSE, YOU
[01:05:02]
KNOW, IN PREVIOUS BUDGETS WE ALWAYS ADOPTED A RATE ABOVE REVENUE SO YOU CAN MAKE THESE AND FIGURE TO CLOSE IT DOWN.SINCE WE ARE ALL RIGHT AT THE REVENUE, IF YOU ARE ADDING ESSENTIALLY $10,000 TO THIS BUDGET, WE'LL HAVE TO CUT 10,000
SOMEWHERE ELSE. >> I'M NOT TRYING TO APPROPRIATE
>> I WOULD LIKE MY LINE ITEM ZERO DOLLARS.
>> I HAVE A FEELING THERE WILL BE MORE CUTS RECOMMENDED.
I'M SAYING WITH HE NEED TO KEEP TRACK AS WE GO.
RIGHT NOW WE'RE AT PLUS 10. AND THEN I'M SAYING IF WE VOTE ON THAT ONE, THEN YOU HAVE TO COMING UP WITH THE MONEY SOMEWHERE ELSE THAT YOU MAY HAVE TO VOTE AGAINST OR NOT.
I WANT TO MAKE SURE EVERYONE UNDERSTANDS THAT AS WE GET STARTED BECAUSE OF WHERE WE ARE IN THE WITH THE REMP RATE.
BEFORE, FAR CLARIFICATION, WE COULD HAVE DONE IT AND FIGURED IT OUT AFTER THAT. THIS IS THE WAY WE NEED TO DO
IT. >> BUDGET BALANCING IS SOMETHING TA HAPPENS EVERY YEAR. SO IF YOU GO THROUGH, I'LL KEEP A LIST OF ADDITION AND SUBTRACTIONS AND WHEN WE GET TO THE END WE'LL MAKE THE CITY MARKING -- THE CITY MANAGER WILL MAKE A RECOMMENDATION AS TO HOW WE BALANCE THE BUDGET.
AND THIS IS JUST NORMAL, STANDARD PROCEDURE.
SO YOU JUST KEEP GOING THROUGH AND TELLING US WHAT YOUR THOUGHTS ARE ON THE BUDGET AND ITEMS THAT WE HAVE MISSED, THAT WE NEED TO ADD, THAT NEED CORRECTION.
THAT IS WHAT THIS DISCUSSION IS ABOUT.
>> I HEARD IN TRAINING THAT YOU COULD HOVER OVER A BUTTON AND SOMEHOW YOU COULD SEE WHAT WAS IN THE NUMBER.
I WAS TALKING ABOUT COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON.
WE DON'T SEE HOW THAT WORKS IN THIS.
>> WE DON'T HAVE ACCESS. WE CAN DO THAT FOR YOU WHEN WE HAVE THE BUDGET ON THE SCREENS. IS THERE A SPECIFIC NUMBER THAT YOU ARE INTERESTED IN DETAIL FOR?
>> I DO HAVE A QUESTION. JUST WHEN WE GET ACCESS TO THAT, BECAUSE WE HAVE THIS LEVEL OF DETAIL ON THE EDC.
AS A EDC BOARD MEMBER WE CAN DO THIS BUT AS A COUNCILMEMBER WE CAN'T. THAT'S MESSED UP.
I BELIEVE WE SHARED IT OUT ON. >> NOPE.
NEVER GOT THE OFFICIAL LINK. >> OKAY.
WE'LL RESOLVE THAT IMMEDIATELY. I'M SORRY ABOUT THAT.
>> THANK YOU. >> WE'LL CORRECT THAT
IMMEDIATELY. >> ON THIS ONE, BUT NOT THIS ONE
OVER HERE. >> WE HAD ONE LIKE THIS IN THE EDC. BUT WE NEVER GOT IT TO COUNCIL.
>> RIGHT. >> NOW IF THERE IS A NUMBER YOU WOULD LIKE TO SEE DETAIL FOR JUST LET US KNOW WHAT THE NUMBER IS AND WE'LL SHOW YOU HOW TO DO IT ON THE SCREEN.
>> IT HELPS SEEING THE PERCENT OF BUDGET.
I PREFER -- I UNDERSTAND THIS IS FOR THE PUBLIC BUT WE NEED THE
DETAIL THAT'S ON THE RIGHT. >> ALL RIGHT.
>> OTHER MUSS MISCELLANEOUS EXP. STRATEGIC PLANNING SESSIONS TEXAS LEAGUE REGISTRATION, TRAVEL AND LODGING.
>> OKAY, SO YOU'RE -- >> YES, CITY COUNCIL.
IF YOU START LIKE WITH LEADERSHIP TRAINING AND THEN
CITY COUNCIL -- >> $29,000 IS THE FUNDING TO HAVE THE MANAGEMENT CONNECTION, WORK WITH THE CITY COUNCIL THROUGHOUT THE YEAR. AND IT WAS REQUESTED THAT WE PROPOSE THAT IN THE BUDGET. THE 11,500 IS FOR THE STRATEGIC PLANNING SESSION. THAT'S EFFECTIVELY WHAT WE DID WITH RON COX IN THE SPRING. AND THEN THE $2,800 IS THE AMOUNT -- I'M SORRY, 11,000 U2 HUNDRED IS THE TMO REGISTRATIONR COUNCILMEMBERS WHO WOULD ATTEND TMO.
>> THAT IS LIKE WE'RE GOING TO THE CONFERENCE?
>> HUH-UH. >> THAT'S EVERYTHING.
THAT'S THE CONFERENCE EXPENSE, THE HOTEL EXPENSE, THE MEALS, REGISTRATION. IT'S ABOUT 2800, WE BUDGETED FOR
FOUR TO BE ABLE TO ATTENDS. >> THAT INCLUDES LODGING.
THEN WHAT IS TRAVEL AND LODGING INCLUDE?
>> I GUESS IT DOES NOT. THAT IS WHERE THE LODGING IS FOR THE TMO CONFERENCE. IT'S IN THE LINE ITEM THAT SAYS TEXAS MUNICIPAL LEAGUE LODGING FOR $2,000.
UNDER LEADERSHIP TRAINING YOU SAID THAT WAS REQUESTED.
WHO REQUESTED? >> THE COUNCIL -- MY INTERPRETATION FROM THE COUNCIL CAN FEEDBACK WHEN THEY WERE
[01:10:01]
WORKING WITH JOE GONZALEZ, THEY WOULD LIKE TO DO THAT CONTINUAL INTO THE NEXT YEAR. AND THAT'S WHAT THAT IS.>> HE IS $29,000 A YEAR? >> FOR THE YEAR, YES.
>> WAS HE GOOD? >> I THINK THAT'S A WASTE OF
MONEY. >> WAS HE LIKE -- MATERIAL?
>> APPARENTLY DIDN'T SOLVE MY PROBLEM.
WE NEED A NEW PERSON OR -- >> HE WAS WORKING ONE ON ONE WITH COUNCIL BEHIND THE SCENES TO ALLOW COUNCIL MEMBERS TO HAVE LIKE A PROFESSIONAL COACH. FOR ANY NUMBER OF THINGS THAT Y'ALL MAY OR MAY NOT WANT TO DISCLOSE DIRECTLY TO THE CITY MANAGER. IT WAS ALLOWING YOU TO HAVE A THIRD PARTY THAT WOULD WORK WITH THE COUNCIL.
SO THAT WAS DONE IN THE SPRING UP UNTIL ABOUT MAY, I THINK, IS WHENEVER THAT WRAPPED UP. SO I BUDGETED FOR THAT TO START AGAIN IN THE NEXT FISCAL YEAR AND RUN THROUGH THE ENTIRE YEAR INSTEAD OF JUST ONE HALF OF A FISCAL YEAR.
>> I'M OKAY WITH THAT. I DON'T SEE -- I'M HAPPY TO GIVE
YOU THE TRAINING FOR FREE. >> I APPRECIATED THE TRAINING, JUST THE FIRST TIME COUNCILMEMBER, JUST SOMEONE TO WORK WITH PERSONALITY, LEADERSHIP, THINGS OF THAT SORT.
YEAH. >> I CONSIDER IT BENEFICIAL -- I CAN SEE IT BEING BENEFICIAL BUT I WASN'T HERE TO TAKE IT.
I WOULD HAVE TO DEFER TO OTHER COUNCIL MEMBERS.
>> I LEARNED A LOT. WE DID THE PROFILES AND I LEARNED A LOT ABOUT THE MAYOR. I THINK HE LEARNED ABOUT ME.
WE LEARNED HOW DIFFERENT WE ARE AND HOW SET IN OUR WAYS WE ARE.
>> I THINK WE JUST LEARNED THAT. MIGHT BE A WASTE OF MONEY.
>> I MEAN, LIKE, AGAIN, WE ARE NOT GOING TO BE CHANGE EACH OTHER BUT I THINK IT WAS HELPFUL.
MY DISAPPOINTMENT IS WE DIDN'T DO IT AS A GROUP.
INDIVIDUAL JUST ON YOUR OWN. >> I WOULDN'T SAY IT DIDN'T
WORK. >> THAT'S NOT HOWE IT WAS
INTENDED. >> IT WAS A SHORT CONTRACT.
IT WASN'T A WHOLE -- >> IF IT'S DONE RIGHT, PERSONALLY, I THINK IT'S WORTH IT.
>> YOU WOULD EXPECT FOR $29,000 IT'S TEAM BUILDING.
>> THAT'S AN ITEM WE'LL BRING BACK UP TO DISCUSS AT THE END, IT SOUNDS LIKE. IS THERE ANY OTHER ITEMS?
>> SO JUST A CLARIFY. IT SOUNDS LIKE WE SHOULD BE REMOVING -- CHANGING THE TMO REGISTRATION LINE FOR 800.
>> THE REGULATION IS ABOUT 650 EACH.
I JUST GOT MINE. SO THAT'S WHY IT'S ABOUT 2800.
>> THAT'S FOUR AT 2800. >> OH.
>> BECAUSE IT'S LODGING AND THERE IS A SEPARATE LINE FOR LODGING THAT SAYS 200 EACH. I'M SAYING TAKE OFF $8,000 FROM
>> TMO REGULATION. >> OR YOU LEAVE IT FOR 800.
>> WOULD THERE BE MORE THAN ONE WE WOULD GO TO A YEAR? I THOUGHT WE WERE ONLY GOING TO ONE.
>> NO, IT'S FOUR INDIVIDUALS ATTENDING A CONFERENCE.
THE 5-2 TEAM DID THE BUDGETING FOR EXPENSES ON THE DIFFERENT CONFERENCES. SO THERE SHOULD BE -- THERE SHOULD BE NOT GIST -- I'M SORRY, THIS MIC IS REALLY HOT.
THIS SHOULD NOT BE JUST THE REGISTRATION.
THERE SHOULD BE MILEAGE, THERE SHOULD BE MEALS.
IT'S USUALLY A MULTI-DAY CONFERENCE.
I THOUGHT THE HOTEL WAS ALSO IN THERE.
BUT OBVIOUSLY THE HOTEL IS THE LINE ITEM BELOW.
AND THE HOTEL LINE. WE CAN CERTAINLY LOOK AT THAT AND JUST SEE IF IT IS A MISTAKE. AND IF IT'S A MISTAKE WE CAN LET YOU KNOW. IF IT'S NOT, WE'LL LET YOU KNOW WHY IT'S NOT. IT DOESN'T BREAK OUT THE 2800 ON
THAT PARTICULAR ONE. >> CONTRIBUTION TO CIVIC PROGRAMS WE BUDGETED 139790. WE PAY IT OUT, 645,000.
ARE WE EXPECTING ADDITIONAL. >> REPORTER: YES, THOSE ARE PAID OUT SYSTEMICALLY THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.
THEY ARE NOT PAID OUT AT ONE TIME.
>> QUARTERLY PAYMENTS AND WE PAID OUT A THIRD.
WE ARE NOT ON THE QUARTERLY PAYMENT SCHEDULE HERE.
>> THERE WAS A COUPLE THAT MIGHT HAVE WAITED UNTIL THEY HAD TO SUBMIT THEIR RECEIPTS TO GET THE REIMBURSEMENTS.
>> IF I COULD, SINCE WE DON'T KNOW, I'M ASKING THE CITY MANAGER OR STAFF WHAT IS GOING ON HERE? WE ARE ALL MAKING ASSUMPTIONS IT IS QUARTERLY.
WE ARE MAKING ASSUMPTIONS THERE ARE RECEIPTS? I'M LOOKING FOR BUDGETED 140,000 AND PAID OUT 54 AND WE'VE GOT, WHAT -- FIVE WEEKS TO GO IN THE YEAR? DO WE OWE A BUNCH OF PEOPLE MONEY THAT NEEDS TO BE CARRIED
[01:15:02]
TO NEXT YEAR? ARE WE GOING TO HAVE A RASH OF RECEIPTS OR PAYMENTS TO MAKE? [INAUDIBLE]>> BUT THE UNSPENT DOLLARS FROM THE PREVIOUS YEAR CARRY OVER, ST UNDERSTANDING. THE MAYOR SAID WE DIDN'T PAY SOMEBODY THAT WE OWED THEM IN THE FISCAL YEAR AND WE DIDN'T MAKE THE PAYMENT LIKE WE PLANNED OR EDGE INTED, THEN WE PAY THEM NEXT YEAR. SO THAT MONEY WE WOULD HAVE SPENT THIS YEAR CARRIES OVER. IT'S NOT LIKE WE --
>> BECAUSE THE MONEY WOULD BE THIS YEAR.
SO WE APPROVE THAT AND SHOW IT. [INAUDIBLE] THEN NEXT YEAR WHEN WE GET THE DOCUMENTATION, THEN WE TAKE IT
OUT ON OF CASH. >> AND YOU WOULD ZERO OUT THE
ONE FROM THE PREVIOUS YEAR. >> RIGHT.
NEIGHBOR KNOB SO THESE AREN'T GRANTS.
WHAT TYPE OF PAPERWORK ARE PEOPLE SUPPOSE TO SUPPLY THAT WOULD CAUSE THEM NOT TO GET PAID?
[INAUDIBLE] >> SOME OF THEM PROVIDE A LISTING OF THE SO EACH CONTRACTOR HAS DIFFERENT
REQUIREMENTS. >> SO SETS THOSE REQUIREMENTS? BECAUSE WE HAVE ALWAYS JUST VOTED THAT THIS CHARITY, THIS NONPROFIT IS $20,000. BUT WHO IS SETTING --
>> WELL, YOU HAVEN'T BEEN ON ONE OF THE COMMITTEES.
THIS YEAR'S, LAST YEAR'S, THAT WAS THE COMMITTEE I WAS ON.
THEY HAD REQUIREMENTS THAT WHEN THEY DID THE PROCESS WITH CITY STAFF AND THEY BROUGHT UP ALL THE GROUPS THAT FILLED OUT THE PAPERWORK OF WHAT THEY WERE GOING TO DO.
WHEN WE WERE CHOOSING HOW MUCH THEY WOULD GET, THAT WAS PART OF THE AGREEMENTS OF WHAT THEY WERE.
IT WOULD SAY, LIKE, THEY HAVE TO ENROLL X NUMBER OF HUTTO CITIZENS, OR IT SAID THAT THEY HAD TO, LIKE, FOR ONE OF THEM IT WAS THEY HAD -- THEY WERE BUYING SOME CANNED FOOD ITEMS AND THEY HAD TO SHOW HOW MUCH THEY HAD GIVEN OUT AS PART OF THEIR
RESOURCE CENTERS. >> ALL OF THESE HEAGZ ORGANIZATS HAD A REQUIREMENT -- I'M NOT SURE IF THEY WERE GOING TO PROCESS THE PAPERWORK IN DECEMBER.
[INAUDIBLE] >> ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT. SO WE BUDGETED 175,000 THIS YEAR. WE DIDN'T SPEND ANY.
$200,000 NEXT YEAR? >> WHY IS THAT HERE IN CITY COUNCIL? WHAT ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
AGREEMENT? >> I THOUGHT IT MIGHT HAVE BEEN.
[INAUDIBLE] >> THAT MAKES SENSE.
[INAUDIBLE] >> IN THE FUTURE --
>> THAT'S WHAT THAT IS. >> CAN WE HAVE THAT IN THE COMMENT SECTION. TSCC.
WE CAN'T VIEW THE COMMENTS. THAT'S THE DEAL.
WHEN WE GET ACCESS, WE CAN. >> I APOLOGIZE, COUNCIL.
I WAS UNDER THE IMPRESSION YOU HAD ACCESS.
>> IT WAS COMING AND THEN IT NEVER CAME.
>> I HEAR YOU. [INAUDIBLE] THIS IS THE FIRST TIME WE'VE TALKED ABOUT BUDGET, SO --
>> YOU GET WHAT YOU ASK FOR. HOPE ALLIANCE.
IS THAT LIKE BASED ON A PER CAPITA? WHAT CAUSES THAT TO CHANGE FROM 15 TO 25?
>> YEAH, SO THIS IS ONE OF THE OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING COMMITTEE REVIEWED. THEY DID REQUEST TO GO FROM A
[01:20:02]
SET AMOUNT TO CLOSER TO A PER CAPITA.IT'S NOT EXACTLY A PER CAPITA. IT'S A TRANSITION PERIOD WHERE THEY SAID THIS SHOULD COVER US. BUT GOING FORWARD, THE PLAN IS FOR THEM TO SUBMIT A PER CAPITA, LIKE THE WCCHD, YOU SEE HOW IT'S NOT AN EVEN NUMBER BECAUSE THAT IS A TRUE CALCULATION ON PER CAPITA. HOPE APPLIANCE AND THE ADVOCACY
CENTER WANTS TO DO PER CAPITA. >> SHOULD THAT BE A CONTRIBUTION
OF CIVIC PROGRAMS? >> BECAUSE IT'S STILL OUTSIDE ON AGENCY FUNDING WHICH IS ALL THIS IS.
>> THERE WERE A COUPLE THAT WERE SPECIFIED IN THE POLICY AS BEING OUTSIDE OF THAT. IT STILL COMES OUT OF THAT MONEY, THOUGH. YOU DON'T HAVE A CHOICE.
THOSE HAVE TO GET FUNDED. THEN YOU GET MONEY LEFT OVER.
[LAUGHTER] >> YOU HAVE TO READ THE POLICY.
>> HEALTH DISTRICT DOES NOT HAVE TO BE FUNDED PER THE PHYSICAL
AND BUDGETARY POLICY. >> I DON'T THINK IT'S COMING OUT
OF IT. >> THE REASON WHY IT'S IN THIS SECTION IS PER CHARTER, THERE IS AN OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING COMMITTEE WHICH MAYOR PRO TEM CHAIRED THE COMMITTEE.
THE COMMITTEE MET. AND THE COMMITTEE REVIEWED APPLICATIONS. I DON'T KNOW HOW MANY TIMES Y'ALL MET. BUT THEN THE COMMITTEE RESPONDED BACK AND SAID THIS IS WHAT WE WOULD LIKE IN THE BUDGET.
SO THEN WE TOOK THEIR INPUT AND PUT IT INTO THE BUDGET AS PART OF COUNCIL. BECAUSE IT'S COUNCIL'S DECISION, I MEAN, OUTSIDE AGENCY FUNDING. THAT'S WHY IT'S IN THAT PORTION OF THE BUDGET. BUT WE COULD MOVE IT TO A DIFFERENT BUDGET SECTION IF YOU SO DESIRE.
>> ALL RIGHT, WHAT OTHER ITEMS IN THIS DEPARTMENT, IF YOU WILL? CITY COUNSEL PAID FOR PLACE 6. SUBTRACT LEADERSHIP TRAINING POCKETS AND TMO REGISTRATION CHANGED TO $800.
ARE THERE OTHER ITEMS YOU WANTED TO DISCUSS?
>> JUST A QUESTION ON IF WE DO CHANGE THAT ONE TO $800.
THE ANNUAL ONE, I JUST GOT MY REGISTRATION FOR THAT AND IT WAS, I THINK, 600, 6750. SO THAT WOULD BE THE ANNUAL ONE.
THERE ARE OPPORTUNITIES TO DO OTHER ONES YOU DON'T HAVE TO TRAVEL FOR, LOCAL, LIKE ROUND ROCK.
I THINK THERE IS A REGISTRATION FOR THOSE.
IF WE WANT TO GO TO THE ONE OFF AND GO TO THE OTHER.
I THINK WE SHOULD MAYBE BUMP IT UP.
AGAIN THIS ONLY ALLOW FOUR GO. MAYBE FOUR GO TO ONE AND A DIFFERENT THREE GO TO A DIFFERENT ONE? AT LEAST OFFER IT TO BE ABLE TO GO TO MULTIPLE THROUGHOUT THE
YEAR. >> WHAT I WILL SAY, I THINK WE NEED A BREAKDOWN OF WHAT THIS WAS INTENDED FOR.
2800 EACH. AND THEN IF THERE IS A PROPOSAL TO DO SOMETHING DIFFERENT WITH IT, WE SHOULD A BREAKDOWN OF
2800 SEEMS HIGH. >> COUNCILMEMBER KOLAR, YOU SAID
THERE WAS MORE. >> I SAID IT WAS GOOD.
HOW DO YOU WANT TO DO THIS? WE DIDN'T ACT ON YOUR AMENDMENT.
WE JUST KEPT GOING. I DON'T KNOW IF THESE ARE FUNDING AMENDMENTS OR DISCUSS THE TMO REGISTRATION OR JUST DO ONE MOTION. I DON'T KNOW HOW YOU WANT TO DO
THIS. >> WE DON'T KNOW THE ANSWER ON THE TRAINING BECAUSE WE DON'T KNOW WHAT THE COST IS GOING TO BE YET, RIGHT? SO THAT WILL BE BROUGHT BACK TO
US TO TALK ABOUT. >> SOME OF THE LEADERSHIP
TRAINING, THE $29,000. >> THAT ONE.
>> THAT ONE. >> THEY WERE GOING TO LOOK AT THE TRAVEL AND LODGING, TOO, AND THE REGISTRATION TO SEE IF IT WAS ONE SUM OR SUPPOSED TO BE SEPARATED.
>> THAT ONE WE DIDN'T MAKE AN AMENDMENT.
>> OKAY. >> JUST THE LEADERSHIP.
I WILL WITHDRAW THAT AND SAY I WANT TO GET CLARIFICATION ON THAT SO WE CAN AMEND THAT OR EXCEPT THAT NEXT TIME.
>> THE TMO REGISTRATION AT 800. >> NOT TODAY.
>> YEAH, THAT PLACE 6 AND VOTE ON THE COACHING.
>> CITY COUNCIL BUDGET, MAKE A MOTION TO ADD A CITY COUNCIL PAY FOR PLACE 6 AND TO SUBTRACT LEADERSHIP TRAINING OF $29,000.
>> I DON'T KNOW IF YOU WANT PUT THEM TOGETHER.
>> OKAY ON. I'M TRYING TO FIND OUT THE
YOU TELL US WHAT YOU WANT. >> I'LL MAKE THE MOTION TO ADD
[01:25:06]
CITY COUNCIL PAY FOR PLACE 6. >> SECOND.
>> ANY QUESTIONS ON THAT MOTION? >> HEARING NONE, PLEASAL KA THE
>> COUNCILMEMBER CLARK. >> AYE.
>> COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON AYE, COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON.
SUBTRACT TRAINING FROM 29,000 TO ZERO.
>> SECOND. >> CLARK, DISCUSSION ON THIS
MOTION? >> I WANT TO SAY BECAUSE WEED A THE LINKED&TRAINING THROUGH THE LIBRARY AND EVERYBODY ON THIS DUIS IS A CITIZEN OF HUTTO AND CAN JOIN THE LIBRARY.
THAT'S A GREAT RESOURCE TO DO LEADERSHIP TRAINING FOR FREE.
THAT'S WHY I VOTED TO ZERO THIS OUT.
>> I THINK THIS TRAINING WAS BENEFICIAL AND IT ACTUALLY HELD US ACCOUNTABLE. WE HAD TIME SLOTS.
WE HAD TO MEET WITH HIM. OF COURSE, IT COULD HAVE BEEN BETTER GROUP SETTING ALL OF THAT GOOD STUFF BUT I FOUND IT
BENEFICIAL, SO -- >> I THINK IT'S WORTH AS WELL AT LEAST KEEPING IN BUT CHANGING WHAT WE ARE DOING.
>> UH-HUH. >> I DIDN'T LIKE THE FORMAT.
>> WE CAN BECOME BETTER ZBZ. COUNCIL
MEMBERS. >> ANY OTHER DISCUSSION.
>> PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. THOMPSON AYE COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON AYE COUNCILMEMBER CLARK AYE MAYOR SNARED.
COUNCILMEMBER KOLAR NAY. GORD NAY.
>> MOTION PASSES 5-2. >> I BELIEVE THAT'S IT FOR CITY COUNCIL. WE GO TO THE CITY MANAGER'S OFFICE. MAY I MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE THE CITY MANAGER'S OFFICE BUDGET THAT'S PRESENTED.
>> THAT WAS A MOTION OF THE ORIGINAL MAYOR PRO TEM GORDON AND CLARK. I APPROVE AS PRESENTED WITH THE CHANGES OF ADDING THE CITY COUNCIL PAY FOR PLACE 6 AND SUBTRACTING THE LEADERSHIP TRAINING FROM 28,000 TO ZERO.
MOTION MADE BY MAYOR PRO TEM GORDON AND SECONDED BY CLARK.
DISCUSSION ON ON THE AMENDED MOTION? HEARING NONE. PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
>> I WOULD LIKE TO -- I WOULD LIKE TO POSTPONE THIS ONE UNTIL WE HAVE AN ANSWER ON THE TRAINING AND THEN WE CAN VOTE ON THIS WITH THE TRAINING. THE TMO EXPENSES.
>> WE CAN STILL APPROVE THIS AND BALANCE IT OUT LATER.
>> IT WASN'T IN THE MOTION. >> THERE WAS A MOTION ON THE TABLE. WE HAVE TO DO SOMETHING.
WITH EL TO RESCIND THE BHOATION ALL THE THINGS WE DID GO AWAY OR
WE HAVE TO PUSH THROUGH. >> HE DOESN'T THINK WE SHOULD DO IT. WHAT WERE YOU SAYING?
YOU WANTED TO WAIT? >> POSTPONE OVERALL VOTE ON THIS
UNTIL WE HAVE A FINAL. >> MAYBE A PROCEDURAL QUESTION.
SO IF WE DID DECIDE TO PASS ON THIS AND VOTE ON IT NOW, WE COULD COME BACK NEXT TIME AND MODIFY IT AGAIN.
CAN WE NOT? ONCE WE GET THE ANSWER BACK?
DOTTIE WAS SHAKING HER HEAD. YOU CAN'T GET ON THAT ON THE
MICROPHONE. >> THIS WILL BE LOCKED IN UNTIL
THE SECOND READING. >> THAT'S CORRECT.
>> ALL RIGHT, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE ON THE AMENDED MOTION.
>> COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON AYE. >> SCHOB THOMPSON.
>> MAYOR PRO TEM GORD. >> AYE.
>> KOLAR AYE. >> MOTION PASSES, 7-0 ON.
THE CITY MANAGER'S OFFICE. WE'LL TAKE A MOTION BY MAIRP
GORDON. >> MOTION TO APPROVE IS
>> SECONDED BY COUNCILMEMBER KOLAR.
I FIGURE WE HAVE AN ORDINANCE, WE HAVE TO KEEP IT AND WE HAVE AN ORDINANCE AND WE HAVE TO FUND IT WHEN YOU DO IT.
>> SO I PUT IT IN THERE BECAUSE THE WAY THAT THE ORDINANCE WAS DRAFTED WAS THAT IT WAS LIMITED TO $50,000.
BUT IT WOULD HAVE TO BE BUDGETED.
SO I WEPT AHEAD AND PUT IT IN TO THE BUDGET FOR THAT REASON.
THAT'S WHY IT'S IN THERE. NOT BECAUSE I'M ANTICIPATING
[01:30:06]
BUT IF IT'S IN THE BUDGET, YOU DON'T HAVE TO COME TO US, YOU
CAN JUST SPEND IT. >> I STILL HAVE TO FOLLOW THE PROCEDURE THAT COUNCIL SHET IN THE ORDINANCE -- SET IN THE ORDINANCE WHICH IS NOTIFYING YOU AND LETTING YOU KNO
>> IF IT GOES TO ZERO BECAUSE BEFORE WE PAY SOMEBODY OUT, I WOULD LIKE TO ACTUALLY VOTE ON IT EACH TIME.
>> IF YOU DON'T FUND IT IN THE BUDGET YOU WOULDN'T HAVE THE OPTION TO DO IT IF YOU WANT TO OR NEED TO.
>> I DON'T WANT TO HAVE THE OPTION UNTIL WE VOTE TO GIVE THE OPTION TO BUDGET THE AMENDMENT, BECAUSE PAYING SOMEBODY OUT AND THEN NOTIFYING, BY THE WAY I PAID SOMEBODY $50,000.
NOTHING I CAN DO WITH IT BECAUSE IT WAS BUDGETED.
>> BUT IF YOU DON'T REMEMBER, OR TO REMIND YOU, IT'S LIMITED TO A MAX OF TWO MONTHS' SALARY AND THERE ARE A BUNCH OF OTHER STIPULATIONS THAT NO ONE WOULD HIT 50,000.
THE CHARACTERISTIC THAT IT ALLOWS THEM TO PAY THAT IS NOT POSSIBLE BASED ON THE ORDINANCE WE PASSED.
YOU PUT IT AT 50,000 BECAUSE IF WE HAD SOMEONE TO LET GO, THEY WOULDN'T BE AT 50,000. WE HAD THIS DEBATE WHEN WE PASSED THE ORDINANCE TO MAKE THIS CHANGE.
>> FULLY UNDERSTAND. THIS IS A PAYCHECK OUT ON THE DOOR. IF YOU FUNNEL THE MONEY EVERYONE WHO LEAVES WILL ASK MORE FOR THE MONEY.
EVERY TIME YOU LEAVE YOU HAVE TO GO BEFORE THE CITY COUNCIL AND EVERYBODY WILL HEAR INGS THIS YOU DID WRONG AND THE GRIEVANCES THAT YOU HAVE, THEN, TO ME, THAT MAY STOP EEOC COMPLAINTS.
SO BE IT. WE TOO QUICKLY GIVE MONEY OUT TO PEOPLE AND THE CITY HAS A HISTORY OF PAYING MONEY ON THE CONSTANTLY IT PEOPLE. SOME OF THEM IT WAS WARRANTED PROBABLY. SOME OF THEM I DON'T KNOW THAT IT WAS. FOR ME, IT'S SOMETHING BETTER VOTE AND SEE HOW IT GOES. ANY OTHER ITEMS ANYBODY SAW?
>> QUESTION ON VEHICLE ALLOWANCE.
IT LOOKED LIKE IT WENT FROM THREE TO TWO.
>> THIS YEAR? >> WHAT'S THE PLAN FOR COMMUNITY STAKEHOLDER SPONSORSHIPS. SPONSORSHIPS?
>> WELL W I KNOW WHAT THAT IS BUT CAN YOU TELL ME WHICH
CATEGORY IT IS UNDER. >> SPECIAL EVENTS AND AWARDS.
>> BUT IT'S UNDER "OTHER MISCELLANEOUS"?
>> SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS. ALL RIGHT.
SO WE HAVE THE PUBLIC BUDGET WORKSHOPS.
SO THOSE ARE THE EVENTS WE HELD FOR THE PUBLIC.
WE HAVE AN ITEM HERE FOR COUNCIL COMMEMORATIVE ITEMS. WE HAVE BEEN DOING PLAQUES AND THINGS WHEN COUNCIL MEMBERS COME OFF THE DAIS. WE HAVE A LINE ITEM FOR THE HUTTO CITIZENS UNIVERSITY. WE HAVE A LINE ITEM IN HERE FOR THE COMMUNITY STAKE HOLDERS SPONSORSHIPS.
AND IF YOU WANT TO NODE WHAT THAT IS, THAT WILL BE THINGS LIKE IF THE CITY IS GOING TO PARTICIPATE AT THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE GALA OR IF IT'S GOING TO PARTICIPATE AT THE YMCA EVENT. SO ON AND SO FORTH.
THAT IS WHERE THE LINE ITEM IS FOR THE STAKEHOLDER
SPONSORSHIPS. >> WHERE WAS THAT SPENT
I'D HAVE TO ASK. PROBABLY IN THE SAME LINE ITEM.
6204. BUT I'D HAVE TO ASK FINANCE TO GO LOOK FOR THE LAST TIME THAT WE DID ONE OF THOSE ACTUAL EXPENSES TO SEE WHERE IT GOT CHARGED.
I HAVEN'T AUTHORIZED ANY THIS YEAR THAT I CAN THINK OF.
>> I REMEMBER MAKING A REQUEST THAT I THOUGHT WE HAD A DISCUSSION THAT WE WOULD HAVE IT IN THE BUDGET SO WE HAD THE OPTION TO DECIDE IF COUNCIL WANTED TO SPONSOR A TABLE SO IT COULD BE BUDGETED AT THIS TIME. [INAUDIBLE]
>> I WAS ALSO OPERATING UNDER THE CITY MANAGER THINKS IT'S APPROPRIATE FOR THE CITY TO ATTEND THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE GALA, WHATEVER, I HAVE TO HAVE SOME PLACE TO CHARGE THAT TO.
AND THAT'S WHAT THIS LINE ITEM IS FOR.
>> WHAT ABOUT FUEL AND MILEAGE. $928 TO 3400.
>> THIS IS FOR MILEAGE REIMBURSEMENTS WHENEVER FOLKS ARE TRAVELING. CONFERENCES OR WHAT HAVE YOU.
[01:35:04]
TRAININGS. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT.THOSE SORTS OF THINGS. I HAVE SEVEN PEOPLE IN THE CITY MANAGER'S OFFICE THAT I AM COVERING FOR FOR MILEAGE.
>> THIS ISN'T FOR THE PEOPLE TO GET CAR AALLOWANCES.
>> NO, SIR, IT'S NOT. THOSE ARE VERY SPECIFIC.
CAR ALLOWANCE IS SPECIFICALLY LISTED UNDER VEHICLE ALLOWANCE WHICH IS IN THE SALARY CATEGORY. AND THAT OOTSZ THE LINE ITEM THAT ENDS IN 6011. THAT IS VEHICLE ALLOWANCES.
THE OTHER ONES ARE ACTUAL TRAVEL AND SUBMIT A MILEAGE REIMBURSEMENT. THAT IS WHERE FUEL AND MILEAGE
GOES. >> CITY-WIDE PROFESSIONAL
DEVELOPMENT CONFERENCE. >> SO THE MOTION HERE IS A RECOMMENDATION TO HOLD A HUTTO-CENTRIC DEVELOPMENT PROFESSIONAL OPPORTUNITY FOR ALL THE STAFF.
THERE IS A NUMBER OF PROFESSIONAL STAFF THAT TRAVEL TO CONFERENCES FOR THEIR PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION, THAT THEY ARE USUALLY VERY FEW OPPORTUNITIES FOR FOLKS WHO ARE FIELD SERVICE, OR NOT A MEMBER OF ONE OF THE PROFESSIONAL ENTITIES THAT REQUIRE ONGOING PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT. SO THIS WOULD BE AN OPPORTUNITY TO BRING THOSE FOLKS TOGETHER AND TO A CENTRAL TRAINING DAY OPPORTUNITY HERE FORETHEM TO BE ABLE TO ALSO EXPERIENCE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT IN THE SAME.
>> HAVE THEY EVER HAD ANYTHING LIKE THAT BEFORE?
>> I HAVE NOT HEARD OF HUTTO DOING THAT.
I DIDN'T BIRTH THE IDEA. I GOT THE IDEA FROM A PEER OF MINE. A GOOD FRIEND OF MINE WHON IS THE CITY MANAGER OF LAN OF THE KAER.
SHE HOLDS -- LANCASTER. SHE HOLDS A ONCE A YEAR KFNS FOR THE SAME REASONS. THE PROFESSIONAL FOLKS ARE 2R568ING ON THEIR CONFERENCES BECAUSE THAT'S THE EXPECTATION.
BUT THE FOLKS WHO MOW GRASS OR REPAIR ROADS AND THOSE SORTS OF THINGS THEY DON'T HAVE THE SAME TYPE OF OUT.
THEY HAVE SOME EVENTS WHICH ARE EQUIPMENT RELATED, EQUIPMENT RODEOS AND THOSE SORT OF THINGS. BUT THEY DON'T HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY TO GO BE TAUGHT ABOUT LEADERSHIP OR THOSE SORTS
OF THINGS. >> WE HAVE TEAMS AND WE HAVE ONLINE RESOURCES THAT WE BUDGETED FOR LAST YEAR.
AND IT JUST SEEMS KIND OF -- I MEAN, WE BRING EVERYONE HERE AND HAVE A PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT TRAINING WITH THEM.
YOU KNOW, WE COULD DO SOMETHING ONLINE TO UTILIZE TEAMS THAT WE HAVE. YEAH.
>> I GET WHAT YOU'RE SAYING. I LIKE THE IDEA.
A ONE-DAY EVENT. YOU KNOW, IT JUST DEPENDS ON -- I'VE BEEN TO SEVERAL ONE-DAY EVENTS.
TAKE YOU THROUGH SPECIFIC PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT FOR EACH GROUP. I COULD SEE HOW IT WOULD WORK.
I WOULD LOVE THEM TO LEARN TO DEVELOP.
I DON'T KNOW ABOUT A ONE-DAY EVENT.
>> I THINK THIS BUDGET ITEM IS GREAT.
THIS IS HOW YOU KEEP, MAINTAIN AND RETAIN YOUR EMPLOYEES.
JUST THAT YOU GET TOGETHER, HAVE A CONFERENCE.
YOU HAVE YOUR PEOPLE, YOU LEARN, GET TO KNOW EACH OTHER, INTERACT OUTSIDE OF YOUR PROFESSIONAL JOB.
>> MAYBE I'M NOT UNDERSTANDING FULLY.
THAT'S OKAY ON. >> LIKE BREAKOUT SESSIONS?
>> BEAFL KEYNOTE SPEAKER. BREAKOUT SESSIONS.
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT LITERATURE.
PROBABLY DO SOME SORT OF COMMEMORATIVE ITEM, MAYBE A COIN OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT. LUNCH.
>> DON'T YOU HAVE PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT -- ISN'T THAT ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WAS CALLED OUT AS FAR AS IT WOULD BE KIND OF A MONTHLY THING WITH THE DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTS, COUNCILMEMBER
PLINKD-IN-WOULD BE -- LINKEDIN WOULD BE INCIDENT.
THIS IS BRINGING EVERYONE INTO THE SAME SPACE, EXPERIENCING THE
SAME LECTURES. >> BOUNCING IDEAS.
>> TEAM BUILDING, SO ON AND SO FORTH.
IT'S MEANT TO SUPPORT THE EFFORT THAT COUNCIL, I FEEL LIKE, MADE VERY CLEAR TO ME IS TO DEVELOP THE STAFF AND TO BUILD CULTURE HERE THAT EMBRACES LEARNING.
>> SO IN ADDITION TO THIS, IS THERE LIKE MONTHLY TRAININGS AS
[01:40:04]
WELL? OR IS THIS JUST A BIG SHEBANG?>> THIS IS THE ONE TIME CONFERENCE.
BUT EACH DEPARTMENT HAS ONGOING TRAINING THAT WOULD BE VERY
>> TO TAKE IT TO THE OTHER END, MAYBE THEY ARE DOING SAFETY TRAININGS PRETTY REGULARLY ON DITCH SAFETY.
OR, YOU KNOW, HOW TO OPERATE THE MACHINERY.
THAT'S VERY SPECIFIC AND EVERY DEPARTMENT DOES THAT ALREADY.
P.D. DOES HAVE REGIMENTED TRAINING THEY GO THROUGH THAT IS SPECIFIC TO THEM. THIS IS SOMETHING THAT EVERYONE CAN APPRECIATE ON THE SAME LEVEL.
>> THE ONLY CONCERN I SHARED WITH THE CITY MANAGER, I APPRECIATE SOME OF THE THINGS WE DO, BUT WHEN WE DO IT, THEY GO OVER THE TOP. A COUPLE OF EXAMPLES FOR ME WERE THE BOARDS AND COMMISSIONS DINNER.
IT WAS NICE TO DO THAT. BUT WHEN I HEARD THE PRICE TAG, HOWE DID WE SPEND $12,000? IS THERE NOTE A WAY TO THANK PEOPLE AND SHOW APPRECIATION FOR LESS.
WE DID A GROUND-BREAKING FOR THE RIGHT TURN LANE UNDER CONSTRUCTION. I FORGOT WHAT THE AMOUNT WAS.
I WAS LIKE -- FOR ME, MONEY DOESN'T ALWAYS MAKE THINGS WORK.
YOU CAN THROW A LOT OF MONEY AT THINGS.
IT'S OVERALL IN THE BUDGET IT'S NOT A LOT BUT MY FEAR IS THAT YOU CAN OVERINFLATE THINGS AND THE MORE YOU BUDGET, THE MORE YOU SPEND AND WHAT YOU DON'T SPEND HE, IT'S NOT A LOT BUT WE HAVE TO BE COGNIZANT. 20,000 HERE, YOU START TALKING REAL MONEY BEFORE LONG. IT'S A LOT OF TRAINING.
TRAINING IS GOOD BUT WE HAVE PEOPLE THAT MAYBE ARE GONE SIX, SEVEN WEEKS A YEAR, WHICH IS SIGNIFICANT OFF ON THE JOB WHICH CAUSES OTHER PEOPLE TO WORK HARDER OR HAVE TO HIRE FOR STAFF. TO ME, IT'S A FINE LINE BETWEEN OVERTRAINING AND NOT ENOUGH. ANYWAY.
IS THERE ANYTHING ANYBODY WANTED TO MAKE CHANGES TO OR LEAVE IT AS IS? WE ALREADY HAVE A MOTION.
>> THIS WILL BE AMENDED. >> IT'S IN THE MINUTES.
I'LL MAKE AN AMENDMENT TO TAKE THE SEPARATION PAY FROM 50,000
SECONDED BY COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON.
I SHARED MY REASONING. ANY DISCUSSION? HEARING NONE, PLEASAL KA THE VOTE.
>> COUNCIL KOLAR NAY COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON AYE MAYOR
>> ZIMBABWE THORNTON NAY. >> COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON AYE,
COUNCILMEMBER WILCOTT. >> I LOST COUNTS THAT? MOTION PASSES, 4-3. WE HAVE THE AMENDED MOTION AS THE BUDGET PRESENTED WITH THE SEPARATION PAY PAY GOING TO ZERO. ANY DISCUSSION ON THAT MOTION?
>> THE ONLY QUESTION THAT I WANTED TO POSE IS IF IT'S NOT IN THE BUDGET, THEN WHAT HAPPENS IF WE NEED TO SEPARATE PAY LATER IN THE YEAR AND WE BUDGETED EVERYTHING?
JUST CURIOUS. >> YOU WOULD HAVE TO DRAW DOWN
I WANTED TO MAKE SURE. >> OR CUT SOMETHING ELSE OUT OF THE BUDGET. LIKE ONE LESS TRAVEL MEAL.
OR ON THE SALARY THAT SAVED IN THAT DEPARTMENT WHILE THEY ARE GONE FOR THREE WEEKS OR SIX WEEKS.
TO ME YOU MADE A GOOD POINTS. I THINK WE SHOULD TAKE THE MONEY WE ARE PAYING FOR THAT DEPARTMENT AND SAVED AND GET A BUDGET TRANSFER AND SEND IT OVER TO THE SEPARATION PAY.
WE SHOULDN'T HAVE THAT MONEY OVER THERE WE CAN SPENDS ON OTHER THINGS AND COME BACK OVER HERE AND HAVE MONEY.
IT'S ALMOST LIKE A DOUBLE DIP. >> THAT'S A GOOD POINT.
>> I JUST WANTED TO HAVE THAT. >> ALL RIGHT.
PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. >> COUNCILMEMBER WILCOTT AYE COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON AYE COUNCILMEMBER CLARK AYE MAYOR SNYDER AYE COUNCILMEMBER GORD NAY.
COUNCILMEMBER THORNTONEN AYE. >> MOTION PASSES 5-2.
OKAY, ANGELA AND YOUR BUDGET. CITY SECRETARY.
>> MOTION TO APPROVE. >> SECOND.
>> CITY SECRETARY'S BUDGET. >> MOTION BY COUNCILMEMBER KOLAR
[01:45:01]
AND SECONDED BY MAYOR PRO TEM GORDON.>> BECAUSE WE GO SO LATE ALL THE TIME MY QUESTION IS HOW DO WE
THINK IT'S $100 OF OVERTIME? >> I WAS LOOKING AT THAT.
>> IS THAT THE FLEXIBLE SCHEDULE?
>> YES. THAT'S WHERE IT COMES INTO PLAY.
>> YEAH. >> ANY DISCUSSION ON ON
POTENTIAL CHANGES? >> THE ONLY QUESTION I HAVE ON ON ELECTION SERVICES, BECAUSE IS THIS NUMBER BASED ON -- BECAUSE IF WE SAID SET IT AT ONLY 13,000 LAST YEAR, WHICH SEEDS ODD, WHEN WE -- SEEMS ODD WHEN WE HAD A SPECIAL ELECTION AND THEN A GENERAL ELECTION AND A RUNOFF. SO IS THERE A REASON WE WENT TO 13 VERSUS -- LIKE WHY IS IT ALTERING 8 VERSUS 16 VERSUS 54
THIS YEAR? >> YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT ELECTION
SERVICES SPECIFICALLY? >> HUH-UH.
>> JUST SEEMS ODD. >> WE DO OURS IN MAY.
THIS NOVEMBER IS NOT -- THE PRESIDENTIAL ARE ELECTION WILL BE IN THE NEXT FISCAL BUDGET. NOT THIS ONE.
>> THERE WILL BE PRIMARIES. >> EVERY TIME THAT THERE IS A PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION COMING UP AND YOU HAVE THE PRIMARIES AND YOU HAVE THE EXTRA ELECTIONS -- I'M SORRY.
IF YOU LOOK AT WHAT WE SPENT IN PRIOR PERIODS, THE FEE GOES UP.
BECAUSE THERE IS MORE VOTERS THAT COME OUT TO VOTE.
THAT'S FOR THE PRIMARIES. >> RIGHT.
>> AREN'T THOSE COVERED BY THE REPUBLICAN AND --
>> YOU'RE NOT PAYING FOR THOSE SPECIFICALLY.
IT'S WHATEVER THEY OVERLAP I THINK SHE IS TALKING ABOUT.
>> WHAT I'M LOOKING IN THE NOTE RIGHT HERE IS MAY ELECTION WITH THE JUNE RUNOFF. THAT IS WHAT IS BEING BUDGETED RIGHT NOW. THAT IS WHY IT'S $30,000.
THIS IS NOT THE 54. >> AND ADDITIONALLY, WE WERE THINKING IT MIGHT BE HIGHER NEXT YEAR BECAUSE COUNCIL MIGHT BE PUTTING TRANSPORTATION BONDS ON ON THE BALLOT.
>> OKAY. >> WHY WOULD THAT INCREASE IN THE ELECTION, UNLESS WE DID IN-IT-IN NOVEMBER, I GUESS.
>> IT'S ACTUALLY THE COUNTY THAT RUNS THE ELECTION.
AND SO WE SHARE IN A PIECE OF THE PIE OF THE TOTAL COST BASED ON SOME CALCULATION THAT INCLUDES NUMBER OF VOTERS.
SO THAT IF WE HAD MORE CITIZENS THAT COME OUT AND VOTE, THEN THE
AMOUNT IS HIGHER. >> IS IT BECAUSE OF ALSO WE KNOW WE HAVE A CHARTER REVIEW IN MAY AS WELL? HAVE Y'ALL TAKEN THAT INTO ACCOUNT.
THAT WILL ALSO BE ON THE BALLOT. WE DON'T NOPE ABOUT THE BONDS
BUT WE KNOW THE CHARTER WILL BE. >> ANGELA, I DON'T THINK WE TOOK
THAT INTO ACCOUNT, DID WE? >> WE DIDN'T TAKE THAT INTO
ACCOUNT. >> Y'ALL PROBABLY NEED TO ADJUST THAT NUMBER UP OR WHATEVER YOU NEED TO DO OR TAKE IT DOWN
>> WE'LL GO BACK AND REVIEW THAT AGAIN BASED ON ON PRIOR HISTORY.
BECAUSE ANGELA AND I WENT BACK AND WE PULLED -- WHAT WAS IT LIKE TEN YEARS OF HISTORICAL DATA TO LOOK TO SEE WHERE THE
SPIKES WERE. >> I THINK EVERY YEAR WE GO UP.
>> UH-HUH. >> THE NUMBER OF VOTERS EACH
YEAR, WHICH IS A GOOD THING. >> IT ACTUALLY HAS SPIKES NEAR THE PRESIDENTIAL YEARS. AND THEN IT GOES BACK DOWN AFTER THE PRESIDENTIAL YEARS. THEN IT WILL GO BACK UP.
COST-WISE. >> MAYBE I'M NOT UNDERSTANDING.
LET ME ASK THIS. SO WHEN WE HOST A PRESIDENTIAL ARE ELECTION, WHY IS THE CITY PAYING FOR A PRESIDENTIAL ELECTION WHEN WE DON'T HAVE ANYTHING ON ON THE BALLOT THAT HAS TO DO WITH THE CITY?
>> IT HAS TO DO WITH THOSE YEARS, MORE VOTERS COMING OUT.
>> THEY ARE CHARGING HUTTO FOR A PIECE OF IT?
Y'ALL ARE TALKING PAST EACH OTHER ON.
IN THE PRESIDENTIAL YEARS THERE IS MORE INTEREST USUALLY OVERALL FROM VOTERS. THEY ARE PAYING ATTENTION TO THE ELECTION CYCLES. SO MORE COME OUT FOR THE MUNICIPAL ELECTION. AND THEN THEY ARE CHARGING BASICALLY ON THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE WHO ARE ACTUALLY ENGAGED IN VOTING. THERE IS SOME EVIDENTLY A
[01:50:02]
SLIDING SCALE FOR THAT. SO THAT'S WHY IT'S NOT THAT THEY ARE CHARGING US FOR THE ELECTION THEY ARE HOLDING IN NOVEMBER FOR THE PRESIDENTIAL ELECTIONS. IT'S THAT -->> ASSUMING MORE PEOPLE WILL COME OUT IN MAY.
>> BECAUSE OF THE PRIMARIES ARE AROUND MARCH.
>> AND THEY CHARGE NOT BASED ON HOW MANY ITEMS WE HAVE ON THE BALLOT, BUT HOW MANY PEOPLE THEY EXPECT TO COME AND THEY HAVE TO
SERVICE. >> IT'S NOT EXPECTATION.
WE PAY AN ESTIMATE UP FRONTS. BUT THEN IN THE END THEY TAKE THEIR TOTAL COST FOR THE ELECTION AND THEN THEY DIVIDE IT BY ALL THE ENTITIES THAT PARTICIPATED IN THAT ELECTION.
AND THEN WE RECEIVE A SHARE OF THE ACTUAL COST.
AND IT'S FROM THE COUNTY. >> SO WHEN YOU DO -- WHEN MUNICIPAL ELECTION IN MAY THAT'S OVERLAPPING, SAY, WITH THE SCHOOL DISTRICT OR SOMEONE ELSE AND YOU ARE DOING A JOINT ELECTION, THEN YOU ARE SHARING COSTS.
WHEN YOU ARE DOING A RUNOFF AND IT'S JUST YOU YOU ARE PAYING
THANKS. >> SCHOOL BOARD COST US MORE
MONEY. >> TECHNICALLY IF WE ARE THE ONLY ONES DOING AN ELECTION IT COSTS MORE MONEY.
>> RIGHT. >> DO WE HAVE CHANGES TO THE CITY SECRETARY'S BUDGET? THANK YOU FOR LEAVING THAT WITH
>> IF NO OTHER DISCUSSION, WE'LL CALL THE VOTE ON ON THE BUDGET AS PRESENTED. MAYOR PRO TEM GORDON AYE.
>> KOARL ARE KOLAR AYE THORNTON AYE COUNCILMEMBER CLARK AYE COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON AYE ZIMBABWE WILCOTT AYE.
>> COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT? I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE
>> COMMUNICATIONS. >> KOLAR AND SECONDED BY COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON. HOW DO WE KNOW WHERE AN FTE IS
COMING IN? >> AT THE BEGINNING AT THE TOP.
THEY ARE STAFFED AND THEY ARE NOT ASKING FOR -- THIS HAS IT AT
THE TOP. >> AT THE VERY BEGINNING.
>> SO MAYOR AND COUNCIL, ASSISTANTS TO THE CITY MANAGER FOR THE RECORD. WHAT YOU WOULD SEE IS AT THE BEGINNING OF THIS POSITION, YOU WOULD SEE NEW POSITION REQUEST.
SO THEY ARE CURRENTLY NOT REQUESTING ANY NEW POSITIONS, OR A NEW POSITION IS NOT MADE IT INTO THE CITY MANAGER'S PROPOSED BUDGET. BUT YOU DO SEE HERE THAT THERE IS A RECLASS WHICH IS RAISING ONE OF THE INDIVIDUALS THAT WORKS FOR THE DEPARTMENT RIGHT NOW.
>> SO PULL UP THE POLICE DEPARTMENT AND SHOW THEM WHAT IT LOOKS LIKE WHENEVER THERE IS A NEW POSITION.
>> WE'LL DO IT FOR THAT DEPARTMENT.
>> I WANT TO SEE WHAT IT LOOKS LIKE.
>> THERE IS NOT ONE ON ON THIS. >> THERE IS NOT.
>> WHAT IS BIENNIAL -- AM I SAYING THAT WORD RIGHT?
>> COMPENSATORY. >> BIENNIALLY COMMUNITY SURVEY.
>> THAT IS THE COMMUNITY SURVEY THAT IS THE SCIENTIFIC SURVEY THAT WE JUST PRESENTED TO COUNCIL THIS YEAR, THAT THE OUTCOME, AND THAT WAS ACTUALLY PERFORMED LAST YEAR AGO SUMMER.
SO IT'S EVERY OTHER YEAR. SO NOW WE ARE DOING IT AGAIN FOR
THIS NEXT FISCAL YEAR. >> OKAY.
>> DOING THE SURVEY EVERY OTHER YEAR BUT GET THE OUTCOME IN THE
ODD YEAR. >> THAT'S RIGHT, IN BETWEENS.
ALTHOUGH, I HAVE CHALLENGED THE COMMUNICATIONS DEPARTMENT TO SEND OUT THE SURVEY EARLIER, SO THE INFORMATION IS BACK AND PARSED AND READY FOR THE COUNCIL TO CONSUME AT YOUR MARCH STRATEGIC PLANNING MEETING. THAT WAY YOU WILL HAVE THE DATA TO INFORM YOUR STRATEGIC PLANNING PLAN MEETING.
[INAUDIBLE] >> DISCUSSION ON ITEMS TO CHANGE
IN THE COMMUNICATIONS BUDGET? >> I HAD A QUESTION ON THE PEG CHANNEL. ARE WE EVEN USING THAT?
>> HUH-UH. >> WHY ARE WE BUDGETING FOR IT?
[01:55:03]
>> I'LL LET ALLISON ANSWER THAT SPECIFICALLY.
BUT WE ARE GOING TO HAVE TO SPEND FUNDS TO DO THINGS IN THE PEG CHANNEL OR WE WILL LOSE THE PEG CHANNEL.
IT'S ONE OF THOSE INGS THIS YOU REALLY NEED TO HAVE OPERATIONAL.
ALLISON, FEEL FREE. >> FOR THE RECORD, ALLISON, DIRECTOR OF COMMUNICATIONS. GOOD EVENING, THE PENALTY BOX CHANNEL IS SOMETHING THAT HAS BEEN FREE FOR THE CITY TO BE ABLE TO USE FOR MANY YEARS. ESSENTIALLY WE JUST REPLICATED VIDEO CONTENT WE PRODUCED ABOUT COUNCIL MEETINGS AND PROMOTIONAL VIDEOS. PUT THEM ON THAT CHANNEL AS WELL FOR CABLE CHANNEL SUBSCRIBERS. MOVING FORWARD SPECTRUM IS NOW LOOKING TO CHARGE THE CITY TO BE ABLE TO CONTINUE HOSTING A PEG CHANNEL. OUR PEG CHANNEL IS OPERATED COLLABORATIVE AGREEMENT WITH THE SCHOOL DISTRICT, AND THE SCHOOL DISTRICT EXPRESS ADDING LA OF INTEREST IN CONTINUING THEIR PART IN IT. SO WE ARE CURRENTLY RESEARCHING WHETHER OR NOT TO CONTINUE HOSTING A PEG CHANNEL.
AND, IF SO, HOW TO MAKE IT MORE USEFUL AND STRATEGIC FOR THE CITY. SO THE CITY MANAGER PLACED THAT FUNDING IN THERE SHOULD WE BE ABLE TO COME UP WITH A PROPOSAL THAT IS SOUND AND STRONG ENOUGH TO JUSTIFY CONTINUING TO HOST
THE PEG CHANNEL. >> I HAVE A QUESTION.
>> YES. >> THE PEG CHANNEL IS ONLY AVAILABLE TO ON SPECTRUM T.V. SUBSCRIBERS, CORRECT?
>> YES. ALTHOUGH WE ARE MEETING WITH THE SPECTRUM REPRESENTATIVE BEGIN SOON AND HE IS GOING TO EXPLAIN TO US HOW THEY ARE EXPLORING WAYS TO MAKE IT ACCESSIBLE TO MORE FOLKS BEYOND THEIR SUBSCRIBERS.
>> SO MY QUESTION IS WHY CAN'T WE LOOK AT HOSTING ON YOUTUBE AND GET AWAY WITH THIS. AS MORE AND MORE PEOPLE ACCELERATE CUTTING THE CORD AND WE ARE ALSO A YOUNGER DEMOGRAPHIC TOWN MAJORITY, THAT MOST PEOPLE DON'T HAVE TRADITIONAL CABLE T.V. ANYMORE. I KNOW I'M ONE WHO DOESN'T.
I THINK THAT WOULD BE A MISAPPROPRIATION OF FUNDS AND WE SHOULD LOOK AT OTHER PLACES TO PUT IT THAT IS INTERNET BASED ONLY. NOT TIED TO A PARTICULAR
SUBSCRIPTION MODEL. >> WE TALKED ABOUT THIS FOR YEARS BECAUSE WE HAVEN'T USED IT.
>> SIX YEARS. WHEN I SAW IT, "WE'RE STILL DOING THAT?" WHAT IS THE VIEWERSHIP.
>> THE VIEWERSHIP IS LOW. I WILL POINT OUT IN THE COMMUNITY SURVEY WE ASKED THE COMMUNITY HOW DO YOU GET YOUR INFORMATION ABOUT THE CITY OF HUTTO.
WE GAVE ALL THE POTENTIAL RESPONSES WE COULD THINK OF.
IT RANKED SECOND TO LAST. BUT THAT SAID, JUST SOMETHING TO CONSIDER FINANCIALLY, IS THAT AS PART OF OUR HOSTING THE PEG CHANNEL, WE RECEIVE -- MISS LAMERE YOU ARE ON DIRECTOR OF FINANCE WILL CORRECT ME IF I GET TERMINOLOGY WRONG.
WE RECEIVE PAYMENTS FROM SPECTRUM THAT WE ARE ALLOWED TO SPEND ON CAPITAL GOODS TO PRODUCE THE CHANNEL.
AND WE HAVE CURRENTLY IN THE NEIGHBORHOOD OF -- LESS THAN $100,000. BUT WE HAVE SOMETHING AROUND $100,000 IN OUR PEG FUND THAT WE COULD USE TO BUY CAMERAS FOR THIS ROOM IF WE NEED MORE. OR NEW EQUIPMENT.
ANYTHING USED TO PRODUCE THE VIDEO AND PODCAST EVEN AND CONTENT COULD BE PAID FOR FROM THE PEG FUNDS.
IF WE WERE TO DISCONTINUE HOSTING A PEG CHANNEL WE WOULD FORGO RECEIVING ADDITIONAL FUNDS AND WE WOULD HAVE THE CONUNDRUM OF FIGURING OUT HOW TO DISPOSE OF THE FUNDS WE ALREADY HAVE.
>> SO MY ONE QUESTION IS A FOLLOWUP.
HOW MANY YEARS -- WHAT IS THE ANNUAL INCREASE IN FRANCHISE FEES WE GET INTO THIS FUND. THEN, IS THAT $100,000 HAPPENED OVER THE LAST 25 YEARS? YOU SAID IT COULD BE SPENT TO DO THE CAMERAS AND STUFF. I WOULD SAY WE COULD BRING DOWN THAT FUND DURING THIS FISCAL YEAR AND BUY THAT EQUIPMENT NOW BEFORE IT GOES AWAY. SO MAYBE WE DON'T MAKE THE CHANGE TONIGHT UNTIL YOU COME BACK WITH THAT ANSWER.
ABOUT YOU THAT WOULD BE -- I WOULD LOOK AT THAT.
>> YOUR QUESTION TO UNDERSTAND CORRECTLY, HOW LONG DID IT TAKE TO ACCUMULATE THE FUNDS THAT WE HAVE NOW?
>> FOR EXAMPLE IF THE FRANCHISE FEES GENERATES $12,000, PAYING 10 AND YOU'RE NETTING TWO. WE COULD KEEP IT.
IF THEY ARE GENERATING 5, $600 A YEAR AND IT TOOK 25 YEARS TO GET THAT AMOUNTS. THAT'S A WHOLE DIFFERENT
DISCUSSION. >> THIS YEAR WE BROUGHT IN $10,000. THERE ARE THREE COMPANIES THAT CONTRIBUTE. SPECTRUM IS ONE OF THE COMPANIES. COME CAST AND I CAN'T REMEMBER
THE OTHER ONE. >> FRANCHISE FEES ARE REALLY A TAX OR A FEE, I WOULD SAY A FEE. A FEE ON THE PERSON WHO USES
[02:00:06]
COMCAST. THEY PAY AN EXTRA 40 CENTS OR A DOLLAR A MONTH, THEY MAY IT AND IT COMES TO US.>> IT WOULDN'T GOOD AWAY IF WE GOT AWAY FROM THE PEG CHANNEL.
THEY WOULDN'T GET THE FEE REMOVED.
>> THEY WOULD GET THE FEE REMOVED FROM THE BILL.
>> WE TALKED ABOUT FRANCHISE FEES.
I FORGOT WHO IS WAS A YEAR AGO. ONE OF THE ARGUMENTS WAS WE JUST ARE TAXING PEOPLE MORE. IF WANT TO MAKE -- I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE EXACT RULE IS. THERE IS NO RULE ON CHARGING.
WE COULD CHARGE 80 BUCKS A MONTH TO COMCAST AND THEY WOULD STICK IT ON A PERSON'S BILL. WITH HE WOULD HAVE A WINDFALL OF MONEY. THERE IS NO FREE MONEY.
IN MY MIND EVEN YOUR POINT IF WE BROUGHT IN 12 AND WAVED TEN TO GET TWO, I WOULD SAY DON'T TAKE IN ANY MONEY.
>> I DON'T WANT US TO WASTE THE $100,000 WE HAVE NOW.
>> IF YOU STOP COLLECTING IT, YOU CAN'T USE THE $100,000.
>> IF WE WERE TO STOP COLLECTING IT, WE WOULD SAY THAT WE DID NOT HAVE A PEG CHANNEL AND WE WOULD NEED TO URN ARE THE MONEY THAT
WE HAVE CURRENTLY. >> WHICH WOULD GO BACK TO THE
>> IT WOULD GO BACK TO THE -- I BELIEVE IT GOES BACK TO THE COMPANY. SO IT WOULD GO BACK TO SPECTRUM OR COMCAST OR THIS OTHER COUNTRY.
>> I WOULD SAY WE KEEP T USE WHAT WE HAVE THIS YEAR WITH THE INTENTION THAT WE ARE GOING TO EXIT THIS BUSINESS NEXT YEAR.
>> I HAVE A QUESTION, THE PEG CAPITAL FUND SUMMARY SHOWS WE HAVE TAKEN IN $21,000 THIS YEAR. WHERE HAVE WE TAKEN IN PEG FUNDS, IF NOT FROM HERE. UNDER THE FUND SURMISE IN THE BUDGET. IT SAYS WE TOOK IN 46,000 A YEAR BEFORE THAT. THIS YEAR IT SAYS WE'VE TAKEN IN 21,000 SO FAR. THE BUDGET SAYS WE EXPECT TO TAKE IN 26,000 IN THE UPCOMING YEAR.
>> CAN WE GO TO THE PEG FUND AND LOOK AT IT REAL QUICK?
>> THAT'S A DIFFERENT STORY. YOU PAY 10 TO GET 40.
>> I THINK THIS LINE ITEM SHOULD REMAIN WITH THIS SPENDS TUR.
HER TEAM CAN COME UP WITH SOMETHING GREAT OR IF THEY DECIDE THIS IS NOT BENEFICIAL FOR THE CITY, I TRUST THEY --
>> WHAT I'M HEARING FROM COUNCIL, THAT YOU WOULD WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT WHAT WE ARE SPENDING ADDITIONALLY IS WELL OFFSET FROM WHATEVER WE ARE TAKING IN, AND THAT WE ARE SPENDING WHAT WE TAKE IN TO PRODUCE MORE AND BETTER VIDEO CONTENT. TO MAKE IT WORTHWHILE TO KEEP
>> IN WE CAN LEVERAGE THE IMPROVEMENTS.
LIKE YOU SAID, IF WE CAN IMPROVE THE CAMERAS HERE, THAT WOULD BENEFIT THE PEG CHANNEL BUT IT WOULD BENEFIT THE CITY COUNCIL MEETINGS AND BOARD MEETINGS. I WOULD LIKE TO SEE WHERE WE CAN LEVERAGE THAT CITY TO NOT ONLY BENEFIT THE PEG CHANNEL BUT TO
BENEFIT OTHER THINGS AS WELL. >> THE CITY HAS HAD USED CREATIVE WAYS TO SPEND THE MONEY.
PFLUGERVILLE BOUGHT A VEHICLE FOR THE VIDEO PRODUCTION TEAM SO THEY COULD GO OUT AND PRODUCE MORE VIDEOS THAT WENT ON TO THE PEG CHANNEL. THAT WAS ALLOWABLE UND CAPITAL EXPENSES. THERE ARE THINGS YOU CAN SPEND IT ON. WE WOULD WANT TO BE STRATEGIC
AND APPROPRIATE. >> ANY ADDITIONAL QUESTIONS?
>> HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE FOR APPROVING IT AS
PRESENTED. >> SNYDER AYE COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON AYE COUNCILMEMBER. [INAUDIBLE] COUNCILMEMBER CLARK AYE ZIMBABWE THORNTON AYE.
>> MOTION PASSES, 7-0 ON. THAT BRINGS US TO THE COMMUNITY OUTREACH. I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE IT. SECOND.
>> SECONDED BY MAYOR PRO TEM GORD.
WHAT IS THE PLAN SO WE'RE ALL ON THE SAME PAGE ABOUT THE OUTREACH SPECIALIST THAT HAS BEEN REQUESTED.
BILINGUAL PAY. >> SO THE WAY THAT COUNCILMEMBER IS SETTING UP, THE WAY THE SOFTWARE WORKS, IT BREAKS OUT EVERY COMPONENT OF THE SALARY. WHENEVER YOU HAVE A NEW POSITION, YOU HAVE TO ASSUME THAT THEY ARE GOING TO HAVE ALL THE BENEFITS. SO WE THEN TAKE A MATCHUPPER TO REDUCE THE IMPACT FINANCIALLY. SO WE DON'T KNOW THAT THE
[02:05:01]
PERSON THAT WE WOULD HIRE WOULD BE ELIGIBLE FOR BILINGUAL PAY, BUT WE HAVE BEGIN A FRACTION OF THE BENEFIT SHOULD THEY.THAT WAY WE CAN GET OUR NUMBERS RIGHT.
GO AHEAD. >> GOOD EVENING, MAYOR AND COUNCIL. CHRISTIE BARNES, OUTREACH PROGRAMS MANAGER FOR THE RECORD. SO TO CLARIFY, THE OUTREACH SPECIALIST WOULD BE AN EXTENSION OF OUR DEPARTMENT AND A LOT OF THE FORWARD-FACING EVENTS ALSO WORKING CLOSELY WITH OUR HOAS TO BEGIN GETTING A TIGHTER NET AND DIRECT LINE OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN OUR NEIGHBORHOODS AND HOSTING AND CONDUCTING QUARTERLY MEETINGS. THEY WOULD ALSO SERVE AS NOT ONLY LAYSON TO NEIGHBORHOODS BUR GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES, PRIVATE ENTITIES, NONPROFIT PARTNERS, BUSINESSES AND CORPORATIONS.
ANOTHER BIG PART OF THIS POSITION WILL BE TO DEVELOP A ROBUST CITY-WIDE VOLUNTEER PROGRAMSEM NOT JUST VOLUNTEERS FOR EVENTS. BUT VOLUNTEERS IF AND WHEN YOU HAVE AN EMERGENCY AND THE RECOVERY PHASE OF THAT.
>> SO SPECIFICALLY, YOU THAT WOULD INCLUDE KEEP HUTTO BEAUTIFUL. THE CLEANUP EFFORTS THAT ARE ON THE ROAD, WHAT'S THAT CALLED? THE TRASH PICKUP.
>> ADOPT A SPOT. >> ADOPT A SPOT PROGRAMS.
SO, FOR EVEN NOT JUST THE LOCAL NONPROFITS AND AGENCIES BUT REGIONALLY. UNITED WAY, FOR EXAMPLE, THERE ARE BIANNUAL VOLUNTEER TO CLEAN UP EVENTS THAT WE CAN PARTICIPATE IN AND HAVE MORE OF A HAND IN.
WITH THIS EXTENDED POSITION. THERE IS ALSO OPPORTUNITIES AT
DIFFERENT COUNTY AND STATE AREA. >> REPORTER: I THINK YOU COVERED
>> IT'S MOSTLY ABOUT COORDINATING.
RIGHT NOW WE DON'T COORDINATE WITH HOA'S AT ALL.
WE DON'T REALLY HAVE AN ADOPT A SPOT COORDINATION.
GO AHEAD. >> I THOUGHT OF A REALLY, REALLY BIG ONE. WE JUST HAD A MEETING WITH THEM RECENTLY WITH EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT TEAM, THE RED CROSS.
WE ARE BEGINNING RELATIONSHIPS WITH THEM.
WE ARE REALLY STARTING TO TIP OF THE ICEBERG START CONVERSATIONS WITH PARTNERS AND RESOURCES THAT WE DON'T CURRENTLY HAVE.
AND SO THIS WILL REALLY SPEARHEAD THAT EFFORT AND GETTING US ALL ON ON THE SAME PAGE WITH WHAT OUR CURRENT PARTNERS AND NONPROFITS AND OTHER AGENCIES ARE DOING AND WHERE WE AS A CITY ARE LACKING AND WHERE WE CAN LEVERAGE THOSE RESOURCES AND BRING THEM IT OUR RESIDENTS HERE.
>> SO IF YOU GUYS WORK WITH THE RED CROSS AND YOU DON'T NEED THE PERSON, WOULD THAT FALL UNDER EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT.
IF WE HIRE PERSONNEL THERE, WOULDN'T THEY BE THE ONES WITH WITH TO BE THE FRONT PERSON FOR RED CROSS IN EMERGENCY
I DON'T SPEAK FOR BILL, BUT AS FAR AS I UNDERSTAND, THE OUTREACH POSITION, AS IT COMES TO EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT SERVICES, WE WOULD BE ON THE RECOVERY EFFORT SIDE.
SO NOT DURING THE EMERGENCY. NOT PREPARING FOR THE EMERGENCY.
BUT THE AFTERMATH THAT COULD TAKE WEEKS, MONTHS, MAYBE YEARS IN DEALING WITH THAT, YES, WE WOULD BE THE POINT CONTACT FOR
THAT. >> WHAT WOULD YOU GUYS DO, LIKE THE LIONS CLUB, THEY ARE CLEANING UP 79.
WHAT WOULD THIS PERSON DO WHEN THEY ARE DOING THEIR ANNUAL TRASH PICKUP. DO THEY WORK WITH THEM AND PICK
UP TRASH WITH THEM? >> THE WAY ROUND ROCK HANDLES THIS, TO THAT POINTS, YES, THEY COULD DO THAT.
THEY COULD ALSO FUNCTIONALLY MULTIPLE PLY THE MAN POWER CADRE. THE OTHER THING THAT ROUND ROCK HAS CHOSEN TO DO WITH THIS SORT OF POSITION IS TO ACTUALLY HAVE IT YES SEE SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT.
ALTHOUGH IT'S REALLY TRAILERS AND WEED EATERS AND CHAINSAWS AND THOSE SORTS OF THINGS, TO ALLOW THAT TO BE CHECKED OUT BAY NONPROFIT FOR THESE SORTS OF EFFORTS.
COORDINATING THAT. SO IT'S A LOT ABOUT BUILDING THE COMMUNAL-SOCIAL FABRIC, LEVERAGING THE VOLUNTEER EFFORTS AND COMMUNITY-WIDE. HOA'S ARE IMPORTANT TO ME
[02:10:02]
BECAUSE I THINK OFFICIAL A LOT OF THE CODE ENFORCEMENT TYPE OF ACTIVITIES AND A LOT OF THOSE EFFORTS ARE OCCURRING IN THE HOA'S INDEPENDENTLY AND THEY ARE ALL SOMEWHAT SILOED.THEY ARE NOT REALLY WELL PLUGGED IN WITH THE CITY CURRENTLY.
AND THEN LIKE THE SENIORS WITH AVAILABLE TIME WHO HAVE BEEN WORKING OUR FRONT DESK. ALL OF THOSE TYPES OF EFFORTS, AS WE INCORPORATE MORE AND MORE OF THE COMMUNITY TO HELP, TAKE SOME ACCORDANCE ON OUR PART JUST TO BE THERE IN A SUPPORTING LOWELL. IT'S A LOT OF INDIVIDUAL -- A SUPPORTING ROLE. IT'S A LOT OF INDIVIDUAL COMMITMENTS THAT ALL ROLLED UP TOGETHER BASICALLY ARE CONSUMING THE NEED FOR ENOUGH TO SUPPORT IT.
>> IS IT KIND OF THE THOUGHT THAT THIS ONE PERSON COULD BASICALLY MULTIPLE PLY AND ENHANCE THE ABILITY OF ALL OF THESE INDIVIDUAL GROUPS THAT ARE TRYING TO DO GOOD ON THEIR OWN, BUT THEY COULD USE COORDINATION THROUGHOUT THE CITY TO WHERE THEY COULD ALL -- THE SUM IS GREATER THAN THE PARTS KIND OF
THING? >> THAT'S A FAIR WAY OF SAYING IT. I DON'T WANT IT TO ONLY BE THE FOLKS ALREADY OUT THERE AND ORGANIZE ONED BECAUSE WE WOULD ALSO BE LOOKING TO DEVELOP ADDITIONAL VOLUNTEER EFFORTS, RIGHT? SO FOR EXAMPLE, THE CITIZEN UNIVERSITY, ONCE THAT GOES FOR A LITTLE WHILE, THEY WILL WANT TO HAVE AN ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THAT.
YOU WILL PROBABLY WANT TO PULL THEM TOGETHER AND THEY WILL WORK ON SOME SORT OF PROJECT TOGETHER.
THAT'S USUALLY WHERE THOSE THINGS END UP.
SO THAT'S THE SORT OF EFFORT THAT THIS PERSON IS LOOKING TO DO, TO LEVERAGE THE VOLUNTEER MAN POWER HOURS.
ALSO TO WORK WITH OUR ENTITIES THAT ARE OUT THERE.
SO I GO BACK TO THE KEEP HUTTO BEAUTIFUL, PETERSEN GARDENS.
PROBABLY TO A DEGREE THE HISTORIC COMMISSION MOVING FORWARD, PUBLICLY AT THIS POSITION INSTEAD OF SOMETHING THAT CHRISTIE IS OPERATING WITH. SO ON AND SO FORTH.
>> ECHO JAMES AND TO REALLY IDENTIFY A LOT OF ORGANIZATIONS THAT WE MAY NOT BE AWARE OF, THAT WE COME ACROSS QUITE OFTEN.
AND THEY ARE EITHER JUST STARTING OUT AND THEY ARE NOT SURE WHERE TO GO AND WELL WOULD LIKE TO TRY HELP THEM POINT THEM IN THE RIGHT DIRECTION AND GET THEM CONNECTED WITH NONPROFITS, THE CHAMBER, ALL OF OUR PARTNERS HERE LOCALLY.
>> SO SOMETHING THAT'S CITY MANAGER SAID, TO ENHANCE OTHER VOLUNTEER OPPORTUNITIES. THE THEORY IS DOWN THE ROAD WE HAVE THE CITY TAKING ON ACTIVITIES THAT NONPROFITS WOULD NORMALLY DO AND IT TURNS INTO, LIKE -- ON ON SCHOOL TIME THERE ARE FOUR CHARITIES DOING BACKPACKS WITH SUPPLIES.
I TALKED WITH THEM. IF YOU WORKED TOGETHER, YOU COULD PROVIDE MORE TO PEOPLE AND A LOT LESS COST BECAUSE PEOPLE WALK UP AND GETTING THREE BACKPACKS, MAYBE THEY NEED MORE SUPPLIES, NOT THE BACKPACKS. MY FEAR WE START OF HELPING OUT A CHARITY AND THEN WE WOULD LIKE TO DO ANOTHER ACTIVITY.
AND THEN THESE THINGS SEEM TO MORPH OVER TIME THE WAY THEY ARE COMPETING WITH WITH NONPROFITS. WHO ARE REALLY THE PASSIONATE PEOPLE. THE GOVERNMENT PEOPLE MAY BE AREN'T AS PASSIONATE ABOUT PARKS BUT THEY GOT THE JOB SO I WORK
ON PARKS, WHATEVER. >> GO AHEAD.
>> IF I MAY, MAYOR, THAT'S A GREAT POINT.
SO A BIG PART OF THIS POSITION WOULD NOT NECESSARILY BE FOR US AND IF WE WERE TO ADD THIS POSITION IT WOULD MAKE IT A TEAM OF THREE. SO WE WOULDN'T BE REALLY BE ABLE TO GO OUT AND PHYSICALLY DO ALL OF THESE INITIATIVES ARE DOING.
IT'S BEING ABLE TO IDENTIFY WHO IS DOING WHAT, HOW MANY TIMES, AND MAYBE CONNECTING THOSE FOLKS TO OTHER PEOPLE WHO ARE DOING, MAYBE THE BACKPACK DRIVES. MAYBE ONE LARGE BACKPACK DRIVE.
THIS PERSON IS IDENTIFYING THOSE THINGS HAPPENING ACROSS THE COMMUNITY AND CONSOLIDATING. AND AMPLIFYING, REALLY.
>> AND THAT'S THE WAY I ENVISION IT.
YOU HAVE THREE GROUPS DOING THE SAME NING, DISCOORDINATED AND CONNECT THEM AND SAIL WHY DON'T YOU THREE GET TOGETHER AND BE MORE EFFICIENT. THEY COULD DO A LOT OF THAT
>> I SEE THE COST OF THE POSITION IS OUTRAGEOUS.
>> MY FEAR IS 45,000 IS NOT ACTUALLY -- YOU CAN'T HYER ANYBODY FOR 45,000 FOR CONSISTENT WORK.
WE START OFF AT A 45,000 PLUS BENEFITS.
MAYBE 60. WE'LL COME BACK A LITTLE BIT AND FIND OUT WE CAN'T HIRE THE PERSON.
IT NEEDS TO BE 60 OR 70 TO GET THE PERSON.
THAT TURNS INTO A 80, 90 OR $100,000 WITH BENEFITS.
IT IS WHAT IT IS. >> WHAT ABOUT SPECIAL EVENTS? EVERY YEAR I TRY TO ASK. I TRY TO CUT THE BUDGET ON THE SPECIAL EVENTS. NOT THAT I DON'T LIKE THE EVENTS. IF I MAY -- IT'S NOT THAT I
[02:15:01]
DON'T WANT THE EVENTS. IT'S THAT A LOT OF CITIES HAVE A FOURTH OF JULY CELEBRATION, THEY HAVE A SPONSOR.WE NEVER SEEM TO TAKE THE INITIATIVE TO ASK FOR A SPONSOR.
LIKE THE SUN SET PARTY BLOCK, IT ONLY COST $20,000 TO PUT IT OWE ON. I WOULD THINK SOMEWHERE WE COULE FACEBOOK. BUT WE COULD GET SOMEONE TO SPONSOR THAT AND WRITE A CHECK FOR $20,000.
AND IT'S THE COVERT FORD SUNSET PARTY BASH.
SO THE EASY THING I'VE ALWAYS FOUND IS THAT WE JUST ALLOCATE MONEY AND SPEND IT. THE HARDER PART IS THE BUSINESSES, THERE HAS TO BE A BUSINESS THAT WANTS TO SPEND 10,000 FOR WORLD HUTTO DAY. WE HAVE SO MANY THINGS NAMED HIPPO, I COULDN'T IMAGINE -- DO WE WANT THE PEOPLE INVOLVED?
>> MAYOR, THERE IS ONE THING YOU SAID.
I WANT TO CORRECT. IT'S A GOOD TIME TO POINT IT OUT. SO, A NUMBER OF POSITIONS IN THE PROPOSED BUDGET ARE FRACTIONAL YEAR SALARIES.
BECAUSE I GAVE YOU A LIST OF WHEN I ANTICIPATED WHICH POSITIONS STARTING. TO YOUR POINT ABOUT IT BEING BUDGETED AT 45. IT IS BUDGETED AT 45 BUT THIS IS SCHEDULED NO THE TO BEGIN WORK UNTIL THE SECOND QUARTER OF THE YEAR. THAT IS THREE-FOURTHS OF THE SALARY NOT THE ENTIRE SALARY BUDGETED THIS YEAR.
THAT IS TRUE FOR MANY OF THE POSITIONS THAT DON'T HAVE AN
OCTOBER 1 START DATE. >> BASICALLY ON THAT LOGIC, DO WE KNOW THE AMOUNT OF SALARY BUDGETED THIS YEAR AND THE AMOUNT OF SALARY BUDGETED NEXT YEAR AUTOMATICALLY BY MAKING NO CHANGES? [INAUDIBLE]
>> I MEAN TOTAL FOR ALL THE POSITIONS IN THIS BUDGET.
[INAUDIBLE] >> DO WE KNOW FOR THE WHOLE -- THIS BUDGET IS 20 MILLION. WHAT IS THE AUTOMATE.
IF WE APPROVE THESE PEOPLE, THEY WILL BE HERE FOUR QUARTERS THIS YEAR. WHAT WE DO THIS YEAR IT'S AN
AUTOMATIC INCREASE. >> THAT'S CORRECT.
SO THAT IS THE DOWNSIDE TO DOING THE BUDGET THIS WAY, WHICH YOU AND I TALKED. I DON'T FEEL LIKE I'M SAYING ANYTHING OUT OF MY HAT. I FEEL LIKE IT IS APPROPRIATE TO NOT BUDGET THE FULL SALARY EVERY SINGLE YEAR FOR NEWION POSITIVES BECAUSE IT'S NOT ACCURATE ON HOW ORGANIZATION ONS OPERATE.
SO IN THAT VEIN, THAT'S WHY I MADE THE LIST AND SHOWED YOU WHERE I WOULD EXPECT THE TIMELINE FOR EACH OF THE POSITIONS. INTUITIVELY Y'ALL CAN UNDERSTAND WE ARE FUNDING THIS POSITION FOR THREE-FOURTHS OF THE YEAR, OR A THIRD OF THE YEAR. WHATEVER IT IS.
WHENEVER I WENT AND DID THE FULL BUDGET FOR ALL THE POSITIONS THAT ARE CURRENTLY PROPOSED, BOTH GENERAL FUND AND UTILITY FUND, SO THERE ARE POSITIONS ON BOTH SIDES.
IT'S NEXT YEAR, IT'S AN INCREASE OF 288,000.
>> OKAY ON. >> THAT'S WHAT I'M LOOKING FOR.
>> RIGHT. I PAID ATTENTION TO THAT.
WHAT I DID WAS I BUDGETED ONE-TIME EXPENDITURES THIS YEAR.
LIKE STREET SWEEPERS. THAT IS AN ITEM THAT WAS BROUGHT UP. I BUDGETED ITEMS THAT WOULD BE A ONE TIME EXPENDITURE THIS YEAR THAT I WOULDN'T HAVE TO DO THE FOLLOWING YEAR. SO I CAN GUARANTEE THAT I HAVE THE MONEY TO BE ABLE TO COVER THE SALARIES NEXT YEAR WITHOUT
HAVING TO RAISE TAXES. >> I AGREE WITH YOU.
>> I HAVE A QUESTION. BRUSH CREEK AMPHITHEATER AND MANAGEMENT. WE DON'T HAVE A CONTRACT WITH EVENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY, SO CAN YOU EXPLAIN THAT?
>> SURE. SO THAT IS OUR -- THAT LIVES IN OUR DEPARTMENT'S BUDGET LINE ITEM.
SO WE DO HAVE AN AGREEMENT WITH DOCTORS OF CHAOS FOR $150,000.
$50,000 BUDGETED HERE, I BELIEVE, IS BECAUSE THAT IS WITHIN THE CITY MANAGER'S APPROVAL.
>> SO WHAT THAT IS A PART OF THE CONTRACT WITH THEM, WHAT WE ARE ACTUALLY PAYING FOR IS ANY IMPROVEMENT THAT THEY MAY FEEL ARE APPROPRIATE THAT THEY ASK FOR AND PERMISSION FROM US TO BE REIMBURSED FOR. I BUDGETED 50,000 BECAUSE THAT'S HOW MUCH I HAVE DISCRETION TO BE ABLE TO GIVE.
IF THEY PROPOSE PROJECTS GREATER THAN 50,000, IT WOULD HAVE TO COME TO COUNCIL ANYWAY. THEN I WOULD BE ASKING COUNCIL TO CONSIDER USING FUND BALANCE TO PAY FOR WHATEVER THE ADDITIONAL ILL PROJECTS ARE. THAT'S WHAT IT IS.
IT'S NOT TWO DIFFERENT ITEMS. IT'S THE SAME ITEM.
>> OKAY. >> AND SINCE THEY ARE BRINGING IN MONEY ON TICKET SALES AND STUFF, IT WILL BE A FUNDS WE CAN DROP DOWN FOR THE IMPROVEMENTS WITH THE 50 K.
I'M OKAY WITH THAT. I WILL USE THE MONEY THEY BRING
IN AND LET THEM SPEND THAT? >> THESE ARE THE NUANCES OF BUDGETING, RIGHT? WEIGHING THE RISK OF WHETHER
[02:20:04]
THEY HAVE THOSE EVENTS BEFORE WE DO THE PROJECTS OR NOT.I WANTED TO MAKE SURE THAT THERE WAS SOME FUNDING AVAILABLE UP TO MY DISCRETION. ENOUGH TO BE ABLE TO SAY, YES, WE CAN APPROVE THIS DOLLAR AMOUNT.
BEFORE, PERHAPS, THAT ANY EVENTS WERE DRAWING MONEY.
AND I DON'T KNOW HOW MUCH MONEY THOSE EVENTS WILL DRAW.
BUT WE ARE COMMITTED IN THE CONTRACT TO CONSIDER UP TO $150,000 A YEAR IN COMPROMISE TO THE BRUSHY CREEK.
SO IT DOES NOT SAY WE ARE OBLIGATED TO APPROVE THEM.
IT SAYS WE ARE TO CONSIDER THE REQUEST.
>> DOWNTOWN DEVELOPMENT VALUATION ASSESSMENT.
>> THAT IS THE ITEM THAT WAS BROUGHT UP IN THE COMBINED MEETING WITH THE EDC AND THE CITY COUNCIL ABOUT HAVING SOMEONE DO AN ASSESSMENT OF THE DOWNTOWN AREA FOR THE VIABILITY OF POTENTIALING A TERS OR SOME OTHER TYPE OF FUNDING MECHANISM TO HELP FUND THE DOWNTOWN VISION IMPROVEMENT.
>> IT COST $35,000 FOR A PERSON TO GIVE US INFORMATION ON DOING THE TERS FOR DOWNTOWN AND WE HAVE ALREADY DONE THREE OR FOUR ALREADY THAT HOW MUCH WE ARE PAYING EVERY TIME WE WANT TO DO
THIS IS NOT JUST SETTING UP THE TER 1-RBGS.
IT IS DOING THE FINANCIAL ANALYSIS OF THE UNDERNEATH STUFF WHICH IS WHAT I HEARD COUNSEL AND THE EDC WANTED.
WHICH IS WHAT COULD WE REASONABLY EXPECT THE PROPERTY VALUES TO DO. WHAT WOULD IT LOOK LIKE? HOW MUCH IS IT COSTING US TO MAINTAIN THE ROADS AND INFRASTRUCTURE THAT IS DOWN THERE TODAY.
THAT'S THE LEVEL OF DETAIL THAT YOU ARE ASKING ABOUT.
NOT JUST FORMING A TERS. GENERALLY YOU DON'T DO THAT.
THE TERS SA PREDOMINANTLY ON THE LEGAL SIDE OF ESTABLISHING THE DOWNDERS, THE SURVEY -- BOUNDARIES, THE SUR VEY AND THIS IS A STEP FURTHER THAN THAT. I DON'T KNOW IF ALL OF THAT GOES THROUGH A SINGLE PERSON. THERE IS MULTIPLE COMPONENTS OF THAT. THAT'S ALL.
>> SPECIAL EVENT CONTRACT MANAGEMENT --
[INAUDIBLE] >> WHICH NUMBER LINE? I WANT TO MAKE SURE EVERYONE IS CLEAR?
>> SO THAT WAS -- THASH IS THE CURRENT COOK FEST.
>> JUST COOK FEST. [INAUDIBLE]
>> I KNOW. >> THAT'S FOR AUGUST OF '24.
>> I GET THAT. BUT MY POINT IS, IS IT -- DID THE FUNDS FROM THIS YEAR ROLL OVER?
>> CORRECT ME IF I'M WRONG. I BELIEVE THE BUDGET IS SET UP IN THE CHARTER, FUNDS DON'T ROLL OVER UNLESS WE APPROVE IT AGAIN.
>> RIGHT. >> THIS YEAR THERE WERE TWO
PAYMENTS MADE -- >> TALK IN THE MICROPHONE.
>> THIS YEAR THERE WERE TWO PAYMENTS MADE.
I BELIEVE THEY WERE $93,000 EACH.
SO ABOUT $186,000 IN PAYMENTS WERE MADE.
AND THEN NO FURTHER PAYMENTS ARE BEING MADE IT YEAR.
IT'S A QUARTERLY PAYMENT THAT WE MAKE.
>> AND WE ARE GETTING THOSE MONEYS BACK?
>> THAT IS NOT WHAT I UNDERSTAND.
WHAT I UNDERSTAND IS THAT THE LAST I HEARD FROM THE FOLKS WHO PUT ON COOK FEST, THEY WERE LOOKING TO DO ANOTHER EVENT AND TO KEEP THE MONEY WE'VE PAID TOWARD AN EVENT IN POTENTIALLY OCTOBER OR NOVEMBER. SO, AND THEN THIS IS -- THIS HAS GONE UP BECAUSE THE EDC ACCOUNT WILLED NOT TO SUPPORT ANY FUNDING OF THE COKE FEST. SO THE $350,000 WAS THE CONTRACTORRAL AMOUNT AGREED TO SUPPORT THE COKE FEST IN THE FUTURE. THAT'S WHY IT'S BUDGETED HERE AND NOW IN THE GENERAL FUNDS SIDE.
>> THE HOLE REASON THE EDC, WE WERE TOLD BY FINANCIAL AT THE TIME, THAT IT COULD BE COVERED WITH THE HOTEL TAX FUNDS, AND THAT WE DIDN'T HAVE TO DO THE OBLIGATION BECAUSE WE HAD A FUND BALANCING THAT. MY QUESTION IS THAT SHOULD BE COMING FROM THAT FUND BECAUSE THAT'S THE ONLY REASON THE EDC ACCOUNTS WILLED NOT TA PAY BASED ON THAT COUNCIL IS A TRANSFER
FROM THE HOTEL TAX FUND. >> IN THE AMOUNT OF $200,000.
SO THE CITY'S PORTION WAS BEING COVERED BY HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAX.
AND THEN THERE WAS A PORTION THAT WAS COVERED BY THE EDC.
SO THE EDC HAS ELECTED NOT TO PARTICIPATE.
SO THIS IS THE FULL CONTRACT AMOUNT FOR NEXT YEAR.
[02:25:03]
FOR THIS YEAR, IN THE FINANCIALLY REPORT FROM LAST MONTH I DID PUT A STATEMENT THAT THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT IS LOOKING AT WHETHER OR NOT WE CAN ACTUALLY MAKE THAT TRANSFER THIS YEAR IN IN THE AMOUNT OF $200,000 WHICH WAS IN THE BUDGET. BECAUSE THOSE FUNDS CAN ONLY ON BE USED TO SUPPORT AN EVENT. SINCE THE EVENT WAS CANCELLED FOR THIS YEAR, THERE IS CONCERN THAT BY MAKING A TRANSFER, THAT WOULD NOT BE A LEGAL USE OF THOSE FUNDS.SO WE ARE RESEARCHING THAT CURRENTLY.
CURRENT YEAR. >> WILL IS ABOUT $193,000 ESTIMATED IN REVENUE IN THE HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAX.
SO THAT IS HOW MUCH WE CAN -- NOT TALKING ABOUT FUND BALANCE THAT MAY EXIST. THAT IS HOW MUCH YOU COULD ESTIMATE WOULD BE TRANSFERRED TO HELP GO AGAINST THE $350,000.
THAT IS ALREADY BUILT INTO THE CURRENT PROPOSED BUDGET.
>> LAST QUESTION. WHERE IS THE DIRECTORS OF CHAOS
LINE ITEM. >> IT IS UNDER THE BRUSHY CREEK
AMPHITHEATER LINE. >> THAT IS THE $50,000 WE WERE
TALKING ABOUT. >> ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT THE REVENUE, OR ARE YOU TALKING ABOUT THE EXPENSE?
>> I THOUGHT THE EXPENSE IS 150,000.
>> SO THAT 150 -- NO, WE DO NOT. WE READ THE CONTRACT LIKE NINE TIMES. THE WAY I UNDERSTAND IT.
MAYBE I SHOULD HAVE READ IT TENON THE ONLY THING THAT IS IN THERE INSOFAR AS A PAYMENT IS A REIMBURSEMENT TO THEM FOR CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS THAT THEY DO TO BRUSHY CREEK THAT WE AGREE
>> SO WE ARE NOT ACTUALLY GIVING THEM ANY MONEY.
THEY ARE DOING EVERYTHING AT RISK.
>> SO IF THEY SELL A TICKET FOR $10, $3 OF THE TEN COME BACK TO THE CITY. THAT IS BUDGETED ON THE REVENUE SIDE. THE REMAINING $7 GOES FOR THE
EXPENSE AND FOR THEIR PROFIT. >> ANY OTHER QUESTIONS ON
COMMUNITY SURVEY? >> I WOULD LIKE TO GO BACK TO IT'S EVENTS. THOSE EVENTS, IN PARTICULAR, WHEN HOLIDAYS IN HUTTO IS MORE THAN ALL THE OTHER EVENTS
COMBINED. >> CAN I SPEAK TO THAT?
>> YES. >> HOLIDAYS IN HUTTO IS ACTUALLY THE KIND OF UMBRELLA OF ALL OF THE HOLIDAY EVENTS THAT TAKE PLACE. THAT INCLUDE SHOPS SMALL SATURDAY. I THINK IT'S IN OUR NOTES.
SHOP SMALL SATURDAY. >> WE HAVEN'T HAD ACCESS TO
THAT. >> SO IT'S ACTUALLY MORE OR LESS ABOUT TWO TO THREE -- SO WE ALSO HAVE BUDGETED FOR MICROHOLIDAY PARADE WE ARE WORKING ON IN OUR HUBS GROUP, OUR COMMUNICATION ENGAGEMENT GROUP. [INAUDIBLE] COMMUNITY. THAT UPTICK THERE, BUT IF YOU HAVE QUESTIONS OUTSIDE OF WHAT YOU ARE YOU ARE READING I'M
HAPPY TO ANSWER. >> TO THAT POINT, COUNCILMEMBER, WE ARE BEING SENSITIVE TO THE FACT THERE WAS A TRAGEDY THE LAST TIME THERE WAS A 3R5ED AND THERE HASN'T BEEN A PARADE SINCE. WE ARE LOOKING TO MAKE IT SMALL TO MAKE SURE ALL THE PROCEDURES ARE CORRECT.
ALL THE SAFETY IS IN PLACE, BEFORE -- AND THE RESPONSE FROM THE PUBLIC, BEFORE WE START EMPHASIZING AND BUILDING AND
ALLOWING IT TO SCALE UP. >> WE HAD A DISCUSSION ON PARADES A COUPLE OF TIMES, BEING SENSITIVE TO THAT.
I DON'T KNOW IF WE MADE ORDINANCES ON PARADES, WE DON'T HAVE SAFETY ORDINANCES FOR FLOATS.
TAS WA THE CONCERN THAT I KNOW THE PARENT OF THE CHILD WHO WAS UNFORTUNATELY KILLED IN THE LAST PARADE IN HUTTO WAS CONCERNED ABOUT NOT HAVING SAFETY REGULATIONS FOR PEOPLE ON
>> SO HOLIDAY FOR 75,000 AND THEN THERE IS ANNUAL HOLIDAY DECOR CONTRACT, 60,000. 15,000 FOR HOLIDAY DECOR.
>> THAT'S RIGHT. SO ONE IS THE WRAPPING OF ALL THE TREES, THE STRINGING OF THE LIGHTS.
THAT'S THE CONTRACT. THE DECOR WOULD BE NEW CHRISTMAS TREES, NEW DECOR THAT WE ACTUALLY OWN THAT WE PUT OUT FOR THE COMMUNITY, EITHER IN OLD TOWN OR POTENTIALLY BE OVER HERE ON TOM GREEN. ONCE TOM GREEN IS UP AND RUNNING THIS YEAR, TOO. THAT'S WHAT IT'S FOR.
MAYBE YOU WANT TO DO A ROCKEFELLER TREEL IN THE ROUNDABOUT HERE. THAT'S WHAT IT'S FOR.
THAT'S THE DIFFERENCE. ONE IS THE CONTRACTORS WHO ARE PUTTING UP THOSE STRING OF LIGHTS AND MAINTAINING THOSE.
THE OTHER IS FOR, LIKE, ACTUAL INSTALLATIONS AND DISPLAYS WE
[02:30:05]
WOULD OWN. >> THE OTHER THING THAT I'M GOING TO HAVE THE DEPARTMENT DO IS REACH OUT ON -- NOT HAVE THEM REACH OUT TO CAL BECAUSE THAT'S WHERE I HAVE CONTACTS.
THERE ARE CITIES THAT DO A SHARING PROGRAM.
YOU INSTALLATION, YOU USE IT FOR A YEAR OR TO, TWO, THEN YOU TRADE WITH ONE OF THE OTHER CITIES.
SO YOU GET NEW DISPLAYS THROUGHOUT TIME WITHOUT HAVING TO CONTINUE TO INVEST BIG DOLLARS TO BUY BIG DISPLAYS.
THERE IS SOME AMOUNT OF INVESTMENT TO BE ABLE TO GET INTO THAT LITTLE GROUP, THAT LITTLE NICHE OF SMALL CITIES, BUT THAT'S A THING WE ARE LOOKING AT TO TRY TO DO, TOO.
>> I'M LOOKING AT THE SURVEY. THANK YOU FOR INCLUDING THAT.
IT LOOKS LIKE YOU HIT ON SOME OF THOSE THINGS THAT ARE THE HIGHEST WANTS OF CITIZENS, THANK YOU FOR TAKING THAT INTO
ACCOUNT. >> ANY DISCUSSION OR ON AMENDMENTS? THE COMMUNITY OUTREACH BUDGET AS ANNOUNCED? PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
MOTION PASSES 5-2. >> THANK YOU.
>> FOR THE PERMANENT RECORD, I WOULD VOTE FOR THAT IF WE HAD A PLAN ON SOMEHOW RT APPROXIMATING SPONSORSHIPS TO WHERE EVENTS ARE PUT ON ON AND BUSINESSES INVOLVED, LIKE TOWN GREEN, I DON'T KNOW IF THAT'S OUR PROPERTY.
WE ARE SPENDING MONEY IN AREAS TO HELP BUSINESSES AND HELP FOOT TRAFFIC. WE ALREADY PAY 75% OF ALL THAT COME IN FOR THIS PROPERTY, THAT IS AFTER WE PAVED THE WAY.
IN MY ESTIMATION, THE CITY HAS DONE EVERYTHING THEY CAN TO BE SUCCESSFUL. IT'S TIME FOR THE DEVELOPER AND THE BUSINESSES TO START PUTTING SOME MONEY IN TO THEIR OWN EVENTS SO WE CAN SPEND MONEY ON SOMETHING ELSE.
>> DULY NOTED. I THINK IN THE CO-OP SPECIFICALLY, THE FUNDS THAT WERE IN THERE ARE BECAUSE WE HAVE THE RIGHT TO PROGRAM THAT THROUGHOUT THE YEAR.
SO WE HAVE TO HAVE A WAY TO SUPPORT THAT, TOO.
>> IT'S NOT TODAY, THEY COULD START A SPONSORSHIP TO BRING
THAT NUMBER DOWN. >> I WOULD VOTE FOR THIS NEXT
WEEK, NEXT MONTH OR WHATEVER. >> YEAH.
>> ALL RIGHT. WE HAVE THE CONSTRUCTION
INSPECTION DIVISION. >> I MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE
THE BUDGET AS PRESENTED. >> COUNCILMEMBER CLARKS AND SECONDED BY MAYOR PRO TEM GORDON.
I SEE ONE FOR CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR.
WE HAD A CONVERSATION ONCE, I DON'T KNOW HOW ACCURATE IT IS.
HE MADE MENTION THAT THEY ARE OKAY GOING HOME EARLY, THINGS LIKE THAT. DO WE HAVE THREE PEOPLE THAT ARE ACTIVELY REGULARLY WORKING AND THEY ARE GETTING BEHIND THE 40 HOUR WORK WEEKS? OR ARE WE ANTICIPATING PEOPLE TOE START WORKING 40-HOUR WORK WEEKS? WHEN YOU AND I TALKED, I GOT THE IMPRESSION NOT EVERYBODY HAD
ENOUGH WORK ALL THE TIME. >> YEAH, I'LL LET RICK TALK TO THIS ONE. THESE ARE YOUR STREET INSPECTORS, RIGHT-OF-WAY INSPECTORS, YOUR FOLKS THAT ARE DOING INSPECTIONS ON THE GENERAL FUND SIDE.
IS WE ALSO HAVE INSPECTORS THAT ARE DOING BUILDING INSPECTIONS, WHICH ARE IN A DIFFERENT DIVISION.
THEN WE ALSO HAVE INSPECTORS WHO ARE DOING UTILITIES.
SO WET UTILITIES, WAIST WATER AND UTILITY FUND.
GO AHEAD, RICK, YOU CAN TALK TO THIS ONE.
>> RICK CORONADO, DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS.
WE HAVE SEVERAL INSPECTORS, FLOOR INSPECTORS, I THINK WE MENTIONED ONE DEDICATED FOR RIGHT-OF-WAY, ONE DEDICATED FOR RIGHT NOW DREW UTILITIES AS WELL.
THEY ARE ALL ACTIVELY KIND OF BACKING EACH OTHER UP.
THEY ARE ACTIVELY FROM START TO FINISH, I KNOW BECAUSE I ALSO SEE THEM COME IN AND LEAVE WITH A LOT OF WORK STILL PENDING.
EVEN TOWARDS THE END OF THE DAY. AND SO THAT'S KIND OF PART OF THE REASON WHY THE PROPOSAL HERE IS TO INCLUDE NOT ONLY IN THIS
[02:35:05]
AREA, BUT ALSO UTILITIES. IN ANTICIPATION OF INCREASING THE AMOUNT OF UTILITY TYPE OF WORK THAT WE ARE GOING TO SEE WITH C.I.P. SO THAT IS WHY YOU WILL SEE THIS DIVISION IS POSTED HERE BUT THERE IS ALSO INSPECTIONS IN THE UTILITIES AS WELL. SO THAT'S THE DIFFERENCE BETWEENTHESE TWO DIVISIONS. >> IS THERE A DELAY IN GETTING JOBS DONE? LIKE ARE THEY WORKING BEHIND THE
CALENDAR? >> SO RIGHT NOW, THEY ARE FULL CAPACITY IN THE NUMBER OF WORKLOAD THAT THEY HAVE.
THERE ARE TIMES WHERE THE DELAY IS REALLY IN RESPONSE.
SO THEY CAN'T BE IN ALL THE LOCATIONS, IN PARTICULAR, AN EXAMPLE RIGHT NOW IS I HAVE A SENIOR CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR THAT IS TRYING TO GET TO ALL THE C.I.P. PROJECTS THAT ARE CURRENTLY UNDER WAY. AND THEY ARE IN DIFFERENT PHASES. SO THEY WILL START FROM THE VERY BEGINNING OF PLAN REVIEW, ALL THE WAY THROUGH THE CONSTRUCTION REVIEW. BUT THEN ALSO THE INSPECTIONS.
THEY PARTICIPATE IN MATERIALS, TESTING, THEY PARTICIPATE IN NOT ONLY AS-BUILTS. SO THERE IS A SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF DIFFERENT LEVELS OF PROCESSES THAT THEY HAVE TO GO THROUGH.
SO RIGHT NOW I CAN'T SAY FOR SURE IF I HAD A METRIC FUN IF THE TURN AROUND TIME IS THERE. BUT ON THE SHEER IMPACT, THERE IS A NONSTOP WORKLOAD AS THEY EXIST.
SO NOT EVERYONE IS IN THAT SAME SKILLSET.
WE HAVE TO ALSO TRY TO TRAIN UP SOME OF THE INDIVIDUALS THAT ARE COMING INTO THIS INSPECTION TEAM.
SO THEY DON'T HAVE THE LUXURY OF STEPPING AWAY AND DOING SOME TRAINING. AND SO THAT IS SOME OF THE LAG WE HAVE RIGHT NOW IS FOR THEM TO LEARN NEW SKILL SETS AS WELL.
>> YOU HAVE CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION AND THEN YOU HAVE UTILITIES. ARE THOSE THE ONLY TWO IN YOUR
CAPACITY? >> SO I HAVE CONSTRUCTION
INSPECTION IS ONE DIVISION. >> OKAY.
>> THE UTILITIES IS THE LARGER DIVISION, WHICH INCLUDES EVERYTHING FROM WATER, WASTE WATER TOP SERVICES.
BUT IN THE BUDGET, WHAT IS PROPOSED IS TO BUDGET TWO UTILITY INSPECTIONS THAT ARE GOING TO BE GEARED TOWARD A LOT OF THE C.I.P. PROJECTS THAT ARE UNDER UTILITIES.
>> IF YOU WERE TO GET ONE BETWEEN ALL OF THOSE WHAT DO YOU THINK WOULD BE THE MOST IMPORTANT TO YOU IN YOUR
DEPARTMENT? >> AS A SCENARIO PLAN, RIGHT NOW WHAT HAS BEEN THE HIGHEST LEVEL OF NEED IS TO STRUCTURE UTILITIES FUNCTIONS BECAUSE OF THE SIGNIFICANT AMOUNT OF RISK THAT WE HAVE IN. THE ORGANIZATION, AND IN THE CITY, IS WE HAVE A LOT OF INFRASTRUCTURE AND WATER AND WASTEWATER WE HAVE TO PLAY FOCUS ON.
IT'S CURRENT IN AREAS THAT WE HAVE ACTIVE OPERATIONS.
AND SO WHEN YOU HAVE ACTIVE OPERATIONS, THAT'S A HIGHER RISK BECAUSE YOU ARE TRYING TO KEEP THINGS OPERATIONAL.
AT THE SAME TIME YOU ARE SCRUNGTING THE SAME AREA.
CONSTRUCTING THE SAME AREA. >> THOSE ARE OUT OF THE UTILITY FUND, NOT THE GENERAL FUND, CORRECT? THOSE TWO POSITIONS, IF APPROVED.
>> THOSE TWO PROPOSED ARE PAID OUT OF THE UTILITY FUND.
>> MY ONE QUESTION. YOU BROUGHT UP THE POINT ABOUT, YOU KNOW, YOU WANT TO NEW POSITION SO OTHER PEOPLE CAN GET TRAINED UP AND STUFF AND NOT JUST BE GOING 100%.
SO MY QUESTION IS: WHY DOES IT NEED TO BE A SENIOR CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR. TYPICALLY WHEN I RUN AN ORGANIZATION, I LIKE TO BRING IF AND YOU HAVE A BLENDED GRADE LEVELS BETWEEN EMPLOYEES THAT YOU BRING IN ANOTHER NEW EMPLOYEE AND THEN THESE CONSTRUCTION INSPECTORS THAT THEY HAVE BEEN THERE A WHILE, ONE OF THEM CAN GET THE TRAINING, CERTIFICATION TO TRANSITION TO A SENIOR CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR AND THEN YOU STILL HAVE TWO CONSTRUCTION INSPECTORS. MY ONLY ON THOUGHT YOU ARE CREATING A NEW SPECIALIST THAT IS 10% MORE THAN THE CURRENTS ONE, SO NOW THERE IS A UNIMBALANCE IN IJZ WA.
IF YOU HIRD HIRED A NEW CONSTRUCTION INSPECTOR AND GET TRAINING NOW THAT YOU STILL HAVE THE BODY DOING THE WORK.
YOU NOW CAN WORK ON GETTING WHICHEVER THE TWO REGULAR INSPECTORS YOU HAVE GET ONE OF THEM ACCELERATED TO BECOME A
[02:40:03]
SENIOR CONSTRUCTION SCR SPECIALIST.SO IT'S KIND OF A DIFFERENT WAY OF HOW YOU RUN THE ORGANIZATION.
I'M NOT QUESTIONING, BUT IT DOES BEG THE QUESTION.
>> SO LET ME TACKLE THAT ONE. >> OKAY.
>> BECAUSE WE DON'T HAVE THE -- WE DON'T HAVE THE BANDWIDTH INTERNALLY TO PROMOTE SOMEONE INTO THAT POSITION.
IF WE SPENT ALL YEAR TRAINING FOR THAT, THEY ARE NOT GOING TO BE CAPABLE OF PROMOTING UP. SO WE ARE LOOKING TO HIRE EXPERIENCE FROM OUTSIDE THE ORGANIZATION AND BRING IT IN.
NOW, AS FAR AS THE PAY DIFFERENTIAL OR WHATEVER.
YOU HAVE TO UNDERSTAND, ALSO, THESE ARE PROJECTIONS, RIGHT? THAT GIVES US FLEXIBILITY. BUT WE ARE ALWAYS PAYING ATTENTION TO PARITY WITHIN TUNNEL TO OUR HOME.
JUST BECAUSE IT MAY BE SLATED FOR MORE MONEY THAN THE EXISTING PERSON DOES NOT MEAN IF WE HAD TO HIRE AT THAT RATE THAT WE WOULD NOT BE CONSIDERING SOME FORM OF PARITY FOR THE PERSON THAT'S ALREADY HERE. SO THAT IS WHY WE ARE LOOKING TO HIRE EXPERIENCE TO BRING INTO THE ORGANIZATION.
IT'S A LOT LIKE A LATERAL TRANSFER FOR P.D.
SO ALTHOUGH YOU MIGHT BE SAYING WELL WE COULD TRAIN UP OUR POLICE OFFICERS AND LET THEM TRANSITION INTO BEING A DETECTIVE OR WHAT HAVE YOU. THERE IS TRUTH TO THAT.
AND WE CAN DO THAT WITH THE RIGHT BANDWIDTH.
BUT IF YOU HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO BE ABLE TO PULL IN SOMEONE WITH THE EXPERIENCE ALREADY AND HIRE THEM AT A HIGHER RATE THAT IS WHAT YOU MAY WANT TO DID. IN THIS CASE THAT'S WHAT WE ARE
ANY REQUEST FOR CHANGES FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION DIVISION? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
OH, SIX. >> BECAUSE MEMBER WILCOTT.
>> DEVELOPMENT SERVICES. I MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE DEVELOPMENT SERVICE AS PRESENTED.
>> I SECOND. >> MOTION MADE BY COUNCILMEMBER CLARK AND SECONDED BY COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON.
DISCUSSION OF ITEMS ON THIS BUDGET?
>> THE THING IS EDC. IT REMINDS ME OF THE LAND PAYMENT WE DO. I THINK FIRST WE NEED TO DECIDE WHAT IT IS WE HAVE AN ISSUE WITH THE EDC.
WHAT DO WE WANT TO SEE CHANGED AND THEN HIRE SOMEBODY.
MUNICIPALITIES HIRE AN OUTSIDE GROUP THAT COME IN, SAY FROM AUSTIN OR SOMETHING. THEY TELL YOU ALL THE DIFFERENT RULES YOU NEED TO HAVE. WE HAVEN'T HAD ANY WHAT WE NEED AND THEN WE ENDS UP COMPLICATING THE PROCESS.
THE BIGGEST -- THE BIGGEST WET BLANKET YOU CAN PUT IS THE EDC.
THAT'S THE ONE THAT STRANGALS BUSINESSES FROM TRYING TO BUILD HERE. WE WANT TO HIRE PEOPLE FOR BUSINESS EXPANSION. ASK ANYBODY WHO DOES BUSINESS IN THE CITY, THEIR BIGGEST GRIPE IN THE EDC ACTUALLY MAKE FOR LESS.
IT ALWAYS ADDS IN ALL THE OTHER THINGS PEOPLE NEED.
I WOULD ALMOST WAIT A YEAR AND I KNOW WE NEED THINGS CHANGED LIKE THE TREE ORDINANCE. WE KEEP AMENDING -- OR GIVING VARIANCES FOR. SOME THINGS LIKE THAT.
I WOULD SEE A LOT OF THESE CONSULTANTS AS A WAY TO COME IN, INSTEAD OF US MAKING DECISIONS WE HAVE A CONSULTANT MAKE THE DECISION FOR US. THEN WE SAY THAT'S WHAT THEY RECOMMENDED, SOUNDS GOOD AND THEN THE BUSINESSES HATE IT.
>> SO I'M ACTUALLY CERTAINLY CAN SPEAK TO THIS, BUT LET ME JUST HELP WITH THIS A LITTLE BIT. SO, ONE, THE UDC WAS THE NEXT LOGICAL STEP OFF THE ADOPTION OF THE COMP PLAN AND THE FUTURE LAND USE MAPS AND SO ON, SO FORTH.
THIS ACTUALLY WAS BUDGETED THIS YEAR AND THE COUNCIL'S ALREADY AWARDED THE CONTRACT TO DO THE UDC AND THEIR MANUAL REWRITES.
THIS IS THE EXTRA MONEY THAT WAS NEEDED TO WAS NOT BUDGETED FOR
[02:45:02]
THE TOTAL COST OF THE PROPOSAL. SO THAT'S WHAT THIS FRACTIONAL AMOUNT IS HERE. IT'S NOT SOMETHING NEW THAT IS BEYOND WHAT I THINK WE'VE ALREADY TALKED ABOUT.SO THERE IS NO INTENTS OF DOING ANYTHING DITCHBTS.
IT'S FILLING THE REST OF THE GAP IN THE FUNDING BECAUSE WE HAD WHATEVER IT WAS. 500,000 OR 350, WHATEVER IT WAS BUDGETED THIS YEAR. AND THEN THE TOTAL AMOUNT THAT WAS AWARDED WAS MORE THAN THAT. SO THIS IS THE EXTRA AMOUNT FOR THE FOLLOWING YEAR. WHATEVER WE DON'T SPEND BETWEEN NOW AND OCTOBER WILL NEED TO BE ONE OF THOSE ITEMS THAT Y'ALL WERE TALKING ABOUT THAT WOULD BE ENCUMBERED AND CARRIED EVERY INTO THE FUTURE HERE. DOES THAT COVER IT CLOSELY?
>> ASHLEY BAILEY SERVICES DIRECTOR.
I THINK THAT COVERS THE MAJORITY OF IT.
THIS IS ONE OF THE SHORT TERM GOALS LISTED AT THE BEGINNING OF THE BUDGET AS WELL AS RECOMMENDED IN COUNCIL.
I HEAR YOUR POINTS. I THINK THEY ARE SPOT ON.
WHAT WE ARE LOOKING AT DOING IS TRY TO ADD A BIT MORE -- NOT LENIENCY BUT CREATIVITY AND MORE GIVE AND TAKE IN THE CODE.
RIGHT NOW IT IS SO STRUCTURED. WHEN WE HAVE SOMEBODY COMING IN TO TRY TO DO THIS, NO, WE CAN'T. SO THAT IS PART OF WHAT WE ARE LOOKING AT DOING WITH THAT AS WELL AS THE ENGINEERING MANUAL FOR THE OTHER CRITERIA. WE DON'T EVEN HAVE ONE RIGHT NOW. WE RELY ON OTHER CITIES.
THIS WOULD DEFINITELY REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF CONFLICTS BETWEEN WHAT WE USE FOR DEVELOP CODES AND WHAT WE USE FOR ENGINEERING
CRITERIA FOR THE DETAILS. >> I'M NOT WRONG.
WE ALREADY AGREED TO DO THIS. WE HAVE AWARDED THE CONTRACT.
>> ITS WA THE JULY 20 WHICH WHICH MEETING.
THE CONTRACT WAS AWARDED AND I EXPLAINED I WAS HOPING MAYBE 30,000 TO SPENDS THIS YEAR. WE KNEW THAT WAS NOT POSSIBLE.
WE DID A P.O. OF 20,000 RIGHT NOW.
BECAUSE THOSE ARE ENCUMBERED, WE WOULD LIKE TO ROLL THOSE OVER AND GET THOSE DONE AND NOT HAVE A FINISH DATE OF NEXT JULY.
WE WOULD BE PRESENTING BACK TO COUNCIL IN AUGUST.
TMZ IS ON THE TASK FORCE FOR THAT.
SO EVERYBODY HAS BEEN -- THEY HAVE 68 PAGES OF THINGS TO CHANGE IN THE UDC RIGHT NOW OF JUST RECURRING ITEMS OR WAYS WE ARE NOT ABLE TO ENACT THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN, WHICH IS A
BIG ISSUE, I BELIEVE. >> SO WHAT YOU ARE SEEING DOLLAR-WISE -- I'M SORRY. WAS SOMEONE ABOUT TO ASK?
>> WHAT YOU ARE SEEING DOLLAR-WISE IS THE NET AMOUNT ADDITIONAL THAT I NEEDED TO BUDGET TO COVER TO MAKE IT WHOLE
FOR THIS UPCOMING YEAR. >> I WAS GOING TO SAY IN THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN MEETINGS THROUGH THE WHOLE PROCESS THERE WERE A NUMBER OF THINGS IN THE UDC THAT CAME UP AS THINGS THAT WE REALLY NEEDED TO LOOK AT AND ADDRESS.
A LOT OF THEM WERE RESIDENTIAL. THERE WAS A LOT WITH THE WIDTH OF STREETS AND SIDEWALKS AND MOBILITY THROUGH THE CITY.
WE LOOKED AT SOME OF THE NEIGHBORHOODS WITH ONE BAY IN AND ONE WAY OUT. SOME OF THOSE CAN BE ADDRESSED IN THE UDC. I WOULD BE IN FAVOR OF PUTTING A BUNCH OF RESTRICTIONS ON COMMERCIALS.
HUTTO HAS DONE THAN IN THE PAST. IT WOULD BE A MISTAKE.
I WOULDN'T BE APPROVING ANYTHING LIKE THAT.
I THINK THERE ARE A LOT OF THINGS WE CAN DO TO BRING OUR STANDARDS UP IN RESIDENTIAL. WHEN I THINK WE GET A LOT OF REQUESTS FOR PEGS AND DIFFERENT THINGS BECAUSE PEOPLE WANT DO THINGS BECAUSE UDC DOESN'T ALLOW THEM.
WE HAVE HAD SOME OF THESE SINGLE-FAMILY RENTAL THINGS THAT DON'T QUITE FIT. WE NEED TO FIGURE OUT WHAT WE WANT TO ALLOW THERE AND HOW THAT WORKS.
THERE ARE TINY HOMES AND I DON'T KNOW WHAT WE NEED TO DO.
ALL OF THESE DIFFERENT THINGS THAT COME UP THAT IF YOU WANT TO PUT IT IN YOUR CODE OR NOT, I THINK WE CAN LOOK AT THOSE THINGS AND ADDRESS THEM. I GET YOUR POINT.
THE COMPANIES THAT DO THIS, THEY DO THE SAME THING FOR A WHOLE BUNCH OF CITIES AND CHARGE EVERY CITY FOR THE WORK.
BUT THEY HAVE THE SEPARATIST AND THEY ARE GET -- EXPERTISE AND THEY ARE GETTING PAID FOR THE WORK.
IF THERE IS A BETTER WADE TO DO IT, I'D LIKE TO HEAR IT.
TAKING ASHLEY OFF EVERYTHING TO GO DO IT I DON'T THINK IS THE
RIGHT ANSWER EITHER. >> 70,000 MORE THAN WHAT WE
ORIGINALLY BUDGETED FOR. >> I BELIEVE THAT'S CORRECT.
>> CORRECT. SO ON THE ORIGINAL BUDGET -- I APOLOGIZE I HAVE TO READ OFF WHAT I HAD ON THE COUNCIL.
SO I HAD 300,000 BUDGETED. AND THEN MATT WITH HIS SAVINGS OF BEING THE CITY ENGINEER AND CUTTING OUT THIRD PARTY CONTRACTS, HE FOUND MONEY IN HIS BUDGET TO AUGMENT THAT.
170 IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN WHAT WE HAVE RIGHT NOW AND WHAT WE NEED TO GET ALL OF IT DONE IN ABOUT 15 MONTHS OF THE CONTRACT
BEING SIGNED. >> BUT TOTAL AMOUNT OF CONTRACT WAS $700,000. 300,000 OUT OF ASHLEY'S BUDGET.
[02:50:02]
>> OUT OF THE ENGINEERING BUDGET AND 170 OUT OF --
>> I FORGOT ABOUT THAT. THE MONEY FORCED FOR GETTING.
>> REGARDLESS -- WASN'T FORCED FOR GETTING THE BUDGET.
SO IT'S THERE. >> IT'S BEEN LIKE OVER A DECADE
SINCE WE HAVE -- >> GREAT POINTS.
WE HAVE NOT DONE A UNIFIED DEVELOPMENT CODE SINCE 2007.
EVEN WHEN WE HAD STARBUCKS COMING IN, IT WAS SUCH AN AMAZING PROJECT. OUR CODE NEVER CONTEMPLATED WHERE HUTTO IS NOW. SO WE NEED TO KIND OF GET IN FRONT OF THAT A LITTLE BIT AND START LOOKING AT HOW DO WE CHANGE THINGS FOR THE BETTERMENT OF THE RESIDENTS THAT ARE HERE AND ALSO FOR THE CITY AND MAKING SURE THAT THINGS ARE BUILT IN A WAY THAT WILL LAST BUT ALSO CONTINUE TO LOOK GOOD AND BRING
>> SO THAT 250 OR WHATEVER OUT OF THE ENGINEERING BUDGET THAT IS BECAUSE WE ARE ADDING AN ENGINEERING MANUAL.
>> IT'S A BREAKDOWN AND LOOKING BETWEEN THE TWO.
AGAIN, I HAVE 68 PAGES OF CONFLICTS.
IT'S REALLY LOOKING AT INTERNATIONALLY KEEPING A LIST -- INTERNALLY KEEPING A LIST AND WHAT WE WITH KNOW, AND CERTAINLY I'VE HEARD THE FEEDBACK OF WHAT HAPPENED THE LAST TIME WHEN WE DIDN'T GET THAT ONE.
THIS IS TRULY TO TRY TO PUSH EVERYTHING THROUGH, KIND OF
GLOBAL CITY DESIRES. >> ALL RIGHT.
ANY OTHER CHANGES OR IDEAS FOR DEVELOPMENT SERVICES? THANKS FOR KEEPING THAT LEAN. I KNOW THIS THIS IS ONE OF THE DEPARTMENTS, MAYBE NOT 9 BUT ONE OF.
BRINGING THAT MONEY IN AND THANKS FOR KEEPING IT LEAN.
THE DEPARTMENT, THIS IS CALLED ECONOMIC AND CONVENTION, BUT WHEN IT COMES UP ON THE DEVELOPMENT, NOT THAT THAT MATTERS. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT.
>> I MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE THE ECONOMIC AND CONVENTION ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT BUDGET AS PRESENTED.
>> SECOND. >> MOTIONED BY COUNCILMEMBER CLARK AND SECONDED BY COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON.
OKAY. QUESTIONS ON THIS BUDGET?
>> I GUESS JUST CLARIFICATION ON ON ON THE FTE REQUEST, THE RESOURCE SPECIALIST. DOES ANYBODY WANT TO SPEAK TO
THAT? >> I'LL LET JANIE COME UP, OR BOB. BOB? DO YOU WANT TO DO IT? I DON'T KNOW WHO YOU LIKE,
BUT -- WHICHEVER ONE OF YOU. >> FOR THE RECORD, BOB FARLEY, ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT DIRECTOR. I'M HAPPY TO TRY TO ANSWER THE QUESTION. AS WE WERE PUTTING OUR BUDGET TOGETHER THIS YEAR, ONE OF THE CHARGES THAT THE EDC THROUGH AT US AND MANAGER THREW AT US, BEGIN TO BUILD OUT AND LOOK FOR WAYS TO MAKE SURE YOU HAVE A COMPLETE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT PLATFORM. SO TYPICALLY WHAT HAPPENS IN MOST COMMUNITIES, THEY GROW AND THEY HAVE SOME RESOURCES DEVOTED ON TO THE ATTRACTION SIDE OF THINGS WHERE HE FOCUS OR ENERGY BECAUSE OF THE LAND HOLDERS THAT WE HAVE.
AS THAT ECONOMY GROWS AND OURS IS GROWING VERY, VERY FAST.
THERE IS ALSO A LITTLE BIT OF A PIVOT TO TRY TO GET TO A POINT WHERE THE BUSINESSES THAT ARE HERE HAVE A PERSON OR RESOURCE THAT THEY CAN RELY ON FOR HELPING THEM GET BUSINESS PROBLEMS SOLVED. BECAUSE THEY ARE ALSO GROWING AND EXPANDING. SO EVERYONE WE HAVE TALKED TO'S THE AUSTIN MARKET, EVERYBODY I WORK WITH WHEN I WAS IN THE DALLAS MARKET, ADDED BUSINESS RETENTION OR SUPPORT SPECIALISTS AS THEIR PROGRAM EVOLVES AND ECONOMY GROWS.
THE OTHER THING ABOUT THE PARTICULAR POSITION THAT IS INCLUDED, BUT THE TITLE MAY BE CONFUSING ABOUT IT.
IS THAT WE DON'T REALLY HAVE ANY ADDITIONAL RESEARCH SPORT INTERNAL STAFFING SUPPORT BEYOND JANIE AND MYSELF.
THAT MEANS NO ADMINISTRATIVE OVERLAY TO HELP OUR SCHEDULING WITH SOME OF THE THINGS WE HAVE TO DO.
REALLY FOR THE LAST YEAR, YEAR AND A HALF, BECAUSE OF THE BOARD, WE HAVE BEEN HANDLING ALL THE STATUTORY THINGS RELATED TO KEEPING THE BOARD FUNCTIONING AND RUNNING AS WELL.
[02:55:03]
WE DON'T SEND IT OUT INTO THIS POSITION AS WELL.YOU PROBABLY DIDN'T SEE IT EARLIER BECAUSE IT CAME IN BY E-MAIL. WE HAVE BEEN WORKING WITH A NUMBER OF FIRMS HERE IN TOWN WHO WOULD LIKE TO DO THINGS LIKE MANUFACTURERS COUNCIL. CORY BRIEMER, FOR EXAMPLE, BRY COME ASKED IF WE WOULD HAVE TESTIMONY TONIGHT BUT HE COULDN'T MIKE IT BECAUSE HE WAS WORKING HE THOUGHT IT WOULD BE VERY BENEFICIAL TO EXISTING BUSINESS COMMUNITY, PARTICULARLY THE MANUFACTURERS, TO HAVE A ALLY OR RESOURCE BEYOND JANIE AND I THAT WOULD WORK WITH THEM SOLVING SOME OF THEIR SPECIFIC SCALE-UP PROBLEMS AS THEY TRY TO GET BETTER AND MORE PRODUCTIVE.
SO THAT IS THE RATIONALE BEHIND IT.
>> I DO WANT TO SAY, YOU KNOW, I'M NOT -- THE MAYOR AND I ARE NOT ON THE EDC BOARD NOW BUT WE WERE THERE WHEN THE BUDGET CAME THROUGH. THEY MOVED ALL THE FINANCIAL POSITIONS TO THE CITY MARKING. THAT IS THE WAY IT WAS GOING UNDER THE EDC. THIS WASN'T AN EDC ASK.
BUT IT'S IN THE CITY BUDGET. SO THIS IS A REQUEST THAT HAS COME FROM THE EDC IN THEIR BUDGET.
I THINK WE SHOULD -- [INAUDIBLE]
>> IT'S VERY DETAILED. >> SO IT WASN'T JUST BOB AND JANIE BRINGING UP THE REQUEST. ALSO IT WAS IN CONJUNCTION WITH
THE EDC BOARD OF DIRECTORS. >> WITH I'M WITH THE MAYOR ON THIS ONE. YOU CAN SPEAK TO IT, BUT THIS IS WHY WE HAVE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE KIND OF THING.
INITIALLY DURING OUR LITTLE C.I.P. THING, WHATEVER THIS WAS PROPOSED TO US. HEY, YES.
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, THIS IS NEEDED.
MANPOWER IS WHAT I WAS THINKING. SO AS I'VE KIND OF SEEN THIS AS IT IS, I JUST KIND OF SEE THIS ALWAYS THE CITY CAN WORK WITH THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE TO HELP THOSE BUSINESSES IN THE
COMMUNITY. >> CAN I MAKE ONE QUICK COMMENT? WE ALSO ARE THINKING ABOUT THE SAME THING, RIGHT? WE WANT EFFICIENCIES. WE DON'T WANT TO SPEND MONEY.
WE DID HAVE GO TO THE CHAMBER ABOUT THIS.
THERE MAY BE AREAS WE CAN SUPPORT ONE ANOTHER.
JAMES HAD CONVERSATIONS WITH THEM DIRECTLY.
AND THEY FELT, THEMSELVES, AS IF THIS WAS A DIFFERENT LEVEL OF SERVICE AND A DIFFERENT LEVEL OF SUPPORT THAN WHAT THEY TYPICALLY DO THROUGH NETWORKING AND OTHER DEALS.
THIS IS DIRECT PROBLEM SOLVING. ATING CAPACITY, WORK FORCE AND THINGS THAT ARE UNIQUE TO A BUSINESS OR SET OF BUSINESSES.
SO IT IS A DIFFERENT ANIMAL. THERE IS DEFINITELY IN OVERLAP.
>> COUNCILMEMBER KOLAR K I GUESS, I THINK WHEN YOU LOOK AT THE DEFINITION OF A 501(C)(3). ONE WITH OF THE IR S REASON GIVES THEM THE BENEFITS IS THEY ARE THERE TO LESSEN THE BURDEN OF GOVERNMENT. I AM HEARING THINGS ABOUT PEOPLE HAVING PROBLEMS EXPANDING AND THE ISSUES THAT BUSINESSES HAVE ON THAT ARE EITHER GOVERNMENT-CAUSED OR OUT OF THE GOVERNMENT'S CONTROL. I DON'T KNOW ABOUT CORY.
I SUE HIS THING 18 I APPRECIATE HIS -- AND I APPRECIATE HIS COMMENT. I TALK TO BUSINESS PEOPLE AND I HAVE BUSINESS EXPERIENCEN THE ISSUES ARE GOVERNMENT RELATED OR I CAN'T FIND WORKERS WHICH PRIMARILY IS THE GOVERNMENT.
BECAUSE OF THE BENEFITS THEY GIVE TO KEEP PEOPLE NOT TO WORK.
OR HIGH TAXES. IT KEEPS GOING UP.
SO I DON'T KNOW HOW MUCH A PERSON CAN COME IN AND GO, I GOT THIS GREAT IDEA. I KNOW WHAT YOU CAN DO.
BECAUSE THE GOVERNMENT HAS A HARD TIME HIRING PEOPLE.
THE GOVERNMENT HAS A HARD TIME WITH BUSINESS AND THE GOVERNMENT IS NOT USED TO RUNNING A FOR-PROFIT BUSINESS BECAUSE THEY SPEND EVERYTHING THEY GET AND EVERY YEAR THEY ASK FOR MORE.
AS A BUSINESS OWNER, I CAN'T DO THAT.
PART OF ME, WE NEED TO FIGURE OUT A WAY -- I DON'T KNOW WHAT IT'S CONVERSATION WAS. THE ONE I HAD WITH THE CHAMBER INITIALLY, THERE WAS GREAT SYNERGIES THEY ARE HERE AND THEN IT MOVIES. IT'S NOT THAT THEY CAN'T PROVIDE A SERVICE OR WON'T SO WE'LL DO OUR OWN THING.
WE HAVE TO FIND OUT HOW DO WE WORK WITH THE CHAMBER, TO EMPOWER THEM, AND GROW THEM, AND HELP THEM SEE ALL OF THESE WONDERFUL BUSINESS BENEFITS THAT THE BUSINESS COMMUNITY NEEDS.
THE GOVERNMENT PROVIDING THEM, WE NEED A CHAMBER AND HELP THE CHAMBER. I WOULD RATHER SPEND THE WHOLE POT OF MONEY ON THE CHAMBER HELPING THEM BECOME BETTER.
HELPING THEM BECOME MORE LIKE -- THE ROUND ROCK CHAMBER OR ON THE AUSTIN CHAMBER. THE ROUND ROCK CHAMBER DRIVES
[03:00:05]
BUSINESS INTO THE CITY. THE AUSTIN CHAMBER IS THE FIRST PEOPLE PEOPLE CALL. IT'S CALL THE CITY FIRST AND SAY I THINK ABOUT COMING WHO DO I TALK TO.THEY NORMALLY TALK TO THE CHAMBER.
ANY TIME WELL CAN EMPOWER A NONPROFIT AN ANOTHER ORGANIZATION ON WE CAN DO THAT AS FAR AS HELPING YOU GUYS OUT.
YOU GUYS DO A LOT OF GREAT WORK. TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO WORD THIS. I THINK SOMETIMES WE WORK REALLY HARD ON DEALS THAT, TO ME, DON'T MAKE FINANCIAL SENSE TO DO.
SO WE NEED TO CUT AND RUN. WE TALKED BEFORE, I TALKED TO THE CITY MANAGER HUNDREDS OF TIMES.
WE SPEND ENERGY ON A DOLE THAT PROVIDES LITTLE TO KNOW BENEFIT TO HUTTO. SO THOSE PEOPLE YOU DON'T HELP AND YOU WORK ON PT THE BUSINESSS THAT PROVIDE A BIGGER VALUE.
ANYONE IN BUSINESS, WHEN YOU RUN A COMPANY, YOU CAN'T WORK WITH EVERY PERSON WHO WANTS TO BUY YOUR PRODUCT OR HAVE YOU MANUFACTURE SOMETHING. IF YOU ARE BUSY, YOU GO WITH THE BIG ONES. THE OTHER PEOPLE DON'T.
SO WEAPON CAN KEEP HIRING PEOPLE AND NEXT YEAR THERE WILL BE A FOURTH AND THEN A FIFTH. THAT'S WHY SOME OF THESE CITIES HAVE SO MANY PEOPLE. I QUESTION HOW THEY CAN ALL BE BUSY BECAUSE THERE ARE SO MANY. NOT SAYING YOU GUYS AREN'T DOING A GOOD JOB. NOT THAT IT'S NOT SOMETHING TO BE DONE. THERE IS A WAY TO SPEND OUR TIME HELPING ANOTHER ORGANIZATION MAYBE GET BETTER.
ANOTHER POINT THAT YOU ARE NEGLECTING, THE EDC BOARD REACHED OUT TO A BUNCH OF OTHER EDC'S IN OTHER CITIES TO SEE IN WHAT POSITIONS. THIS IS A POSITION PRETTY MUCH
IN ALMOST EVERY EDC EXCEPT OURS. >> FOR HUTTO.
A LOT OF PEOPLE LIKE TO COMPARE DIFFERENT SCENARIOS.
>> THAT'S WHY I CAME UP FROM THE EDC, I CAME FROM THE BOARD.
I JUST WANT TO POINT TA OUT. >> IF YOU LOOK AT AUSTIN.
YOU LOOK AT SERVICES. ASHLEY HAS SIX PEOPLE IN HER OFFICE OR SOMETHING. YOU GO TO AUSTIN THERE IS 400 PEOPLE IN ENROLLMENT SERVICES. JUST BECAUSE THERE IS 400 PEOPLE AND WANT TO DO A SET OF PLANS. ASHLEY TAKES ONE ELECTRONICALLY AND AUSTIN NEEDS 17 PRINTED PLANS TO GO TO 17 DITCHBTS PEOPLE TO COMMENT ON ON THE SAME THING.
JUST BECAUSE THEY DO IT AND THEY LIKE BUREAUCRACY AND DRIVING UP THE COST OF BUSINESS DOESN'T MEAN WE HAVE TO DO THAT.
I APPRECIATE THAT PLIEWGERVILLE HAS SIX OR SEVEN PEOPLE.
IT'S AMAZING. WE ARE LIKE PLIEWGERVILLE EXCEPT WE DON'T HAVE TO SPEND EACH OTHER.
EVERY DOLLAR WE SPEND HONESTLY COULD HAVE BEEN LEFT IN SOMEONE'S POCKET TO FUND THINGS. IT'S ONLY 100 GRAND.
THERE IS A LOT OF THINGS I'D GET WORKED UP MORE ABOUT.
LIKE POLICE PAY AND THINGS LIKE THAT.
WHERE THIS -- >> CAN I MAKE ONE COMMENT ABOUT
THE CHAMBER. >> I TALK A LOT ABOUT THIS.
>> I DON'T YELL. >> IT'S WITH PASSION.
>> I DID WANT A REMIND COUNCIL THAT THE CHAMBER HAS A LOT OF RESOURCES AND THEY ARE A GREAT SUPPORT.
BUT THEY ARE A MEMBER-BASED ORGANIZATION.
SO WHAT THIS POSITION, ADDITION TO THE CAPABILITIES AND THE FOCUS AREAS THAT BOB SPOKE ABOUT, THIS IS A RESOURCE FOR BUSINESSES THAT ARE NOT NECESSARILY CHAMBER MEMBERS.
ADDITIONALLY, THE CHAMBER ALSO SUPPORTS AREA BUSINESSES, WHICH ARE NOT LOCATED IN HUTTO. SO THOSE ARE SOME OF THE GRAY AREAS THAT WERE DISCUSSED IN THE MEETING WITH THE CHAMBER AS FAR AS KIND OF HOW TO MAKE SURE THAT CITY RESOURCES ARE NOT BEING SPENT SUPPORTING BUSINESSES THAT ARE NOT LOCATED IN HUTTO.
SO JUST FOR A LITTLE BIT OF ADDITIONAL CONTEXT.
>> WHEN THEY DO A BUSINESS EXPANSION, WE WOULD BE LOOKING AT SOMEONE LIKE ROUND ROCK, WE WOULD BE SAYING HUTTO IS A GREAT
PLACE TO EXPAND, RIGHT? >> THAT WOULD TYPICALLY BE MORE OF ARE RECRUITMENTS MUCH BUSINESS EXPANSION IS FOR LIKE PARADIGM LOOKING TO EXPAND THEIR FACILITY OWN THEIR WORK FORCE, THOSE ARE BUSINESSES THAT ARE HERE THAT WE WANT TO EXPAND IN
OPERATIONS. >> LET ME HELP A LITTLE TOO.
SOME OF US MAY BE LOST IN NUANCE.
BUT THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE CERTAINLY IS ABOUT SUPPORTING THE LOCAL BUSINESS COMMUNITY. WE CAN ALL AGREE ON THAT.
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT IS ABOUT RESPONDING GENERALLY TO REQUESTS OF THE CITY FOR FACILITIES, LAND, INCENTIVES, SO ON AND SO FORTH. THOSE TYPICALLY OCCUR CAN IN ONE OF TWO WAYS. OTHER A BROAD CAST -- A BROAD NET BEING CAST OUT WHERE THEY SEND OUT HEY, WE'RE INTERESTED AND WE'RE CONTACTING THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
[03:05:02]
CORPORATIONS AND WE ARE ASKING FOR YOU TO RESPOND.IF YOU HAVE SOMETHING THAT MATCHES THESE CRITERIAS.
OR WORD OF MOUTH. AND PEOPLE WHO ARE DOING IT BECAUSE OF THEIR DIRECT NETWORK OR WHAT HAVE YOU.
SO A LOT OF THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE TYPE ACTIVITY DOES GET CAUGHT UP WITH THE WORD OF MOUTH TYPE ACTIONS AND GETS PASSED OVER. THE NET CAST STUFF, THAT HARDLY EVER GOES THROUGH SMALL CHAMBER OF COMMERCES.
AUSTIN'S CHAMBER IS DIFFERENT FOR OBVIOUS REASONS.
GENERALLY IT DOES NOT -- IT GOES TO THE EDC.
WHETHER IT COMES FROM THE GOVERNOR'S OFFICE DIRECTLY OR COMES FROM THE BUSINESSES THEMSELVES ONER COMES FROM OPPORTUNITY AUSTIN OR WHEREVER IT COMES FROM, GENERALLY THOSE ARE BEING SENT DIRECTLY TO THE E DOES C'S TO RESPOND TO -- EDC'S TO RESPOND TO. IT'S NOT THAT THERE ISN'T OVERLAP. IT'S NOT THAT THE WORK WE DO CAN'T BE SUPPORTED BY THE CHAMBER OR VICE-VERSA.
BUT IT IS LIKE WE HAVE TWO FEET IN DIFFERENT POOLS.
THE SAME KIND OF ENTITY BUT TWO FEET IN DIFFERENT POOLS.
SO IN THIS PARTICULAR CASE, YOU KNOW, THE BUSINESS RESOURCE SPECIALIST AND BUSINESS RETENTION AND EXPANSION EFFORTS, TO ME THOSE ARE THE ONES THAT WHENEVER I TRIED TO EXPLAIN THIS BEFORE. THOSE ARE THE ONES PREDOMINANTLY FOCUSED ON THE BUSINESSES THAT YOU HAVE GONE OUT OF YOUR WAY TO TALK TO, ATTRACT INTO TOWN. BECAUSE IF THEY ARE GOING TO EXPAND, YOU WOULD PREFER THEY EXPAND IN TOWN.
AND YOU WANT THEM TO HAVE THE RELATIONSHIP TO REACH OUT.
SOMETIMES THAT HAPPENS TO THE CHAMBER.
BUT A LOT OF TIMES, LIKE EVEN RIGHT NOW.
EVEN THOUGH I HAVE PROJECTS UNDER WAY AND BEING BUILT.
IF I THEY HAVE AN ISSUE THEY ARE CALLING CHENEY OR BOB INSTEAD OF CALLING PLANS SERVICES BECAUSE THAT'S WHERE THE RELATIONSHIP IS. DON'T UNDERESTIMATE THE IMPORTANCE, I THINK, OF THE RELATIONSHIP AND OF KNOWING THAS OF THE SAME COIN. IT REALLY IS.
BUT I JUST SEE THE CHAMBER OF COMMERCE TENDS TO BE MORE ON DEVELOPING THE BUSINESSES THAT ARE ALREADY HERE AND THEIR NETWORK AND PUTTING MEMBERS IN TOUCH WITH ONE ANOTHER.
AND NOT SO MUCH IN THE REALM OF INCENTIVES, LAND ACQUISITION, THESE FACILITIES ARE AVAILABLE, SO ON AND SO FORTH.
THEY WILL PUT THE SNACKS AROUND TO EVERYBODY BECAUSE PEOPLE MAY
BE PECKISH NOW. >> WE TALKED ABOUT THE COMMUNITIES OUTREACH PROGRAMS. WE TALKED ABOUT AMPLE INDICATION EFFORTS. WE TALKED ABOUT RECRUITMENT EFFORTS. WE TALKED ABOUT PRESENCE, MARKETABILITY. I'M HEARING THE SAME THING IN THE BUSINESS RESOURCE SPECIALIST POSITION.
THOSE ARE EVERYTHING THAT WE WANT FOR THE CITY OF HUTTO.
WE ARE NOT GOING TO GROPE BY SITTING ON OUR HANDS AND DOING NOTHING. WE HAVE TO MAKE AS MUCH NOISE AS POSSIBLE TO BRING BUSINESSES HERE TO LOWER THE TAX BURDEN.
SO I THINK, YOU KNOW, GOING TO COUNCILMEMBER CLARK'S POINT, THIS IS SOMETHING THAT WAS BATTED AROUND IN THE EDC.
THIS WAS SOMETHING THAT, YOU KNOW, THEY ADVOCATED FOR.
THEY HAD THEIR QUESTIONS. AGAIN, GOING BACK TO WHAT I ALWAYS SAY. WE ASK PEOPLE TO VOLUNTEER.
THEY GIVE US THEIR OPINIONS. THEY GIVE US WITH GREAT FEEDBACK FROM BOB AND JANIE, WHAT THEY THINK IS BENEFICIAL TO THE CITY.
IT'S UP TO US TO OBVIOUSLY LOOK AT WHAT IT IS AND SEE IF THIS MAKES SENSE. I THINK FOR ME THIS IS SOMETHING THAT REALLY MAKES SENSE AND SOMETHING I'M EXCITED ABOUT BECAUSE IT WILL BRING THAT AMPCATION OF EFFORTS AND -- AMPLECATION OF EFFORTS AND IT WILL ONLY HELP.
I THINK THIS IS SOMETHING THAT IS REALLY NICE.
>> I JUST HAD A QUESTION. JUST SO WE CAN GET THROUGH SOME OF THIS STUFF. I WOULD SAY WE DON'T NEED TO DEFEND SOMETHING IF NO ONE MAKES A MOTION TO REMOVE IT OR CHANGE
IT. >> I'LL MAKE A MOTION TO REMOVE THE BUSINESS RESOURCE SPECIALIST JOB.
>> SECOND. >> I'M JUST SAYING LIKE MAKE A
MOTION, VOTE ON STUFF OR -- >> I MEAN, ANOTHER THING I HAVE IS KIND OF LIKE THIS DUAL ROLE OF INTERNAL STAFFING, SUPPORT.
I JUST DON'T -- MY FEAR IS MAKE THIS PERSON GET BACK DOWN WITH THAT BECAUSE YOU ARE REALLY BUSY AND MAY NOT BE ABLE TO DO THE OUTREACH. SPECIALISTS, BUSINESS RESOURCE SPECIALIST JOB TITLES. I GUESS THAT IS ANOTHER CONCERN THAT I HAVE. WE CAN VOTE.
>> ANY OTHER CHANGES FOR THE AMENDMENT?
[03:10:05]
ANY QUESTION ABOUT THE 28,000 FOR THE NATIONAL PLAN.>> WHAT IS THAT AND WHEN WILL THAT START?
>> I'VE BITTEN INTO A CRACKER. WHY DON'T YOU GO, BOB.
>> IN THE DISCUSSION THAT JAMES AND I HAD WE HAD A LITTLE WITH THE EDC AS WELL. THERE IS GOING TO BE VALUE TO HAVING SOME PLANNING SUPPORT TO I CAN TA THE IDEAS PEOPLE ARE BRINGING FORWARD. NOT EVERYONE WANTS A FULL BITE OF THE APPLE ON DAY ONE. AND BEING ABLE TO STITCH TOGETHER SOME OF THE OPPORTUNITIES WE HAVE OUT THERE.
WE'LL HAVE SPORTS ACTIVITIES. WE'LL HAVE PROBABLY HOUSING ACTIVITIES. WE CERTAINLY HOPE HOTEL RELATED.
IN ORDER TO MAKE SURE THAT THE PIECES AND PARTS ALL LINE UP, WE THOUGHT IT WOULD BE MUCH MORE HELPFUL IF WE HAD ADDITIONAL OVERSIGHT FROM SOME OF THE ACTIVITIES ASSOCIATED WITH BUILDING. IT WILL BE A FAIRLY COMPLICATED
MIXED-USE DEVELOPMENT. >> AS FAR AS WHEN IT STARTS, WE ARE HAVING CONVERSATION RIGHT NOW WITH MASTER DEVELOPERS.
MORE NAN LIKELY WE'LL HAVE A CONVERSATION WITH THE EDC BOARD ABOUT WHETHER OR NOT TO DO A CALL.
SOME SORT AFTER RESPONSE FOR PEOPLE THAT WOULD BE INTERESTED IN PARTNERING WITH THE CITY TO MASTER DEVELOPMENT COTTONWOOD.
THIS IS A FRACTIONAL. THE ORIGINAL REQUEST WAS 280,000 AND I FUNDED 10%. I HAVE AN IDEA OF WHAT IT COSTS FOR PEOPLE -- NOT ELEVATIONS, BUFF THE LAND PLANS AND THOSE SORTS OF THINGS. IF WE GO AND PAY SOMEONE TO DO A LAND PLAN AND END UP PARTNERING WITH A OF THE MAKER DEVELOPER, THE CHANCES OF THOSE TWO THINGS, OF THAT MONEY BEING EVIDENT WASS EXCEPTIONALLY HIGH. I WOULD RATHER START THE CONVERSATIONS WITH POTENTIAL PARTNERS IN THE DEAL.
IF THAT'S THE PATH WE ARE GOING TO GO THEN WE HAVE $28,000 TO HELP SUPPORT THE DEVELOPMENT OF THOSE RESOURCES FOR THE COUNCIL AND THE EDC TO LOOK AT AND TO WEIGH IN ON.
THAT'S WHAT THAT IS. THAT IS WITH THE INTENTION OF US MOVING FORWARD WITH THE CONSIDERATION OF PARTNERING WITH MASTER DEVELOPERS INSTEAD OF PAYING SOMEONE TO LANDS PLAN IT AND THEN US TRYING TO PIECEMEAL IT OUT.
>> WHEN DO YOU LIKE TO START THIS.
STARTING NEXT WEEK? >> NEXT WEEK.
I CAN'T DO MONEY SPENDING UNTIL THE NEXT FISCAL YEAR.
>> YOU CAN. YOU CAN ASK US FOR MONEY UNDER 50,000. YOU SPENT $3,000 A DAY IN THAT SERVICE. 90,000 A MONTH.
ROUGHLY YOU HAVE BLOWN THROUGH HALF A MILLION DOLLARS AND WE JUST NOW ARE LOOKING AT THE SITE.
I'M, LIKE, FOR $500,000 -- WE CLOSED ON THIS IN MARCH?
>> UH-HUH. >> HALF A MILLION DOLLARS.
OUT THE DOOR. JUST NOW WE ARE THINKING LET'S DO A MASTER DEVELOPMENT. I WOULD HAVE THOUGHT THAT CONVERSATION WOULD HAVE HAPPENED SIX AND A HALF MONTHS AGO.
FIVE AND A HALF MONTHS AGO. LAST WEEK.
EVERY DAY IS $3,000. WE SPENT $93,000 ON TREES? NO ONE BATTED AN EYE. WE DIDN'T BUDGET THAT.
WE MOVED MONEY AROUND FOR RETREATS.
I'M SAYING I'M VERY, VERY FRUSTRATED THAT PEOPLE HAVE LOI'S IN. IF YOU DON'T WANT THEM, MOVE TO THE NEXT PERSON. WE'RE SCREWING AROUND AND IT'S A HALF A MILLION DOLLARS GONE. IF WE WEREN'T SPENDING MONEY I WOULDN'T WORRY ABOUT THE POSITION.
IT'S NOT A LACK OF PEOPLE, IT'S LACK-OF-FOCUS.
>> WHY DIDN'T YOU BRING UP THE IDEA TO MASTER PLAN IT.
>> WE HAD A DEVELOPER THAT WE WERE NEGOTIATING WITH.
>> ALL I DO IS SAY WE NEED A VOTE ON THIS ITEM.
WE NEED A VOTE. WE NEED A VOTE.
WE NEED A YESTERDAY OR A NO. I DON'T CARE WHO WE PICK.
WE NEED A VOTE. THE PROBLEM IS -- WE DIDN'T KNOW
WHAT WE WOULD DO FOR A BRIDGE. >> I ASKED THE QUESTION, YOU WERE ON THE EDC. WHY DIDN'T YOU BRING UP THE FACT
WE SHOULD MASTER PLAN IT? >> I DIDN'T THINK WE NEEDED TO
MASTER PLAN IT. >> YOU SAID WE NEEDED TO MASTER
PLAN IT. >> I SAID IF WE WERE GOING TO DO THAT WHY DID WE WAIT SIX MONTHS. YOU HAD COMMERCIAL PEOPLE, I'D SELL IT. I'D SELL IT AND BE DONE AND PUT IT BEHIND. I DON'T THINK WE NEED A OF THE MAKER DEVELOPMENT. I THINK IT'S A COMPLETE WASTE OF MONEY, A WASTE OF TIME. $90,000 A MONTH WE ARE JUST
WASTING MONEY. >> I WOULD LIKE TO SEE WHO THE DEVELOPERS WERE TO SEE IF ANYBODY ON COUNCIL HAS A
[03:15:04]
RELATIONSHIP WITH ANY OF THOSE BUILDERS.>> KNOWING WHO THEY ARE, I KNOW ALMOST EVERY DEVELOPER.
>> I WOULD LIKE TO SEE IF THAT'S A CONFLICT OF INTEREST.
YOU'RE CALLING US OUT FOR A CONFLICT OF INTEREST.
>> GET THE ITEM ON ON. LET'S GET THE ITEM TO VOTE AND WE'RE HAPPY TO TELL YOU EVERYTHING.
LET'S GET IT ON THE RECORD. >> HERE IS WHAT I'M GETTING AT.
I DON'T LIKE THAT WE ARE SPENDING MONEY ON A MASTER PLAN.
WE ARE PROLONGING DECISIONS. WE ARE TRYING TO GET SOMEONE ELSE TO MAKE A DECISION FOR US. WE WANT TO DO PROJECT E YES OR NO. SAY NO AND TELL THEM MOVE ON.
IF IT'S YES FIGURE OUT HOW TO GET IT TO HAPPEN.
YOU HAVE THE OTHER PROJECT, YOU EITHER SAY JE AND MOVE ON.
IF YOU SAY NO, SAY NO AND TAKE THE NEXT PERSON.
ALWAYS LOOKING FOR CONSENSUS WITH CONSULTANTS, YOU ARE PAYING PEOPLE TO WAIT. SO THAT IS NOT WHAT THIS IS.
LET ME CLARIFY. THAT IS NOT WHAT THIS IS.
WHAT IT THIS IS -- >> YOU WOULD SELL THE LAND RIGHT
NOW. >> DEPENDS ON WHAT IT HERE IS THE THING. I THINK EVERYONE UNDERSTANDS THAT YOU HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO DO THAT PROJECT RIGHT.
ONE TIME. AND IF YOU GO PIECEMEAL IT AND THEY ARE NOT SINNER JET I CAN AND WORKING TOGETHER, PIECE MEALING OFF WHEN YOU COULD SELL THE LAND.
THAT I THINK ULTIMATELY IS A POLICY DECISION.
THAT IS WHAT THE COUNCIL DESIRES THEY WANT TO DO SAWN THEY DON'T WANT AN OVER ARCHING MASTER PLANE OF THE PROPERTY AT ALL.
THAT IS CERTAINLY WANT COUNCIL'S PROVIDENCE.
WHAT THIS IS THIS IS ME SAYING NO TO A MASTER PLAN AND ALLOWING THERE TO BE SOME MONEY TO HELP PAY FOR A DEVELOPMENT OF ANY TYPE OF VISUAL AIDS OR ANYTHING ELSE LIKE THAT THAT PARTNERING WITH A MASTER DEVELOPER WOULD ALLOW US TO BE ABLE TO PRODUCE.
THE MASTER DEVELOPER IS GOING TO BE THE ONES THAT HAVE THE RELATIONSHIPS. NOT JUST WITH THE WURCHES CURRENTLY ASKING TO BUY LAND. BUT ALSO WITH THE OTHER HOLES WE WOULD BE LOOKING FOR. MAYBE THE RESIDENTIAL COMPONENT.
MAYBE, YOU KNOW, BUILDING PARKING GARAGES SO WE CAN HAVE ALL THE BALL FIELDS WE WANT TO DO.
WHATEVER IT IS THAT WE END UP AS A GROUP WANTING TO DO.
THERE ARE -- WE TALKED ABOUT BENCH AND BANDWIDTH AND WE TALK ABOUT FOCUS. TO ME THAT IS WHAT THE STAFF IS ATTEMPTING TO DELIVER IS THAT THING EXACTLY TO WHERE YOU HAVE SOMEONE WHO IS MOTIVATED TO DELIVER EXACTLY WHAT THE COUNCIL AND EDC IS ASKING FOR BECAUSE THEY HAVE A FINANCIAL STAKE IT IN IT TOO. WE OWN THE LAND WHICH IS A RARE CIRCUMSTANCE FOR A CITY TO BE THE LANDOWNER OF THE DEVELOPMENT LIKE THIS. THAT DOESN'T USUALLY HAPPEN.
USUALLY THE LAND IS OWNED ON BY A PRIVATE PARTY, FOLKS ARE PUTTING IT IN THEIR CONTRACT AND THEN THEY COME TO THE CITY TO ASK FOR INCENTIVES. WE CAN HANDLE THIS CONSIDERABLY DIFFERENT. YOUR POINT ABOUT TIMELINESS.
WE ARE BURNING MONEY LIKE WE WERE A CORPORATION OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT. SO THIS IS NOT DELAYING OR WASTING TIME IN ORDER TO PAY CONSULTANTS TO PULL TOGETHER LAND PLANS THAT WE MAY OR MAY NOT ABIDE BY.
THIS IS ME EFFECTIVELY SAYING NO TO THATTEN BUT LEAVING SOME AMOUNT OF MONEY TO BE ABLE TO SUPPORT THE INEVITABLE, HEY, WE NEED TO HIRE AN ARCHITECT TO DO A SCHEMATIC TO SHOW YOU THREE OPTION ONS SO THE COUNCIL CAN PICK WHAT THEY WANT TYPE STUFF.
THAT IS THE VISION HERE. >> WE HAVE A MOTION ON AN ITEM
TO VOTE ON THAT. >> IS THAT THE ONLY ONE? ALL RIGHT, THEN WE'LL MOVE TO BUSINESS SUPPORT SPECIALIST.
PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. >> THE VOTE IS TO REMOVE THE SPECIALIST AND THEIR VOTE IS TO KEEP IT.
NAY IS TO KEEP. AYE IS TO RENEW.
>> YES. YOU HAVE ME CONFUSED NOW.
>> AYE IS TO REMOVE. IF YOU WANT TO REMOVE THE SPECIALIST, AYE.
2-5. NOW THE MOTION IS TO APPROVE THE
[03:20:02]
BUDGET AS PRESENTED. ANY DISCUSSION? HEARING NON. PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.>> MOTION PASSES, 5-2. MAYOR, COULD WE TAKE A 9:31. WE ARE BACK FROM RECESS.
NEXT BUDGET IS THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT.
>> I MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT.
>> SECOND. >> SECONDED BY COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON. IS BILL HERE TO ANSWER
I'LL HAVE TO RESPOND FOR HIM. HE HAD SOME FAMILY COMMITMENTS.
HE WASN'T ABLE TO BE HERE TONIGHT.
>> EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT. >> HUH-UH.
>> OF COURSE. >> SO I THINK THERE HAS BEEN SOME DISCUSSION ABOUT, YOU KNOW, WHETHER OR NOT NOW IS THE RIGHT TIME TO HIRE AN ASSISTANT. SO JAMES, IF YOU COULD MAYBE TALK TO WHAT THE ASSISTANT WOULD DO ON, IF HIRED.
KIND OF WHY IT'S NEEDED NOW AND WHAT THIS INDIVIDUAL WOULD DO TO
AUGMENT THE DEPARTMENT. >> THANK YOU, MAYOR PRO TEM.
SO FIRST AND FOREMOST, I WANT TO SAY THAT THE JOURNEY SO FAR THIS YEAR WITH EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT HAS BEEN MUCH GREATER THAN WHAT I HAD EVER HOPED FOR. AND I'M VERY EXCITED AND PLEASED THAT THE COUNCIL HAS CHOSEN TO SUPPORT EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT IN-HOUSE. I THINK YOU WILL SEE A BIG DIFFERENCE. HAVING A TRAINED PROFESSIONAL STAFF. SO WHAT IS AN ASSISTANT? FIRST LET'S TALK ABOUT DEPARTMENTAL SCOPE CREEP.
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT IS USUALLY TWO TO FOUR PEOPLE AND THAT'S EVER THE EXTENT OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT.
THAT IS USUALLY ALL YOU END UP WITH UNLESS YOU ARE A MUCH BIGGER AGENCY, LIKE -- COUNTY IS A BIGGER AGENCY WITH MORE RESPONSIBILITY. SO, REALLY, THE TWO PERSON IS THE IDEAL SITUATION, THE IDEAL LAYOUT FOR A CITY LIKE US.
I DON'T SEE THIS DEPARTMENT NEEDING TO GET BEYOND THE TWO.
SO LET'S START THERE FIRST AND FOREMOST.
BUT WHAT DOES THE POSITION DO? WELL THERE IS A LOT THAT GOES INTO EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT RESPONSE WHILE THERE IS AN EMERGENCY. TRUE.
I THINK EVERYONE IS ALREADY FAMILIAR WITH A LOT OF THAT.
HAVING ONE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PERSON IS A STRESS.
SO DURING THE ICE STORMS FOR EXAMPLE.
YOU KNOW, BILL WAS BASICALLY OUR EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR. I SHOULDN'T PERSONIZE IT.
THE COORDINATOR WAS HERE AT CITY HALL 24/7 FOR MULTIPLE DAYS STRAIGHT. AND THAT IS NOT BEST PRACTICE.
GENERALLY YOU HAVE SOMEONE ELSE WHO IS JUST AS CAPABLE AS THE DIRECTOR OTHER THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR WHO CAN RELIEVE THEM BECAUSE YOU HAVE MULTIPLE REASONS FOR THERE TO BE RELIEF. COULD YOU DO THAT WITH OTHER TRAINED PERSONNEL? YES, BUT NOT AS GOOD AS SOMEONE WHO IS A PROFESSIONAL EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PERSON.
BUT THE EMERGENCY RESPONSE, THIS' JUST REALLY THE BIGGEST BENEFIT OF HAVING THE EXTRA PERSON THAT'S EASY TO POINT TO.
BECAUSE THERE IS SO MUCH WORK THAT GOES INTO EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT OVERALL AND PREPARATION AND TRAINING, IN DEVELOPING INCIDENT REPORTS. IN DEVELOPING AFTER-ACTION REPORTS. IN DEVELOPING THE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN AND KEEPING THAT UP TO DATE.
SO THERE IS A LOT OF CAPACITY THAT NEEDS TO OCCUR FOR AN
[03:25:01]
EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PROGRAM TO BE HEALTHY AND TO BE OPERATING THE WAY THAT IT SHOULD BE. AND THIS PERSON GIVES BILL THE EXTRA BANDWIDTH THAT HE WOULD NEED TO BE ABLE TO DELIVER THIS TO THE LEVEL THAT I THINK IS APPROPRIATE FOR OUR CITY.I THINK THE JOB DESCRIPTION IS HERE.
YOU CAN SEE SOME OF THE MORE SPECIFIC JOB DUTIES.
THAT IS REALLY WHAT IT BOILS DOWN TO.
HAVING SOMEONE EQUALLY TRAINED, WHO IS EQUALLY CAPABLE TO BE A RELIEF DURING THE INCIDENTS, OF COURSE, BUT TO ALSO BE ABLE AND A PART OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE ACTION PLANS.
SO, FOR EXAMPLE, EVERY PUBLIC EVENT THAT THE CITY HOSTS, WE HAVE TO DO AN EMERGENCY ACTION PLAN THAT IS BEFORE THE EVENT.
SO WHAT HAPPENS IF THERE IS THE NEED TO SHUT DOWN THE ROAD? WHAT HAPPENS IF THERE IS A MEDICAL EMERGENCY.
WHAT HAPPENS IF THERE IS BAD WEATHER? UN, ALL THE THINGS. THEN YOU HAVE TO POST UP THE EVENTS, TOO. IT'S NOT JUST THE EMERGENCIES WHENEVER THERE IS A FREEZE. JULY 4, THAT WAS A ONE-DAY EVENT BUT WE HAD EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT THERE REPPED IN THE TENT THE ENTIRE EVENT -- REPRESENTED IN THE TENT THE ENTIRE EVENT.
ANY TIME WE DO CITY-SPORSERED EVENTS THERE IS GENERALLY SOME EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PRESENCE. IT'S MORE THAN ONE PERSON CAN DO. MY WHOLE POINT OF ASKING THE COUNCIL LAST YEAR TO FUN THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR WAS TO PROVE TO THE COMMUNITY THAT IT'S A VALUABLE ASSET.
NOW THAT I'M DOING IS RESPONDING TO GIVING HIM THE RESOURCES THAT I FEEL LIKE HE NEEDS TO BE SUCCESSFUL.
IT'S NOT A LOT IN THE GRAND SCHEME OF THINGS.
IT'S A BODY AND A VEHICLE AND A TRAILER.
AND THAT'S PRETTY MUCH TODAY'S EXTENT OF EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT.
THANK YOU, THAT'S HELPFUL. THE TRUCK AND THE TRAILER?
WHAT DO THEY CONSIST OF? >> THE TRUCK IS BASICALLY LIKE ONE STEP BELOW LIKE WHAT A POLICE VEHICLE MIGHT BE.
SO IT WOULD HAVE FIT TO WHERE IT WOULD HAVE EMERGENCY LIGHTS BUT NOT NECESSARILY THE POLICE LIGHTS.
SO IDENTIFICATION, THAT BADGING, RADIO, COMMUNICATIONS.
THOSE SORTS OF THINGS. I DON'T KNOW AS FAR AS LIKE TOOLS GO BECAUSE I DIDN'T GET INTO THAT LEVEL OF GRANULARITY WITH HIM. I WOULD ANTICIPATE THERE IS PROBABLY SOME AMOUNT OF TOOLS THAT WOULD BE ASSOCIATED WITH THE VEHICLE. THE TRAILER IS MORE FOR DEPLOYMENT OF RESOURCES TO THE COMMUNITY.
IF WE ARE GOING TO DO BOTTLED WATER OR DO BLANKETS, WE'RE GOING TO DISTRIBUTE FOOD OR SOMETHING TO THAT NATURE, IT'S BASICALLY JUST A BOX TRAILER THAT INVENTORY CAN BE LOADED IN TO AND THEN PREPPED SO THAT THEY CAN BE ROLLED OUT AT ANY GIVEN
POINT IN TIME. >> TO YOUR POINT, I KNOW THE FIRE CHIEF, HE REALLY KIND OF SING THE PRAYSES OF BILL BEING A I BELIEVE TO BE AT THE MOST RECENT FIRE, HE WAS ABLE TO COORDINATE EFFORTS BETWEEN THE POLICE AND THE FIEPPED BECAUSE THEY ARE NOT ON THE -- FIRE DEPARTMENT BECAUSE THEY ARE NOT ABLE TOBACCO ON THE SAME WAVE LENGTH.
SO HE WAS ABLE TO SYNC UP WITH POLICE AND FIRE TO MANAGE THAT SITUATION. I DEFINITELY THINK THAT BILL GETTING UP TO INSUFFICIENT WITH WHAT HE NEEDS AS FAR AS MACHINERY, AS FAR AS RADIOS, BUT ALSO HAVING THE HELP TO REALLY TACKLE, YOU KNOW, CHALLENGES THAT COME INTO THE CITY.
I THINK THIS IS SOMETHING THAT WE FULLY STAFF UP ALL OF OUR OTHER DEPARTMENTS, ASKING FOR AN ASSISTANT.
I DON'T SEE HOW THAT'S A MAJOR BURDEN FOR CITIZENS.
>> SO I DO HAVE A QUESTION. THE VEHICLE, THIS WILL BE LIKE A LEASE KIND OF LIKE HOW WE DO THE P.D. CARS.
LIKE A TRADEOUT. AS IT GETS OLDER, THEN THEY UPGRADE AND MOVE THEM IN AND OUT.
>> THE DOLLAR AMOUNT HERE. SO WHENEVER YOU DO A LEASE YOU GENERALLY HAVE TO PAY FOR THE UPFIT.
THE UPFIT OF THE VEHICLE AT ONE TIME.
SO THE LEASE ISN'T 36,000 A YEAR BUT IT'S THE LEASE PLUS THE UPFITTING COST FOR THE FIRST YEAR.
IN THE FUTURE IT IS CONTINUED LEASING COST, YEAH.
WE CHOSE A PICKUP TRUCK, I THINK FOR OBVIOUS REASONS.
IT'S BEING ABLE TO PULL OFF THE ROAD AND GET INTO AREAS LIKE THE FIRE THAT HE RESPONDED TO. BUT HE ALSO HAS RESPONDED TO HAZMAT RELATED ITEMS AND TO WHERE HE IS ON THE ROAD, TOO.
THAT IS WHERE THE UPFIT WITH THE LIGHTS AND WHAT NOT HELP FOR
[03:30:05]
SAFETY PURPOSES. MY UNDERSTANDING, AND CHIEF IS HERE, HE CAN CORRECT ME IF I'M WRONG, OUR EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR, WHICH I'M ALSO ASKING TO CLASSIFY TO BE THE DIRECTOR. HE IS NOT A LICENSED PEACE OFFICER. HE CAN'T RUN CODE TO A SCENE.TURN ON THE RED LIGHTS, FLASHING RED AND BLUE LIGHTS.
THOSE ARE SPECIFIC TO POLICE. RED AND WHITE IS SPECIFIC TO FIRE. BUT HE CAN HAVE FLASHING LIGHTS THAT ARE ALLOWED UNDER THE TEXAS TRANSPORTATION CODE TO RAISE AWARENESS AND A TRUCK HELPS HIM GET TO THE PLACES THAT HE MIGHT
NEED TO BE BE. >> CAN COUNTY COLOR BE ORANGE
FOR HUTTO? >> AS LONG AS IT'S COMPLAINTS WITH THE TEXAS TRANSPORTATION CODE IT CAN BLINK WHATEVER
COLORS WE WANT IT TO BLINK. >> THAT MIGHT BE CONFUSED WITH THE TEXAS LONG HORNS. I'D KEEP IT RED FOR US SOONERS.
>> THE SAME CONCERN I'VE HAD ON OTHER DEALS.
R.I.S.D. HAS PEOPLE. THEY HAVE AN EOC.
WE DON'T SEEM TO BE WORKING WITH OTHER GROUPS IN TERMS OF WHEN IS THE DISASTERRER ONE GROUP WILL TAKE OVER.
YOU HAVE A LOT OF KNOWLEDGE IN THE COMMUNITY.
EVERYONE HAS THEIR OWN FIEFDOM. TO ME WE ARE WASTING MONEY BY NOT FIGURING OUT HOW TO WORK WITH THE DIFFERENT GROUPS TO WHERE BILL THESE VACATION, HE NEEDS TIME OFF, THERE'S GOT TO BE A WAY OF SHARING RESOURCES. OTHERWISE WE HAVE OUR GROUP, THEY HAVE THEIRS. THIS GROUP HAS THEIRS.
WHEN SOMETHING HAPPENS, WE'LL TAKE OVER BUT EVERYBODY IS SILOED. THAT IS USUALLY WHAT I SEE WHEN THERE IS AN ISSUE. BILL IS DOING A GREAT JOB.
BUT -- >> YEAH, TO THAT POINT.
I DO THINK THERE ARE OPPORTUNITIES WHERE WE CAN DO THAT. THAT IS MORE IN THE FACILITY THAN ANYTHING ELSE. WE COULD HE HESITANCE WHAT THE SCHOOL DISTRICT HAS ALREADY BUILT.
BUT AT THE SAME TIME, THE SCHOOL DISTRICT MADE IT ABSOLUTELY CLEAR THAT IF IT'S AN EMERGENCY, THEN WE TAKE PRIORITY IN THE SPACE BECAUSE IT'S OUR SPACE. UNFORTUNATELY THAT'S WHERE YOU END UP. A LOT OF THE WORK WE ARE DOING IS NOT THE SAME TYPE OF WORK THAT THOSE FOLKS ARE DOING.
AND I DON'T KNOW THAT THE ESD -- >> YOU GOT THREE GROUPS DOING WEATHER UP DATES BUT THEY ARE DOING THEIR OWN PEOPLE.
ON SO I DON'T KNOW -- I THINK INSTEAD OF ASKING OUR GUY, WHOEVER THE PERSON IS, OUR PERSON TO BE OUT THERE EVERY TIME THERE IS A SEVERE STORM TO GIVE THOSE REGULAR UPDATES.
>> WE ARE NOT DOING THAT. >> WE HAVEN'T HAD RAIN FOR THREE MONTHS. IN WE DID HAVE RAIN, IF THERE IS A SEVERE STORM, THERE IS THIS, THESE THINGS.
I'M JUST SAYING ONE LITTLE THING TO GIVE THE PERSON A NIGHT OFF, IF YOU HAVE THE I.S.D. IS DOING IT.
>> THEY ARE DOING THEIR RELATED TO A CLOSE BEING CLOSED.
>> THE GUIDELINES ARE VERY CONSISTENT.
>> I'M NOT ARTICULATING IT WELL. IF THERE IS A SEVERE STORM, I DON'T -- WE JUST HAD A SEVERE STORM.
I DON'T KNOW THAT YOU NEED THREE PEOPLE OUT THERE WORKING.
WE JUST NEED THE INFORMATION. AGAIN, WHAT I FIND IS WE FOUND A REASON WHY WE HAD TO DO OUR OWN. NEXT YEAR THERE WILL BE ANOTHER 20 POSITIONS. WE CAN DO THIS WITH THIS GROUP.
I'M JUST SAYING EVERY OTHER AGENCY OUT THERE, YOU HAVE THREE PEOPLE TRACKING WEATHER. WE HAVEN'T WEATHER SINCE MAY.
SO I GET IT. THE SCHOOL IS CLOSED DOWN FOR A CERTAIN REASON. YOU COULD CROSS TRAIN ON A FEW THINGS WHERE IF IT'S A SEVERE THUNDERSTORM, AN ICE STORM.
BILL CAN CONTACT HIS PERSON AT THE I.S.D. WHOS HA THE NIGHT OFF ON. INSTEAD WE HAVE A WHOLE GROUP OF PEOPLE WORKING AROUND AND FINDING WAYS THOSE PEOPLE NEED RELIEF. SOON THEIR PEOPLE NEED RELIEF.
IN A WAY, I CALL IT A KINGDOM. WE FIND A REASON TO DO THINKS.
THERE IS ALWAYS A GOOD REASON. I DON'T THINK THERE IS EVER A FEE FARES REASON. WE -- NEFARIOUS REASON.
GOVERNMENT GROWS AS FAST AS YOU ARE WILLING TO GIVE IT THE MONEY TO GROW. I NEVER HEARD SOMEONE PROPOSE A BUDGET "I WANT THE LEAST AMOUNT OF MONEY." NEXT YEAR, EVERY POSITION WE HIRED TODAY, THIS IS FOREVER.
WE HAVE TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO GROW THE POSITIONS WE NEED AND ALL THE OTHER THINGS WE HAVE TO DO IN THE CITY.
WE JUST CAN'T HAVE THE BEST PARKS, THE BEST LIBRARY, THE BEST ROADS THE BEST POLICE. WE HAVE TO BE GOOD AT A COUPLE OF THINGS. WE HAVE TO BE GREAT AT THINGS.
WE HAVE TO BE PICKING AND CHOOSING.
WE'LL GET TO THE END AND THEN WE GO, WE HAVE 20,000 TO SPEND.
[03:35:03]
SOMEONE WANTS SIDEWALKS HERE. WHAT ABOUT THIS? SO, EVERYTHING WE CUT IS A GOOD THING.WE NEED TO DISCUSS ON CUTTING. IF YOU DON'T CUT ANYTHING WE WON'T BE A I BELIEVE TO ADD ANYTHING.
>> SO I DO SEE THAT BILL IS ONLINE AND DIALED IN SO HE CAN RESPOND SHORTLY. I DO WANT TO SAY THIS TO YOUR POINT, MAYOR. WHAT YOU DESCRIBE ON THE WEATHER, THAT ACTUALLY IS HOW IT HAPPENS.
THE COUNTY, THE STATE IS THE ONE THAT ACTUALLY IS PASSING ALONG THENEAUA INFORMATION, WHO THEN PASSES IT TO US AND WE SHARE IT TO OUR DISTRIBUTION LISTS IF WE ARE RESPONDING TO CRITICAL WEATHER, LIKE TREES ARE DOWN OR WHAT EVER BEEN ELSE IT'S WHATEVER JURISDICTION THAT IS HAPPENING IN.
BILL, GO AHEAD. >> CAN YOU HEAR ME?
>> YES, WE CAN. >> MAYOR, COUNCIL, CITY MARKING, BILL ZITO, EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATOR.
I WANT TO CLARIFY A FEW THINGS. I DIDN'T HEAR ANYTHING.
IT'S BROKEN A LITTLE BIT. IN TERMS OF THE NEED FOR THE VEHICLE, I JUST REHASH A LITTLE BIT THERE.
JAMES HIT MOST OF IT ON ON THE MARK.
BUT WHAT I THINK IS IMPORTANT TO UNDERSTAND IS THAT THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT PROGRAM, EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT COORDINATORS ARE NOT THERE JUST TO DO RESPONSE. NOW, WE CAN'T LOOK AT IT AS IF IS SORT OF LIKE A FIRE EXTINGUISHER THAT THEY TAKE OFF THE WALL AT THE TIME OF A FIRE. WE WANT TO BE PROACTIVE AS POSSIBLE AND BE A FORCE MULTIPLIER.
WHEN AN EMERGENCY HAPPENS, NO MATTER HOW BIG OR SMALL, I DO AN ASSESSMENT OF WHAT IS GOING ON BASED ON MY TRAINING.
OBVIOUSLY WITHOUT A VEHICLE I CAN'T GET ON TO A SCENE.
I GET EAS CLOSE AS I CAN AND START COMMUNICATING BETWEEN THE RESPONSE AND ENTITIES. BUT TO BE CLEAR, EMERGENCY MANAGERS ARE ARE EMERGENCY RESPONDERS, OKAY? THEY ARE SHORT OF THE PUBLIC SAFETY AND EMERGENCY SERVICES APPARATUS. THEY ARE A FORCE MULTIPLIER BY GETTING THERE QUICKICALLY JUAN BEING ABLE TO ASSESS WHAT IS GOING ON AND WHAT THE NEEDS ARE AND START COORDINATING FOR THE NEEDS AS QUICKLY AND EFFICIENTLY AS POSSIBLE.
I CAN'T DO THAT STITTING IN AN OFFICE OR SOMEWHERE FAR AWAY FROM THE INCIDENT. THAT ASSESSMENT IS CRITICAL TO AN EFFICIENT AND SPEEDIENT RESPONSE TO BE ABLE TO BRING RESOURCES TO THAT INCIDENT COMMANDER AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE. IF THE NEED ARISES.
>> THE ISD HAS AN EOC. THAT IS NOT THE CASE.
THERE IS A FACILITY THAT IS A TRAINING ROOM THAT WE WILL USE AS A LOCATION FOR EOC THAT THE IOC IS PROVIDING AS A COURTESY.
THAT IS NOT A REDUNDANCY THEY HAVE AS A CAPABILITY.
NOR DO THE POLICE DEPARTMENT. NONE OF THEM HAVE THE BANDWIDTH TO PUT TOGETHER AN EOC OUT ON OF THE STAFF THAT THEY HAVE.
I JUST WANT TO CLARIFY THAT APPARATUS IS NOT JUST ABOUT THE BIG ONES. IT IS ABOUT ME BEING ABLE TO GET TO AND ASSESS AS SOMETHING SCALES.
THE FIRE THE OTHER DAY, I WAS CLOSE TO THE NEIGHBORHOOD.
IT WAS A PRETTY QUICK FIRE TO PUT OUT.
IT HAD BECOME BIGGER I WOULD HAVE BEEN CLOSE ENOUGH TO SAY WE NEED TO START EVACUATING AND GET OTHERS FROM THE MAYOR TO EVACUATE. IT'S IMPORTANT TO UNDERSTAND THE CONTEXT. THAT IS WHAT WE ARE BUILDING HERE. IS THAT ABILITY TO RESPOND APPROPRIATELY FOR THE CITY AND MAKE SURE OUR RESIDENTS ARE SAFE AND WE GET THE RESOURCES THAT BENEED.
THE VEHICLE IS A CRITICAL ASPECT.
AS AN EMERGENCY RESPONDER TO GET TO A SITUATION QUICKLY AND SAFELY, AND I AM ABLE AND I HAVE TO BE CERTIFIED TO RUN LIGHTS.
I JUST HAVE TO HAVE THAT VEHICLE DESIGNATED AS AN EMERGENCY VEHICLE AND THAT ALLOWS MOO HE TO DO THAT ACCORDING TO TEXAS LAW. THAT IS ANOTHER POINT.
ANOTHER ABOUT THE VEHICLE IS IT'S ALSO WHAT I WOULD USE AS AN AD HOC EOC. IF I GO TO AN EVENT THAT IS -- OR AN INCIDENT. WE DO NOT HAVE LARGE VEHICLE MOBILE VEHICLES TO SET UP INCIDENT COMMAND.
OFTENTIMES IT'S DONE OFF THE VEHICLE OUT OF THE BACK OF A PICKUP YOU CAN FROM. SO WHAT I WOULD DO IS SET UP NEXT TO CHIEF KIR WOOD OR CHIEF MARLBORO OR CHIEF JONES.
SET UP A TENT THAT I CAN PULL OUT OF THE BACK OF THE TRUCK AND THROW UP A CHARGE AND START RIGHT THERE ON THE SCENE AS QUICKLY AS I CAN. SO THERE IS NO UTILITY TO IT.
THE TRAILER IS A PIECE THAT NEEDS TO BE PULLED.
THE TRAILER, THE POINT OF THE TRAILER IS BECAUSE WE ARE USING AN EOC BORROWED FROM THE I.S.D. I HAVE NOWHERE TO STORE MY EQUIPMENT. SO THIS ALLOWS MOO HE TO STORE THE EQUIPMENT FOR THE E.O.C. SUPPORT TEAM WHEN WE ARE
[03:40:05]
ACTIVATED, AND WHEN IT IS NO LONGER VIABLE I CAN MOVE THE TRAILER TO ANOTHER LOCATION WE CAN DESIGNATE AS AN ALTER EOC.THAT IS THE PURPOSE OF THE VEHICLE IN THE CONTEXT OF THAT.
I CAN TOUCHED ON ON THE PERSONNEL AND THEN I'LL BE QUIET. THE EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT -- OR ASSISTANT COORDINATOR IS NOT JUST TO REPLACE ME ON VACATION AND WEEKENDS. THAT IS ACTUALLY A COMPONENT, YES. BUT MORE IMPORTANTLY, THERE ARE 20 PLANS THAT HAVE TO BE WRITTEN.
ONCE YOU SUPPORT UNITED STATES IFS, THE PLAN, THAT IS THE CONTINUITY. CONTINUITY OF GOVERNMENT.
ALL OF THESE THINGS HAVE TO BE WRITTEN.
IT TAKES AN ENTIRE COMMUNITY TO PUT THOSE PLANS TOGETHER.
EVERYBODY FROM THE LOCAL TO THE FEDERAL LEVEL HAS TO TOUCH THOSE PLANS AND THE STATE AND FEDERAL LEVEL HAVE TO APPROVE THEM.
IT TAKES A LOT OF EFFORT, MEETINGS AND TIME AND COORDINATION TO PUT THE PLANS TOGETHER.
WITHOUT TWO PEOPLE IT WILL TAKE AN ENORMOUS AMOUNT-OF-TIME.
HAZARD MITIGATION IS SOMETHING ELSE I CAN NO THE DO UNTIL WELL HAVE THE PLANS SET UP. HAZARD COMMUNICATION PLANS ALLOW US TO GET HAZARD MITIGATION GRANTS LIKE TO GET GENERATORS INTO SOME FACILITIES TO USE AS SHELTERS OR RM WAKING AND COOLING CENTERS. WE ARE LEANING ON ON BUILDS WITH GENERATORS. THAT IS ANOTHER EXAMPLE.
IT GOES ON AND ON. THROE ARE FIVE COMPONENTS, PREVENTION, PREPAREDNESS, MITIGATION, RESPONSE AND RECOVERY. ALL OF THOSE THINGS TAKE A LOT OF WORK TO PUT TOGETHER. LET'S NOT MENTION TRAINING STAFF, BUILDING EXERCISES, EXERCISING ENTIRE PLANS, ASSESSING THOSE THROUGH AND REBUILDING THE PLANS AS WE NEED TO. I HOPE THAT PAINTS A PICTURE FOR THE ASSISTANT, THE VEHICLE, AND THE NECESSITY AND WHAT I ENVISION EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT AS A FORCE MULTIPLIER THAT FREES UP THE INCIDENT COMMANDER TO DO THE THINGS HE HAS TO DO AS A FIRE DEPARTMENT OR POLICE DEPARTMENT, SO I CAN HELP COORDINATE WHEN THINGS ARE GOING BAD. I'LL STAND BY FOR QUESTIONS.
>> BILL, YOU WERE ON MUTE. CAN YOU REPEAT ALL THAT? I HOPE THAT'S NOTE TRUE. I HOPE THAT'S NOT TRUE.
>> THAT WAS GREAT. >> WE FUNDED THIS DEPARTMENT LAST BUDGET CYCLE. SUPER GLAD THAT BILL IS THE COORDINATOR. AND THAT WE ARE BUILDING ON THIS DEPARTMENT. DEFINITELY AN ASSET FOR THE
COMMUNITY AND TO THE CITY. >> GREAT.
SO ONE OF THE THINGS I HAD ASKED FOR IN MARCH WAS ESTABLISHING AN EMERGENCY RESPONSE FUND. SO THAT WHEN WE HAVE AN EMERGENCY, WE HAVE MONEY THAT'S ALREADY BEEN SET ASIDE THAT WE CAN DRAW FROM TO DO WHATEVER IT IS THAT NEEDS TO BE DONE FOR THAT PARTICULAR EMERGENCY. THAT COULD JUST BE SOMETHING WE DECIDE TO CARVE OUT OF THE RESERVE AT THE END OF THE DAY IN THE BUDGET. BUT I'D STILL LIKE US TO ESTABLISH SOMETHING WHERE WE HAVE SOME MONEY THAT WE EAR-MARKED FOR THAT PURPOSE BECAUSE WE KNOW -- WE KNOW SOMETHING WILL HAPPEN, WHEN IT HAPPENS, IT MIGHT BE THE NEXT AND WE ROLL THE MONEY IN AND THAT'S FINE.
WE SHOULD HAVE MONEY SET ASIDE SO WHEN SOMETHING HAPPENS AND THE CITY NEEDS TO SPEND 200,000, 500,000, WHATEVER, WE HAVE MONEY THERE SO WE HAVE A HEAD START. MAYBE WE NEED TO ALLOCATE MORE BUT WE HAVE SOMETHING THAT'S READY TO GO AND WE DON'T HAVE TO WORRY ABOUT DIGGING INTO THE RESERVE IMMEDIATELY.
>> WE USED TO HAVE -- WE HAD AN EOC AND THEY WERE GOING TO BE AN EE ON C, YOU SAY WHY IS EVERYBODY DOING THEIR OWN THING.
WHY ARE WE NOT WORKING TOGETHER. WE DON'T HAVE ONE THAT HELPS ME, BUT IF THEY ARE BUILDING ONE, WILL THEY HAVE ONE WITH SO I
HAVE TO REACH OUT -- >> YES, SOME OF IT, AGAIN, I THINK VERNACULAR. AN ACTUAL EOC IS USUALLY A DEDICATED ROOM WITH COMMUNICATIONS THAT IS IN IT, WITH THE COMPUTERS AND ALL OF THIS STUFF, ALL THE EQUIPMENT THAT'S THERE. WE WENT TO THE SCHOOL DISTRICT'S EOC TO GET TRAINING THERE WHENEVER WE WERE TALKING ABOUT HOW EOC'S WORK AND BILL RAN THAT.
IT'S BASICALLY A LARGE TRAINING ROOM THAT'S NOT FULLY EQUIPPED -- AT LEAST IS WASN'T WHEN I WAS THERE -- TO BE AN ACTUAL FUNCTIONING EOC. SOME OF IT IS, I THINK, YES, IS THERE A LARGE SPACE WHERE WE COULD MEET AND SET UP? SURE. IN WE HAVE TO BRING YOU ARE ON OWN COMPUTERS AND HOT SPOTS AND BUYFY AND ALL THE THINGS --
[03:45:04]
WI-FI AND ALL THE THINGS. IT WOULD BE GREAT TO TAKE YOU TO TOUR THE ONE IN TRAVIS COUNTY SO YOU CAN SEE WHAT I THINK REALLY IS THEY ARE SUPPOSED TO LOOK LIKE.YOU HAVE EVERYTHING IN THAT ONE SPACE INCLUDING THE JOINT DISPATCH AND EVERYTHING ELSE, WHICH IS WAY MORE THAN WHAT WE WOULD BE LOOKING AT DOING HERE. AN ACTUAL EOC FACILITY HAS A NUMBER OF COMPONENTS. I DIDN'T SEE -- I'M NOT SAYING THE SCHOOL DISTRICT SPACE COULDN'T BE PROPPED UP THAT WAY
BUT IT WASN'T WHEN I WAS THERE. >> I CAN GET WITH ISD TO SEE IF THEY HAVE WITHIN PLANNED. IF YOU HAVE MONEY FORESPENDING, AT ONE POINT THEY HAD ONE OR WERE GOING TO HAVE ONE.
IF THEY WERE GOING TO SET IT UP WITH THE TOP OF THE LINE COMPUTERS AND WE DON'T HAVE TO BRING OURS AND WE ARE USING IT.
TO ME, THAT'S WHAT I ALWAYS SAY, I HAVE TO GET WITH THEM AND FIND OUT IF WE ARE DUPLICATING OR IF THEY ARE LIVING OUT OF A TRAILER
WITH THE DIAL-UP MODEM. >> ANY CHANGES TO THIS BUDGET? PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
NEXT UP, ENGINEERING. MOTION TO APPROVE.
>> SECOND. >> MOTION BY COUNCILMEMBER KOLAR AND ECUADORED BY COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON.
QUESTIONS ON THIS ONE? >> THE ONE THAT SAYS VACANT, WE FUNDED IT, WE HAVEN'T FILLED IT YET, RIGHT? IT SAYS VACANT, THEN IT IS CURRENTLY RECRUITING OR IS EMPTY FOR SOME REASON. THERE IS A COUPLE OF POSITIONS THAT ARE GOING TO FIND AS YOU GET TO THE BUDGET THAT ARE THAT
WAY. >> BUT IT'S FUNDED THROUGH THE EXISTING BUDGET, RIGHT? YOU'RE NOT ASKING FOR MORE
MONEY. >> IT SHOULD ALREADY BE FUNDED.
IF IT IS A NEW POSITION IT SHOULD BE BEING PROPOSED, WHICH
WOULD BE NEW DOLLARS. >> GOTCHA.
>> I HAVE A QUESTION. I SEEM TO REMEMBER, THERE WAS MONEY TO HIRE FOR THE ENGINEERING PART.
>> FIVE F T'S, YES. >> WE WERE GOING TO HIRE FIVE PEOPLE. NOW I'M LOOKING AT THIS, IF WE ADD TWO MORE PEOPLE WE GET TO FIVE.
IF WE ACCRUED TO ADD FIVE PEOPLE IN ENGINEERING AND WE ADDED A CITY ENGINEER, C.I.P. ENGINEER AND LOOKING FOR AN ADMIN, WHERE
DID THE OTHER GO? >> ONE BECAME THE REAL ESTATE SEFSZ DIRECTOR POSITION. SO WE RETASKED THAT POSITION.
AND THEN THE OTHER ONE WE DIDN'T CREATE BECAUSE THE OTHER ON LIMITATION THAT I HAD WAS OF TWO $750,000, OR 5 FTES.
WE DIDN'T KNOW WE WOULD BE HIRING ENGINEERS EVERY TIME WE CREATED ALL OF THAT. THAT WAS WELL BEFORE, THAT WAS -- GOSH, HAD TO HAVE BEEN BACK IN OCTOBER OR NOVEMBER TIME FRAME. BECAUSE -- NO, WE ADDED MORE BUT I DON'T THINK IT WAS AS LATE AS MAY.
IT WAS DEFINITELY BEFORE THAT.
NOT TO EXCEED BUDGET 775. IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM MANAGER WE APPROVE DIRECTOR REAL ESTATE SERVICES. A GRADUATE ENGINEER AND ENGINEERING ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT. I'M TRYING TO FIGURE
OUT -- >> WE DIDN'T ACTUALLY CREATE
ALL THOSE POSITIONS? >> RIGHT. ONE OF MY CONCERNS WAS OUR DEAL WAS COSTING TOO MUCH MONEY AND THEN I DON'T UNDERSTAND HOW IT'S GOING TO WORK OUT BECAUSE YOU DON'T HAVE GARBER RUNNING AND YOU ARE HIRING PEOPLE AND THE BUDGET IS ONLY THIS BIG. SO THEY ENDED UP STAYING ON A LITTLE BIT LONGER AND WE ENDED UP NOT DOING IT AND I FEEL LIKE I GOT BAMBOOZLED BECAUSE I VOTED TO ADD FIVE PEOPLE AND WE ADDED TWO AND NOW WE HAVE A REQUEST TO ADD MORE AND I'M THINKING
[03:50:04]
THIS SHOULD HAVE ALREADY BEEN ADDED IN FEBRUARY. HOW DID WE GET TO A POINT WHERE THEY NEED TO ADD MORE?>> I'M NOT SURE ABOUT THE BAMBOOZLED PART.
>> WE WERE TOLD WE WERE GOING TO GET FIVE PEOPLE.
>> UP TO FIVE WITH THE CAP ON THE AMOUNT OF MONEY WE CAN
>> WE HAVE A THIRD ONE BECAUSE WE HAVE ONE THAT'S VACANT. YOU GOT THE CIP ENGINEER AND THE REAL ESTATE SERVICES AND THEN THE ADMIN IS THE ONE THAT IS VACANT. YOU GOT THREE OF THE FIVE. RIGHT? AND THAT'S EFFECTIVELY WHERE WE STOPPED BECAUSE WE DIDN'T HAVE ADDITIONAL DOLLARS AVAILABLE BECAUSE IT WAS EITHER OR. WHICHEVER ONE YOU HIT FIRST.
>> DO WE NOT NEED THEM ANYMORE?
>> THAT IS A MOUNT DIRECTOR QUESTION.
>> I'M NOT TRYING TO BE TOUGH HERE BUT YOU ARE THE CITY MANAGER AND YOU SENT US AN EMAIL SAYING THESE ARE POSITIONS WE ARE GOING TO GET. THE CAP IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM MANAGER, DIRECTOR OF REAL ESTATE SERVICES, LAND DEVELOPMENT MANAGER, GRADUATE ENGINEER ENGINEER ADMINISTRATOR OF ASSISTANT AND YOU NEVER HIRED THE LAND DEVELOPMENT PROJECT MANAGER. WHAT I'M TRYING TO UNDERSTAND IS WHAT CHANGE WHERE WE NEEDED IT BACK IN FEBRUARY BUT WE DON'T NEED IT ANYMORE? DID SOMEBODY PICK UP THAT WORK OR WE REALLY DIDN'T NEED IT AND WE THREW A NAME OUT THERE?
>> NO, YOU ARE NOT BEING TOUGH. BUDGETS ARE BUDGETS BECAUSE THEY ARE GUIDANCE DOCUMENTS AT ALL OF THESE THINGS HAPPEN IN CONSULTATION WITH THE DEPARTMENTS. IF MY DEPARTMENT HEAD HAD SAID, YES, I DO BELIEVE WE NEED TO CONTINUE TO ASK FOR THE LAND POSITION, WHICH BASICALLY WAS THE RIGHT-OF-WAY ACQUISITION, IF MEMORY SERVES, WE STILL NEED
-- >> THIS PERSON WAS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONSTRUCTION, SITE PLAN REVIEWS, COMMENTS AND EVERYTHING SHOT CLOCK RELATED?
>> THAT'S THE NEW POSITION, RIGHT? BUT THAT JOB DESCRIPTION IS THE PLAN REVIEW POSTED THERE IS A NEW POSITION. I'M PUTTING IT AS A NEW POSITION BECAUSE I'M NOW HAVING TO ASK Y'ALL TO FUND IT BECAUSE I DIDN'T HAVE THE CAPABILITY OF CREATING THAT POSITION WITH THE FUNDING THAT WE AGREED TO IN
FEBRUARY. >> $750,000 WE GAVE TO THOSE POSITIONS. TO THE CITY ENGINEER. THE DIRECTOR OF REAL ESTATE SERVICES. CIP. THAT ONLY HIRED THREE PEOPLE. $750,000?
>> WELL, IT DIDN'T. GO AHEAD. >>
>> SO EVEN THOUGH I COULD'VE SPENT LESS THAN $750,000 , THE OVERALL RECURRING EXPENSE WOULD'VE BEEN GREATER THAN $750,000 AND I DIDN'T FEEL THAT WAS WHAT THE AGREEMENT WAS, SO THAT'S WHY I PUT IT IN AS A NEW REQUEST POSITION THIS YEAR SO THAT WAY IF Y'ALL AGREED TO FUND THE POSITION AND ALL THE SALARIES ARE SPOKEN FOR AND THE RECURRING COSTS ARE ALL REFLECTED, TO YOUR POINT, IF I WENT AND HIRED PEOPLE THAT WERE GOING TO COST 1.5 MILLION BUT ONLY PAID THEM 750 FOR HALF A YEAR, THAT WOULD BE A VIOLATION OF WHAT WE HAD AGREED TO, WHAT EVERYONE UNDERSTOOD. WHATEVER MY OVERALL BUDGET WOULD HAVE
EXCEEDED $750,000, I STOPPED. >> WHAT ABOUT THE GRADUATE ENGINEER? THAT WAS NOT IN THIS BUDGET BUT IT WAS IN --
>> THAT WAS NOT IN THERE, I DON'T BELIEVE. THAT WOULD BE ONE YOU WOULD LIKE TO HAVE. YOU WOULD LIKE TO HAVE A GRADUATE
ENGINEER BUT, YOU KNOW, -- >> WE HAD THIS TALK BEFORE THAT BACK IN 2019, WE WERE IN NEED OF POSITIONS. MORE IN I.T. THEN THEY HIRED A POSITION. THEY HIRED SOMEBODY ELSE AND DID SOMETHING ELSE AND IT ALMOST FELT LIKE I FELT SO OUT OF CONTROL WHEN YOU APPROVED THE GRADUATE ENGINEER AND NOT ONLY DID YOU NOT HIRE ONE BUT THE NEXT BUDGET DOESN'T HAVE ONE AND IT'S NOT NEEDED, SO I'M THINKING, WHY DID WE THINK WE NEEDED IN FEBRUARY? AND WHY DO WE NOT NEEDED NOW? BECAUSE NOW
[03:55:02]
YOU TELL ME YOU NEED A POSITION NOW, HOW DO I KNOW WE REALLY NEED THE POSITION AND IF WE SAY NO TO IT, WOULD IT BE NEXT YEAR'S BUDGET OR DO WE JUST MOVE ON? THERE'S ANOTHER ONE.THAT'S THE ADMINISTRATIVE ASSISTANT. IT GOES BACK TO ONE OF THE THINGS THAT WE TALKED ABOUT. OVERALL BUDGET HOPING TO GET SOME SORT OF SUPPORT FOR IT. WE BUDGET POSITIONS AND WE BUDGET PAY. IF YOU BUDGET THESE FTES AND THIS MONEY, HOW DO WE DO A BUDGET AND IN THREE OR FOUR MONTHS YOU HAVE PEOPLE MAKING MORE MONEY BECAUSE WHERE DOES THAT MONEY COME FROM? AND SOME OF IT COMES FROM POSITIONS WE DIDN'T HIRE OR WE PUT OFF THE POSITION BUT WHEN YOU PROMOTE SOMEBODY 15,000 MORE, THAT'S NOT A ONE-YEAR HIT. THAT IS A FOREVER HIT UNTIL WE HAVE THAT POSITION. IF WE JUST DEMOTED PEOPLE BECAUSE THEY NEED TO BE PROMOTED, FINE, IF WERE PROMOTING PEOPLE BECAUSE IT'S A WAY TO MOTIVATE PEOPLE, WHAT I'M HOPING IS WE APPROVE THE BUDGET AND HOWEVER IT SET UP. WE APPROVE IT WITH THE POSITIONS AND THE PAY, THE 3% RAISE, AND THAT'S IT. THERE IS NO MONKEYING AROUND. IF PEOPLE ARE GOING TO GET PROMOTED IT COMES BACK TO US. EVERY TIME YOU PROMOTE SOMEBODY THEY HAVE TO MANAGE SOMEBODY OR FILL THEIR SPOT OTHERWISE YOU JUST CHANGE THE NAME. I KIND OF FEEL LIKE SOME OF THIS -- I THOUGHT WE ARE GETTING FIVE ENGINEERS HELPING YOU OUT. WE GOT TWO AND NOW WE ARE LOOKING FOR MORE HELP WHICH I THINK YOU PROBABLY
NEEDED BUT, MORE HELP. >> FOR THE RECORD, MATT RECTOR, CITY ENGINEER. MAYOR, COUNCIL, TO EXPLAIN THE GRADUATE ENGINEER, THE CONVERSATION THAT JAMES AND I HAD IN FEBRUARY MIGHT'VE BEEN A FEW WEEKS. HE SAID PUT TOGETHER WHAT YOU THINK THIS DEPARTMENT NEEDS TO LOOK LIKE SO AT THAT POINT I PUT TOGETHER THAT I NEED A CIP ENGINEER, LAND DEVELOPMENT ENGINEER, AND IDEALLY, I WOULD PUT AN EIT UNDER EACH OF THEM SO WE BUILD A PIPELINE OF ENGINEERS. AS WE WORK THROUGH FEBRUARY, MARCH, GOT IN THE BUDGET, AND WE STARTED DOING THE THIRD-PARTY CONTRACT FOR THE UTILITY MONITORING, AND JAMES AND I HAD MANY CONVERSATIONS ABOUT WHAT DOES MY DEPARTMENT NEED TO LOOK LIKE, WELL, THE PRIORITIZATION CHANGED FROM WHAT I HAD FROM THREE WEEKS TO WHEN I HAD BEEN HERE SEVERAL MONTHS AND I HAD A GOOD OVERALL FEEL FOR THE DEPARTMENT. THAT'S WHY THE CIP ENGINEER WAS MY NUMBER ONE PRIORITY BECAUSE WHEN I GOT HERE THAT WAS THE NUMBER ONE PRIORITY IS, WE ARE BEHIND, LET'S GET THESE PROJECTS DONE.
LET'S GET HURT MOVING AND THAT WAS WHAT JAMES TOLD ME, DAY ONE, WHEN I WALKED IN THE DOOR, WAS THAT'S YOUR NUMBER ONE PRIORITY. GET THE CIP GOING. SO I SAID I NEED SOMEONE TO HELP ME. THEN, AT THE SAME TIME WE ARE WORKING THROUGH THE BACK LOG OF ALL YOUR DEVELOPMENT REVIEWS AND SO, I'VE BEEN PUTTING IN A LOT OF HOURS TRYING TO GET ALL THOSE DEVELOPMENT REVIEWS MOVING AND GET THE DEVELOPERS ANSWERS TO SER'S, PLATS, PLAN REVIEWS, CONSTRUCTION REVIEWS, ALL THAT STUFF. THAT'S THE NEXT THING. I NEED A PLAN REVIEW ENGINEER TO HELP ME BALANCE THAT OUT AND THEN, BECAUSE THE QUESTION THAT CAME UP WHEN WE AWARDED THE CONTRACT TO THE THIRD-PARTY ENGINEERS FOR MODELING WAS, CAN YOU BRING THAT IN-HOUSE? I CAN BUT I NEED SOMEONE TO HELP ME DO THAT BECAUSE THERE'S NOT ENOUGH OF ME TO GO AROUND AND SO, WE DECIDED WE DON'T NEED THE GRADUATE ENGINEER IS MUCH AS WE NEED THAT UTILITY MODELING ABILITY, SO THAT'S WHY.
>> THE MONEY GOES TO THE GRADUATE ENGINEER. WE FUNDED SO MANY POSITIONS. WHY DO WE MOVE POSITIONS AROUND? MONEY. THERE SHOULD BE A HUGE SURPLUS OF MONEY, MAYBE WHEN WE HIRE THIS PERSON IT COSTS A LITTLE BIT MORE THAN WE THOUGHT BUT -- INAUDIBLE ] IF YOU DECIDED YOU DIDN'T NEED A GRADUATE ENGINEER AND MODELING ENGINEER, I THINK WE WOULD'VE BEEN TOLD SOME SORT OF COMMUNICATION SAYING WE ARE GOING TO MAKE A CHANGE. WE DON'T NEED A ENGINEER WE ARE GOING TO A DIFFERENT ONE AND WE NEED AN EXTRA 15,000 AND WERE GOING TO HIRE THEM OUT AREA IT INSTEAD, AND IF I REMEMBER RIGHT, OUR SER'S, WE HAD A CONTRACT TO HANDLE THOSE. WE APPROVED A COMPANY TO DO A PLAN. I HAVE NO PROBLEM BRINGING IT IN, I'M JUST TRYING TO UNDERSTAND, WHERE DID THE MONEY GO THAT WE -- $750,000
FOR THREE EMPLOYEES. >> THERE'S A COUPLE THINGS AND I WILL LET AND SPEAK TO WHERE ALL THE MONEY WENT BECAUSE I
DON'T HAVE THAT >> TO SAY THE BUDGET WENT OVER
AND THE CAUSES AND I'M DONE. >> THERE'S A COUPLE THINGS. WE DID DO A THIRD ALREADY CONTRACT. THE UTILITY MODELER
[04:00:01]
THAT I TALKED ABOUT WOULD ELIMINATE THOSE CONTRACTS. WE WOULD BRING THAT IN-HOUSE. WE WOULD BE RELYING ON THIRD PARTIES. THE PLAN DEVELOPMENT ENGINEER IS JUST BECAUSE, WITH ME TRYING TO HELP WITH CIP AND HELP WITH PLAN REVIEW AND I HAVEN'T EVEN GOTTEN TO FLOOD PLANE ADMINISTRATIVE STUFF BECAUSE BY ORDINANCE, THAT IS MY JOB AS WELL. I HAVEN'T TOUCHED THAT, SO I NEED SOMEBODY TO HELP TAKE PART OF THAT LAND DEVELOPMENT REVIEW HAT OFF SO I CAN PUT THE FLOOD PLANE MANAGEMENT HAD ON AND THAT'S WHY I NEED THOSE SPECIFIC PEOPLE AND AS -- YES, WE WERE CONTINUING TO PAY GARBER BUT WHEN I GOT HERE WE HAD A THIRD PARTY PLAN FOR CONTRACT REVIEW AND WE ELIMINATED THAT. IN REALITY THE CITY WAS PAYING -- THE CITY HAD BUDGETED -- I REALIZE WHEN I LOOK THROUGH YOUR HISTORY, YOU ARE SPENDING MORE THAN WHAT WAS BUDGETED BUT YOUR BUDGET WAS OVER $1 MILLION FOR THIRD PARTIES TO DO YOUR CITY ENGINEERING AND YOUR PLANREVIEW. >> I'M SO GLAD YOU ARE HEARING
THIS. >> WE CUT ENGINEERING ABOUT
36%. >> THE PROBLEM IS, BACK WHEN WE APPROVED THIS, I MAY HAVE PITCHED A FIT THEN THAT WE ARE SPENDING WAY TOO MUCH ON GARBER, THEY ARE RIPPING US OFF AND EVERYTHING ELSE AND WE KEPT BRINGING IT AROUND. I SAT HERE ALL DAY SAYING I CAN'T BELIEVE THEY ARE STILL HERE. WHY ARE THEY STILL COMING UP AND I SAID THEN, IF WE GO OVER BUDGET, IT'S GOING TO BE A PROBLEM. NOPE. WE ARE GOING TO BE ABLE TO GET THESE FIVE PEOPLE AND EVERYTHING IS GOING TO GO GREAT AND WERE GOING TO CUT IT AND I COME IN HERE WITH THESE GARBER PEOPLE HANGING AROUND AND IT'S LIKE NOBODY HANGS AROUND FOR FREE. I'M HAPPY YOU ARE HERE BECAUSE I HAVE HEARD FROM PEOPLE THAT YOU ARE A LITTLE TIGHT WITH THE DOLLAR WHICH IS GREAT. WHAT I'M MAKING A STINK OF IS I KNEW BACK IN FEBRUARY WE ARE GOING TO BE AT THIS SPOT AND WERE TRYING TO MOVE IT AROUND TO WHERE EVERYTHING TURNED OUT OKAY AND IT DIDN'T END BEFORE YOU GOT HERE I DON'T THINK WE WERE MANAGING THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT CORRECTLY AND WE WERE WAY OVER SPENDING AND GETTING NOTHING FOR OUR MONEY AND I'M GLAD WE FINALLY FIGURED IT OUT BUT, GOING FORWARD, WE'VE GOT TO MAKE SURE THERE'S SOME KIND OF ACCOUNTABILITY BECAUSE WHEN I SAW 1 MILLION 250, I WAS LIKE HOW ARE WE SPENDING THAT KIND OF MONEY? AND I THINK GARBER MAKES $750,000 OR SOMETHING AND THEY MADE 750 GRAND OFF THE TAXPAYERS. WE COULD HIRE THREE
OR FOUR PEOPLE FOR THAT. >> TO YOUR QUESTION, MAYOR, AND I DO WANT TO SEPARATE THE TWO BECAUSE THEY ARE TWO DIFFERENT THINGS IN MY MIND, THE MONEY DIDN'T GO ANYWHERE. SO, IT'S NOT LIKE I SHIFTED IT SOMEWHERE ELSE OR IT GOT SPENT SOMEWHERE ELSE. WHAT HAPPENED WAS, WHENEVER WE STARTED ADDING UP THE SALARIES FOR THE POSITIONS AND THE BENEFIT COSTS, WE WERE GOING TO REACH THE BUDGET LIMIT OF 750. NOT DOLLAR LIMIT, BECAUSE I ONLY HAVE THOSE POSITIONS FILLED PART OF THE YEAR AND MY COMMITMENT TO THE COUNCIL WAS NOT TO GO ABOVE THE 750 BUDGET. THAT IS WHY I STOPPED. IT WAS UP TO FIVE FTES OR 750 BECAUSE WE DON'T KNOW HOW MUCH THINGS ARE GOING TO COST. THAT'S WHAT THE CONVERSATION WAS THAT I RECALL.
WE STARTED HIRING AND FIGURING OUT WHAT THE MARKET ACTUALLY WAS. WE FILLED THE POSITIONS THAT WE COULD FILL AND ONCE I GOT TO THE POINT WHERE MY BUDGETED AMOUNT WOULD BE OVER 750 WHEN IT RECURRED FOR AN ENTIRE YEAR, I STOPPED ANY NEW POSITIONS AND TOLD THEM AND DIRECTED THEM THAT IF YOU STILL WANT OR NEED A NEW POSITIONS, NOW YOU ARE GOING TO HAVE TO REQUESTED IN THE BUDGET PROCESS WHICH IS WHERE WE ARE.
>> I FEEL LIKE, YEAH, IT HASN'T BEEN SMOOTH AS SILK AND VERY CLEARCUT GOING FROM ALL THE CONTRACT ENGINEERING THAT WE WERE TAKING ON TO IN-HOUSE, BUT THE KEY TAKE AWAY IS THAT THE ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT IS NOW IN-HOUSE AND SO, THAT CAME ON SECOND QUARTER OF THIS CURRENT YEAR AND HE WORKED WITH WHAT HE HAD AND, CITY MANAGER EARP WAS OUR NEW CITY MANAGER AND SO, OF COURSE, SOMETIMES IT DOESN'T MAKE SENSE. IT DOESN'T MAKE SENSE, I GUESS. BUT THAT'S WHY WE ARE AT THIS POINT BECAUSE THE NEWS STARTING POINT IN-HOUSE WITH THE NEW BUDGET THAT MATT IS TAKING ON AND HEADING AND SPEARHEADING, HE KNOWS WHAT HE NEEDS AND THAT IS WHERE IT'S LIKE A FRESH, BLANK
SHEET OF PAPER. >> BUMPS AND BRUISES TO GO
ALONG THE WAY. >> THE WAY I LOOK AT IT IS, THEY WERE -- HE DIDN'T WANT TO EXCEED THE 750. THEY ARE COMING
[04:05:01]
IN IT 830, 867 WITH THE NEW POSITIONS NOW FOR THE TOTAL BUDGET FOR THE DEPARTMENT. WE ARE WAY UNDER ANYTHING WE'VE EVER SPENT BEFORE. WE ARE BRINGING EVERYTHING IN HOUSE.THIS ISN'T EXCESSIVE GROWTH OR ANYTHING. THIS IS NEEDED. I
HAVE NO ISSUES WITH THIS ONE. >> YOU ASK WHERE DID THE MONEY GO. THE BUDGET FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES FOR ENGINEERING FOR THIS YEAR IS SHOWN IN YOUR JULY FINANCIAL REPORT AS ONE .1 MILLION. OF THAT 700,000 HAS BEEN SPENT TO DATE. 400,000 IS UNSPENT AS OF TODAY. SO, THE MONEY DIDN'T GO ANYWHERE. IT DIDN'T GO TO GARBER. IT'S STILL SITTING IN BUDGET AND AT THE END OF THE YEAR AT THE UNSPENT AMOUNT WILL GO BACK
INTO YOUR FUND BALANCE. >> SO WHY ARE WE NOT HIRING THE POSITIONS WE ALREADY APPROVED TO HIRE SO THAT THIS MAN DOESN'T GET BURNED OUT WORKING? THAT'S WHAT I'M GETTING AT. I HAVE A WHOLE EMAIL HERE SENT ON FEBRUARY 6. ALL THE POSITIONS.
OVER A FISCAL POLICY OF 750,000.
>> WE ARE PLAYING WITH WORDS. THERE'S EITHER MONEY IN THE BUDGET TO HIRE THE PEOPLE DASHING
>> UP TO 750 AND HE HIRED THREE PEOPLE WITH ALL THE BENEFITS AND STUFF. HE JUST SAID IF THEY HAD HIRED A FOURTH PERSON THEY WOULD'VE GONE TO 780 FOR THE YEAR.
>> I KNOW WHAT HE'S SAYING. I'M TELLING YOU WHAT HE'S SAYING IS DIFFERENT FROM WHAT HE SAID IN FEBRUARY. YOU ARE MISSING THE
POINT. >> HE'S LEARNED MORE SINCE
FEBRUARY. >> YOU CAN'T MAKE STATEMENTS ABOUT WHAT YOU'RE GOING TO DO IF WE HIRE EVERYONE AT THE MAXIMUM BAND OF THOSE SALARIES, 630,000, ALREADY AUTHORIZED CITY ENGINEER AT 180 AND HE GOES THROUGH HOW HE'S GOING TO DO ALL OF THIS. IT'S LIKE WE APPROVED IT AND IT GOT THROWN OUT OF THE DOOR THE NEXT WEEK AND WE WENT WITH A DIFFERENT PLAN AND MY ISSUE IS, WHEN WE WERE DOING THIS, IF YOU SAY YOU ARE GOING TO HIRE FOUR PEOPLE, WE HIRE FOUR PEOPLE. IF WE CAN'T HIRE THE FOUR, SOMEONE NEEDS TO TELL US THAT SOME STUFF CHANGED AND WE HAVE AN EXTRA AMOUNT IN OUR CONSULTANT FUND AND WE WOULD LIKE TO MOVE THAT OVER BECAUSE WE NEED ENGINEER PEOPLE AND INSTEAD WERE HAVING DELAYS ON THINGS AND NOW WERE WAITING UNTIL OCTOBER 1ST TO DO SO WHEN IN MY MIND WE SHOULD'VE DONE IT IN MAY BECAUSE YOU'RE SAYING THE MONEY IS THERE IT'S JUST IN THE WRONG LINE ITEM. SO, WHY ARE WE NOT MOVING IT AROUND. WHY ARE WE WAITING?
>> I'M GOING TO SAY, THANK YOU FOR WAITING TO SEE WHAT WAS GOING TO ACTUALLY WORK, GETTING YOUR EMPLOYEES IN PLACE TO FIGURE OUT WHAT YOUR NEXT STEP WAS. THAT WAS A SMART MOVE.
>> AS FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBLE EMPLOYEES, THE CITY STAFF DOES NOT SPEND MONEY JUST BECAUSE IT IS IN THE BUDGET. THEY SPEND MONEY BECAUSE IT MAKES SENSE, THERE IS A NEED TO. THEY JUSTIFY THE NEED, AND THEY SPEND IT. SO, I THINK WHAT'S MISSING HERE, I THINK THERE WAS A COMMUNICATION STEP THAT WAS PROBABLY MISSED AND, I PROBABLY SHOULD HAVE COME BACK TO COUNSEL WITH SOME KIND OF A REPORT THAT SHOWED THOSE FIVE POSITIONS AND SHOWED THE DOLLAR AMOUNTS AND SHOWED WHAT WAS BEING HIRED AND WHAT WAS NOT BEING HIRED. SO I APOLOGIZE FOR NOT COMING BACK WITH A REPORT ON THAT SPECIFIC ITEM AND I WILL GET A REPORT TO YOU WITHIN THE NEXT WEEK. AS TO THE DIAGRAM OUT OF WHAT OCCURRED FOR THAT ITEM.
>> I DON'T THINK THIS IS A YOU THING. I THINK IT'S COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE CITY COUNCIL AND CITY MANAGER. IT'S LIKE THE SIDEWALK WE APPROVED TO BE ON THE EAST SIDE AND THEN YOU COME OUT THERE AND IT'S BUILT ON THE WEST SIDE AND I'M LIKE WHY EVEN BOTHER COMING TO THIS IF YOU'RE GOING TO DO SOMETHING COMPLETELY DIFFERENT? WE APPROVED IT TO BE ON THE EAST SIDE. I FULLY EXPECT, LIKE I TELL EVERYBODY, IT'S HERE. IF WE SAY WERE GOING TO APPROVE CERTAIN POSITIONS, I JUST EXPECT THAT. IF MATT COMES IN AND SAYS THERE'S A BETTER WAY OF DOING THIS, IT WOULD BE HELPFUL TO COME TO COUNSEL AND COMMUNICATED AND SAY THERE'S A BETTER WAY OF DOING THIS. WE'VE GOT MATT HERE AND HE'S GOT A WHOLE DIFFERENT IDEA. INSTEAD WE ARE WAITING AND IT'S LIKE THE LAYING DOWN AT COTTONWOOD.
WE JUST WAIT AND NOW WE ARE SAYING WE NEED THESE TWO POSITIONS BUT THESE POSITIONS AREN'T ADDING BANDWIDTH CAPABILITY. FROM WHAT I UNDERSTAND, THEY ARE REPLACING CONSULTANTS THAT WE ARE USING. WE DON'T HAVE A CONSULTANT
REVIEWING PLANS RIGHT NOW? >> NO SIR. I'M DOING THAT. I STOPPED USING THE CONSULTANT IN APRIL. I STOPPED USING GARVER IN MARCH. IN MARCH AND APRIL I EFFECTIVELY ELIMINATED YOUR
[04:10:04]
$1.1 MILLION CONTRACTS. AND THAT WAS BEFORE WE HIREDANYBODY. >> THEN WHY ARE WE WAITING? WHY MAKE HIM WAIT FOUR MONTHS? WHY NOT GO AHEAD AND SAY THIS IS A
MONEY-SAVING THING? >> THE FIRST THING WE DID WAS, JAMES ASKED ME, WHAT IS YOUR NUMBER ONE PRIORITY? AND I SAID I NEED SOMEBODY TO HELP ME HANDLE ALL THESE PROJECTS SO THAT I CAN FOCUS MORE OF MY ATTENTION ON LAND DEVELOPMENT AND THAT'S WHAT WE DID. WE WENT OUT AND HIRED A CIP ENGINEER AND I WILL JUST SAY IT. IT'S HARD TO HIRE ENGINEERS RIGHT NOW. IT TOOK US A WHILE TO GET A CIP ENGINEER AND THE SECOND THING I SAID I NEEDED WAS AN AD AND ASSISTANT AND WE ARE STILL TRYING TO HIRE THAT POSITION BUT IT'S NOT JUST AN ADMIN ASSISTANT BECAUSE THAT'S NOT THAT HARD TO FIND. THERE ARE A LOT OF PEOPLE OUT THERE BUT WHAT I'M LOOKING FOR SOMEBODY WITH AN ENGINEERING UNDERSTANDING BECAUSE I NEED SOMEBODY WHO CAN SPEAK ENGINEER WHEN I GET ALL THESE PHONE CALLS AND CONTRACTORS AND INVOICES AND OTHERWISE I AM HAVING TO TAKE MY TIME TO TALK SOMEBODY THROUGH HOW TO PROCESS AN INVOICE BECAUSE THEY DON'T UNDERSTAND WHAT AN ENGINEER IS TALKING ABOUT. WE ARE STILL TRYING TO FIND THAT PERSON AND THEN THE LAND DEVELOPMENT ENGINEER, I PUSH THAT BACK BECAUSE IF I CAN GET SOMEBODY TO HELP ME WITH THE ADMIN AND THE CIP, I WILL TAKE CARE OF LAND DEVELOPMENT SO I CAN GET THAT FLOWING WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT OBVIOUSLY AT SOME POINT IT'S TOO MUCH FOR ONE PERSON TO HANDLE BY THEM SELF SO WE WOULD BRING THAT OTHER PERSON ON. SO OF THE FIVE POSITIONS THAT ARE IN THAT LIST, WE'VE GOT THE CITY ENGINEER, WE'VE GOT THE CIP ENGINEER, THE ADMIN ASSISTANT WE'VE BEEN TRYING TO HIRE AND THE ONLY ONE WE'VE BEEN HOLDING UP ON AND WE ARE TRYING TO GET IT IS THE LAND DEVELOPMENT AND THE GRADUATE ENGINEER I SAID WAIT. IF I HAVE TO PRIORITIZE SOMEBODY, BECAUSE COUNSEL SAID BACK WHEN WE WERE AWARDING THE CONTRACT, IT MIGHT'VE BEEN COUNCILMEMBER KOLAR SAID CAN WE DO THIS IN-HOUSE, THE SCR'S AND THE WATER MODELS AND I SAID NOT RIGHT NOW, I CAN'T. I DON'T HAVE THE BANDWIDTH. BUT IF I GOT THIS OTHER PERSON WITH THE TEAM OF FIVE, I CAN GET ALL THE STUFF DONE THAT COUNSEL IS ASKING ME TO DO.
>> SO TO FLIP THIS ON ITS HEAD, THERE WAS PROFESSIONAL SERVICES ITEM FOR 1.2 MILLION, IS THAT CORRECT? OR WAS IT 1.1? SO, IF THAT MONEY WOULD HAVE BEEN EXPENDED, THEN MAYBE YOUR APPROACH WOULD HAVE BEEN, HEY, YOU MADE THIS AGREEMENT TO STAY AT 750 AND YOU WENT OVER AND SPENT THE 1.1 MILLION. SO, WHEN IS IT GOING TO MAKE YOU HAPPY? RIGHT?
>> IT WILL MAKE ME HAPPY WHEN WE GET COMMUNICATED --
>> WITH THE NARRATIVE BECAUSE IT'S OUT RAGES.
>> IT'S WHEN WE GET COMMUNICATED WITH A PLAN.
THAT'S THE PLAN WE ARE GOING WITH. WE DON'T APPROVE A PLAN AND THEN CHANGE IT AND THEN SIX MONTHS LATER, WE DECIDE WE DON'T NEED SOME OF THESE POSITIONS WE SAID. I'M COMPLETELY OKAY WITH EVERYTHING HE'S SAYING. WHAT I'M NOT OKAY WITH IS MATT IS WORKING MORE THAN 40 HOURS A WEEK TAKING ON RESPONSIBILITIES AND WE ARE WAITING UNTIL OCTOBER 1ST TO FUND THE POSITION. I'M SAYING IF YOU'VE ALREADY GOT THE MONEY
WE SHOULD BE DOING IT. >> MAYBE HE DOESN'T WANT TO HIRE ANYBODY JUST TO HIRE THEM. HE WOULD RATHER DO THE HARD WORK AND GRIND IT OUT WAITING FOR A GOOD PERSON TO JOIN HIS
TERRY AND TEAM . >> THIS IS MORE ABOUT ME THAN ANYTHING ELSE SO LET ME JUST SAY IT THIS WAY. YOU GUYS SET POLICY AND DIRECTION AND I GO AND IMPLEMENT HOW THINGS WORK.
WHENEVER I PRESENT TO YOU THAT I AM GOING TO HIRE UP TO FIVE FTES, HERE IS HOW I SEE THEM PLAYING OUT. HERE'S HOW I GOT TO $750,000. THAT IS A GUIDELINE. IT IS A GOAL. IT IS WHAT WE ARE TRYING TO ACCOMPLISH. THEN, THE ACTUAL IMPLEMENTATION HAPPENS AND MANY TIMES THERE IS DEVIATION AND I KNOW THAT IS THE BUDGET OVERALL. THAT'S HOW THE BUDGET OVERALL WORKS. NO ONE IN THIS ROOM KNOWS EXACTLY WHAT SOMETHING IS GOING TO COST US A YEAR FROM NOW. WE THINK WE KNOW. WE HAVE GUESSES. SO I COMMITTED TO THIS COUNSEL FROM MY PERSPECTIVE TO HIRE UP TO FIVE FTES TO SUPPORT THE CITY ENGINEER. NOT TO EXCEED $750,000 BUDGET AND THAT'S EXACTLY WHAT I DID AND WHENEVER THERE'S A NEED TO DEVIATE FROM THAT, THAT'S WHAT WE ARE DOING RIGHT NOW BY PROPOSING IN THE BUDGET NEW EXPENDITURES, EXCEEDING THE 750 TOTAL. THAT IS THE WAY -- TO ME, THAT IS CONSERVATIVE FISCAL MANAGEMENT.
NOT SAYING I HIT THE 750, I STILL NEED TWO MORE FTES. I'VE GOT SOME SAVINGS OVER HERE, COUNSEL GIVE ME TWO MORE AND IN MAY OR JUNE OR WHENEVER WE ARE JUST ABOUT TO START THE BUDGET
[04:15:06]
PROCESS. I WILL TRY TO GET BETTER ABOUT COMMUNICATING THESE THINGS BUT TO A CERTAIN DEGREE I VIEW THESE AS WHAT I BELIEVE TO BE THE MANAGERIAL PREROGATIVE AND TRYING TO ABIDE BY CONSERVATIVE FISCAL RESPONSIBILITY AND IF I'M WRONG ABOUT THAT I JUST NEED TO GET THE FEEDBACK SO I CAN ADJUST MYBEHAVIOR MORE. >> WHEN IT COMES TO
ENGINEERING, SPEND. >> I THINK SOME OF US ARE OKAY WITH THAT APPROACH. SOME AREN'T. I'M TOTALLY FINE WITH EXACTLY HOW YOU JUST DESCRIBED IT AND IMPLEMENTED IT BECAUSE I REMEMBER SAYING THE APPROVAL WAS UP TO. WE DIDN'T EXPECT FIVE. I EXPECT UP TO FIVE. SO, FOR ME, WHEN YOU IMPLEMENTED THAT, I DON'T EXPECT YOU TO COME BACK AND TELL US EVERY LITTLE NUANCE AND CHANGE THAT YOU ARE DOING BECAUSE, LIKE YOU SAID, I SEE OUR ROLE AS SETTING THE VISION AND SETTING THE GOALS AND WE GIVE THE WHY AND THE WHAT WE WANT AND THEN YOU FIGURE OUT THE HOW. SO, FOR ME, I'M TOTALLY FINE WITH EXACTLY
HOW YOU IMPLEMENTED IT. >> I THINK YOU SAID IT EARLIER WHEN YOU SAID IT'S BECAUSE THEY DIDN'T TELL YOU BECAUSE YOU WEREN'T ENROLLED IN CONTROL. YOU'VE GOT TO BE IN CONTROL OF
IT. >> WHY GIVE US ANY POSITION TITLES? BECAUSE, POTENTIALLY WE COULD BE TOLD WE'RE GOING TO HIRE 30 NEW POSITIONS AND GET THE TITLES BUT THERE'S NO GUARANTEE WERE GETTING ANY OF THOSE POSITIONS. THEY COULD BE
30 DIFFERENT POSITIONS. >> I DON'T SEE THAT AS THE SAME THING. WE SAID HIRE UP TO FIVE AND HERE IS YOUR MAX LIMIT. UP
TO FIVE. UP TO. >> SOME OF THE PEOPLE HE WAS GOING TO HIRE WE DON'T EVEN HAVE IN THE BUDGET.
>> YEAH BUT HE WAS LIKE I WANT TO RECAST IT AND I'M GOING TO WAIT TILL THE NEXT BUDGET CYCLE WHICH IS APPROPRIATE TO SAY THIS IS WHAT I WANT FROM MY BUDGET FOR MY NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES FOR THIS NEXT YEAR AND HE WANTS TO BE AT FIVE TOTAL PEOPLE WHICH IS WHAT WE SAID IN FEBRUARY. HE HASN'T DEVIATED FROM THAT. THIS IS THE NAMES OF THOSE FIVE PEOPLE. NOW THAT I HAVE FULLY INGRAINED IN THE CITY AND I'VE BEEN DOING THE JOB FOR SIX MONTHS AND IT'S COMING IN THE BUDGET PROCESS.
FOR EXAMPLE IF I GET A -- TO HIRE SOMEBODY AND I DON'T DO IT IN THAT BUDGET CYCLE IT GOES AWAY AND HAVE TO GET A NEW ONE.
AND I GO HEY, I DON'T NEED A SYSTEMS ENGINEER, I NEED A PROGRAMMING ENGINEER, SO THAT I PUT IN FOR THE BUDGET THAT I NEED A NEW PROGRAMMING ENGINEER AND I DIDN'T ALREADY HIRE THAT OTHER PERSON AND THAT'S FINE AND I'M STILL AT FIVE PEOPLE IN MY BUSINESS GROUP. THAT HAPPENS ALL THE TIME. I HAVE NO PROBLEM WITH HOW THIS WENT DOWN AND UNLESS SOMEONE IS GOING TO MAKE A MOTION TO REMOVE A POSITION, WE NEED TO VOTE TO APPROVE THE
DEPARTMENT. >> FROM WHERE WE ARE NOW, GOING FORWARD, ASSUMING WE VOTE TO APPROVE ALL THESE POSITIONS WHAT I WOULD LIKE TO SEE HAPPEN IS NOT TO FORCE IT TO WAIT UNTIL OCTOBER 1ST IF YOU CAN START GETTING IN OF THOSE GOING BECAUSE IT SOUNDS LIKE WE HAVE ENOUGH MONEY THAT WE COULD.
>> I'VE ALREADY GIVEN DIRECTION TO HR FOR ALL THE POSITIONS I LISTED TO START IN OCTOBER FOR THEM TO POST THOSE POSITIONS IN SEPTEMBER AND OF COUNSEL WERE TO REMOVE THE POSITIONS WE WOULD TAKE THE POSTINGS DOWN. BUT I MEAN -- THESE POSITIONS RIGHT HERE, THIS ONE IS OPEN FOR RECRUITMENT RIGHT NOW ISN'T
IT? >> WE ARE TRYING TO RECRUIT IT RIGHT NOW BUT I CAN'T, IN GOOD CONSCIENCE FAIL IT AND VIOLATE THE 750 WITHOUT EVERYONE BEING ON THE SAME PAGE AND BECAUSE IT GOT TO THE SAME POINT OF IT BEING BUDGETED, IT JUST MADE
SENSE. >> I UNDERSTAND THAT. I'M JUST SAYING FROM THIS POINT FORWARD IF YOU COME BACK TO US WITH AN AMENDMENT BECAUSE WE FOUND SOMEBODY IN SEPTEMBER AND WE WANTED TO GET GOING ON IT, I'M IN FAVOR OF IT.
>> UNDERSTOOD. >> I THINK THAT'S ALL I'M TRYING TO SAY. I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S THE WAY I SAY IT.
PROBABLY. THAT'S ALL I'M SAYING. I DON'T WANT TO SEE IS WAITING TO DO THINGS. I'M NOT SAYING YOU HELD IT TO 750 AND THAT'S THE CAP FOREVER AND WERE SITTING AROUND WAITING TILL OCTOBER SO YOU CAN HIRE THIS POSITION. MEANWHILE, AND SAYS 400 GRAND UNSPENT . YOU ARE GOING TO TERMINATE IN MARCH.
ALL I'M PROPOSING TO THE COUNSEL IS, LET'S GO HIRE THE NEXT PERSON. DON'T WAIT UNTIL OCTOBER BECAUSE PEOPLE ARE DOING WORK THEY SHOULDN'T BE DOING.
>> IF WE HAVE A QUALITY CANDIDATE, WE DEFINITELY WOULD.
750 AND THAT'S NOT THE THING. POSITIONS. APPROVED POSITIONS AND THEY CHANGE AND I UNDERSTAND WHAT COUNCILMAN CLARK IS SAYING BUT HE COULD GET IN TROUBLE IF HE TOLD FIVE PEOPLE AND HE HIRED FOUR AND SPENT ALL THE MONEY OR SOMETHING DIDN'T HAPPEN AND THINGS STARTED GETTING BEHIND AND HE SAID WHY DIDN'T YOU TELL ME THERE WAS A CHANGE THEY WOULD PROBABLY SAY, LOOK, MAN, WE GOT TO GO. LET'S MAKE THE
[04:20:02]
CHANGE. THAT'S ALL I'M LOOKING FOR. WHATEVER WE GOT TO DO. I DON'T HAVE ANY PROBLEM WITH WHAT'S IN THE BUDGET.>> THANK YOU, MATT. >> ANYTHING ELSE? PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
>> MOTION PASSES, 7-0. NEXT WE HAVE FACILITIES MAINTENANCE.
>> I MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE FACILITIES MAINTENANCE AS
>> MOTION BY COUNCILMEMBER CLARK. SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER GORDON. ANY DISCUSSION ON THIS BUDGET? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
>> MOTION PASSES, 7-0. NEXT DEPARTMENT.
>> MOTION TO APPROVE FINANCE AS PRESENTED.
>> MOTION BY COUNCILMEMBER KOLAR. SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER
GORDON. >> WHAT DO WE NEED TO GIVE YOU THAT WERE NOT GIVING? LAST YEAR WE ASKED THAT QUESTION. WE GAVE A BUDGET AND WE FOUND OUT SHORTLY AFTER THAT WERE OPERATING OFF -- IS THERE ANYTHING SOFTWARE WISE, THINGS THAT ARE GOING TO MAKE THIS HAPPEN WHERE WE CAN GET BUDGETS ON TIME. WE CAN HIT OUR AUDIT ON TIME.
>> YOU DID APPROVE THE SOFTWARE. I HOPE YOU LIKE IT,
BY THE WAY. >> WHEN WE GET ACCESS.
>> JAMES ASKED ME. I WANT YOU TO PLAN OUT THIS DEPARTMENT THE WAY THAT YOU NEED IT AND THE WAY THAT YOU ENVISION IT AND THE WAY THAT YOU WOULD RUN IT. AND I DID AND I SENT IN MY PICTURE AND IT INCLUDED TWO ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTANTS AND IT INCLUDED ONE ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL ANALYST AND, THEN, JAMES SAID, I KNOW YOU NEED THOSE PEOPLE, BUT YOU ALSO KNOW WHAT OUR RESTRAINTS ARE, BUDGET WISE. AND HE SAID, IN GOOD CONSCIENCE, I CAN'T APPROVE THE FINANCIAL ANALYST. I CAN'T APPROVE TWO ACCOUNTANTS, BUT HE DID PUT IN ONE NEW POSITION FOR ONE NEW ACCOUNTANT. WHAT THAT WILL GET YOU IS MORE TRANSPARENCY. CURRENTLY WE DON'T HAVE THE TRANSPARENCY STARS FROM THE STATE COMPTROLLER. CURRENTLY WE ARE NOT RECONCILING THE BALANCE SHEET. WE ARE FOUR MONTHS BEHIND. WHEN I CAME, WE WERE A WHOLE YEAR BEHIND ON BANK RECONCILIATIONS. FROM THIS DAIS, YOU HAVE TOLD ME THERE IS SOMETHING WITH SOME BONDS. SOME OLD BOND ISSUES. THERE IS A BOND ACCOUNT THAT NEEDS TO BE RECONCILED. THAT IS ON MY LIST OF TO DO ITEMS. WE HAVE AN ARBITRAGE AUDIT CURRENTLY GOING ON AND I NEED TO MAKE SURE THAT WE DON'T HIT ANY THRESHOLD.
SINCE I'VE BEEN HERE, THERE'VE BEEN TWO BOND ISSUES. WE NEED MORE PEOPLE IN FINANCE AND I MADE THAT POINT TO JAMES AND I WOULD THANK YOU FOR -- I HOPE YOU WILL APPROVE THE ONE THAT IS IN THERE AND IF YOU HAVE ANY MORE MONEY AVAILABLE I WOULD
LOVE MORE PEOPLE. >> SO, OCTOBER 1ST. WHAT DOES
THAT MEAN FOR YOU? >> IT'S JUST ANOTHER DAY ON THE
CALENDAR. HAPPY NEW YEAR. >> I KNOW THAT ORIGINALLY IT WAS CONTRACT TEMPORARY AND THINGS OF THAT SORT. MAYBE THAT'S JUST DIVING INTO DEEP. BUT I GUESS I NEED TO
UNDERSTAND. >> WHEN I STARTED THE YEAR, JANUARY 17TH, I DID SAY I WOULD NOT STAY LONGER THAN A YEAR. SO
[04:25:01]
JANUARY 16TH, IS MY RETIREMENT DATE AND I TOLD MY FAMILY I AM RETIRING JANUARY THE 16TH. I AM HAPPY TO STAY UNTIL JANUARY 16TH OR ANY DATE PRIOR TO THAT IF YOU HAPPEN TO FIND ANOTHER FINANCE DIRECTOR. I KNOW IRENE IS WORKING ON THE BROCHURE TO POST FOR THE FINANCE DIRECTOR. YOU ALREADY HAVE A CONTRACT WITH SDR RESOURCES AND SO, THAT WILL BE POSTED WITHIN THE NEXT MONTH . YOU REALLY DON'T WANT TO GO OUT FOR A FINANCE DIRECTOR DURING BUDGET SEASON BECAUSE IF THEY ARE LOYAL TO THEIR EMPLOYER, THEY ARE NOT GOING TO APPLY FOR YOUR POSITION. THE RIGHT TIME TO POST IS IN THE SEPTEMBER TIMEFRAME AND THEN RECEIVE RESUMES IN OCTOBER AND THEN IN NOVEMBER WE WOULD INTERVIEW AND THEN HIGHER IN DECEMBER AND THEY MAY BE HERE IN DECEMBER AND MAY BE HERE IN JANUARY BUT I THINK THAT IS THE CURRENT LAND.>> IT'S THE CURRENT PLAN UNLESS THERE ARE CURRENT EMPLOYERS YEAR AND COMPLICATES IT AND WE HAVE TO PUSH TO JANUARY BUT.
>> THE ONE THING I WOULD SAY IS I THINK WE DO ONE NOW AND GET IN A DIRECTOR OF FINANCE. OBVIOUSLY WE SHOULD BE COGNIZANT AS A COUNSEL THAT WE AMEND THE BUDGET AMENDMENT TO ADD ANOTHER FTE FOR ACCOUNTING BASED ON THAT DIRECTOR SAY HOW THEY WANT TO RUN THE DEPARTMENT BECAUSE NO ONE IS GOING TO RUN IT EXACTLY THE WAY THAT YOU DID AND YOU EVEN ADMIT THERE NEEDS TO BE MORE ACCOUNTANTS AND I WOULD ASSUME THAT OTHER PERSON WOULD EXPECT THAT AS WELL AND IF I WAS INTERVIEWING A PERSON AND THEY ARE A COMPETENT PERSON, SEEING THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT AND THE SCOPE OF THE WORK, THAT WOULD BE ONE OF THE FIRST QUESTIONS I ASK IN THE INTERVIEW IS WHAT IS YOUR PLAN FOR THIS DEPARTMENT BECAUSE THERE IS SOME DEPARTMENTS THAT KNOW WHERE THEY ARE AND THIS IS WHAT I THINK NEEDS TO GROW.
ANYWAY. THAT'S THE ONE THING I WANT TO BRING UP TO THE COUNCIL, IN GENERAL. THAT THERE MAY BE A NEED TO START LOOKING.
TIME AND I HAD THE IDEA THAT THE AUDITOR WOULD BE HIRED BY THE COUNCIL AND COULD BE TERMINATED WITHOUT A SUPER MAJORITY AND THE IDEA WAS THAT THE AUDITOR WOULD DO EVERYTHING TO WHERE WE DON'T HAVE TO DO ANYTHING AND THEY WOULD JUST PICK APART EVERYBODY'S EXPENSE REPORTS AND EVERYTHING. THE CITY -- TALKED US OUT OF IT AT THE TIME. HE SAID HE HAD THIS
IDEA FOR AN AUDIT COMMITTEE. >> YOU WOULD BE PERFECT FOR
THAT JOB. >> IS GOT TO BE SOMEBODY WHO'S NOT AFRAID TO BE HATED. I FEEL LIKE MONEY IS SAVED BY HAVING A STRONG AUDITOR BECAUSE I FEEL LIKE PEOPLE EITHER SPEND MONEY DIFFERENTLY, THEY JUST SPEND MONEY DIFFERENTLY, THEY ARE MORE COGNIZANT OF WHAT THEY ASK FOR BECAUSE THEY ARE ALWAYS AFRAID THE AUDITOR IS GOING TO REPORT TO THE CITY COUNCIL MISSPENDING OR WHATEVER. SO PEOPLE BEHAVE DIFFERENTLY WHEREAS NOW WE REALLY DON'T HAVE THAT AS MUCH. YOU BROUGHT SOME OF THAT BECAUSE I KNOW YOU'VE GOT IT TOUGH WITH SOME OF THE GROUPS OUT THERE THAT THEY DIDN'T HAVE THE RIGHT PAPERWORK SO I APPRECIATE THAT BUT I COULD SEE US -- I THINK WE NEED TO BE LOOKING AT HAVING AN AUDITOR. I LIKE WHAT YOU SAID EXCEPT FOR I WOULD ADD A SECOND ACCOUNTANT. YOU DON'T HAVE TO HIRE HIM RIGHT NOW BUT THAT WAY WHEN THE CFO IS HIRED AND THEY ASKED THAT QUESTION, WE ARE COMMITTED AREA THERE ARE SOME PEOPLE ON THE COUNCIL AT THE EXTREME END OF THE PUBLIC WHO ARE EXTREMELY PARTICULAR ABOUT THE FINANCES AND SO, THE BEST WAY TO SHOW THAT YOU ARE SERIOUS ABOUT THAT IS TO REQUEST TRANSPARENCY AND ALSO ADD THE FINANCIAL ANALYST IN BECAUSE THERE'S A LOT OF THINGS THAT CAN WAIT, BUT I DON'T THINK IT SEEMS LIKE -- I DON'T KNOW. WE WILL HAVE TO FIND OUT LATER IF IT GOT APPROVED I WOULD ADD THE ACCOUNTANT AND WHEN I WAS LOOKING I CAN'T TELL IF THE FINANCIAL ACCOUNTANT HERE IS THE FINANCIAL 84,000 IF THAT'S A WHOLE YEAR OR PART YEAR SO I'M GOING TO ASSUME THAT'S 100,000.
>> THAT'S THE ONE WE ALREADY HAVE, RIGHT? THERE'S ONLY ONE
NEW POSITION. >> I KNOW, BUT SHE SAID SHE
WANTED ANOTHER -- >> THE SENIOR ACCOUNTANT I'VE INCLUDED IN THE BUDGET IS SLATED WITH AN OCTOBER 1ST START DATE. TOTAL COMPENSATION ALL IN IS $96,043.
>> WE ALREADY HAVE A FINANCIAL ANALYST. I WOULD LIKE TO FIGURE OUT A WAY TO FUND THAT. I'M GUESSING 100. IT WOULD HAVE TO
[04:30:04]
BE THAT SOMEONE CAME IN AND WE GOT THEM FOR 80,000. YOU'RE NOT GOING TO SEE ME COMPLAINING BUT ALSO AN ACCOUNTANT, I DON'T KNOW IF THEY HAVE TO BE A SENIOR ACCOUNTANT BUT AN ACCOUNTANT LOOKS TO BE ABOUT 75,000. ADDED ON AND THEN A AUDITOR -- WHAT IS AN AUDITOR LIKE?>> ON AN AUDITOR, I WOULD RECOMMEND THAT YOU DO NOT PUT THAT IN THE FINANCE BUDGET AND THAT PERSON SHOULD NOT REPORT TO YOUR CFO OR YOUR CITY MANAGER. THEY NEED TO BE
INDEPENDENT. >> I DON'T THINK THAT THEY CAN.
THE CHARTER REQUIRES THAT ALL THE EMPLOYEES REPORT TO ME UNLESS THEY ARE SPECIFIC OUTSIDE WHICH IS WHY WE USE A THIRD ALREADY AUDITOR BUT THAT'S NOT THE SAME THING AS SAYING THAT WE CAN'T HAVE AN ACCOUNTANT AND FINANCE WHO IS DOUBLE CHECKING ALL THE RECEIPTS, ASKING THE TOUGH QUESTIONS, HOLDING PEOPLE ACCOUNTABLE ON THEIR EXPENDITURES -- THAT'S WHAT I WOULD CONSIDER AN INTERNAL AUDITOR AND THAT'S COMPLETELY APPROPRIATE.
>> WE MIGHT WANT TO CONSIDER A CHARTER AMENDMENT FOR THE ELECTION IN THE SPRING. WE MIGHT HAVE TO WAIT UNTIL THEN
TO MAKE THAT LEGAL. >> IN THE MEANTIME, DOTTIE CAN WEIGH-IN, BUT WHETHER WE NEED A CHARTER AMENDMENT OR WHATEVER, BIGGER CITIES HAVE IT. THE LAST TIME I DID THIS WITH AN AUDITOR FROM TRAVIS COUNTY, I WAS GOING ON ABOUT GOURMET COFFEE MACHINES AND HE EXPLAINED TO ME HOW IT WORKED IN TRAVIS COUNTY AND IT WAS WORSE THAN WHAT I WAS EXPECTING. I DON'T KNOW IF IT'S A CHARTER AMENDMENT OR IF WE NEED TO HIRE A CONSULTANT OR THE CITY COUNCIL HIRES A CONSULTANT AND THAT WAY THE CITY MANAGER CAN'T FIRE HIM THE CFO CAN'T FIRE THE PERSON OR THE CITY COUNCIL COULD TERMINATE THE AGREEMENT.
>> JUST LIKE YOUR CITY ATTORNEY IS HIRED THROUGH A FIRM, SOME CITY COUNCILS HIRE AN AUDITOR THROUGH A FIRM SO THAT YOU WOULD HIRE A CPA FIRM TO BE YOUR AUDITOR AND THEY WOULD PERFORM THAT FUNCTION. THAT'S A VERY EXPENSIVE WAY TO DO IT. IF YOU HIRED A PERSON YOU WOULD DEFINITELY WANT A CPA AND YOU ARE PROBABLY TALKING IN THE $150,000 RANGE.
>> IT'S A $300 MILLION BUDGET AND A LITTLE SHRINKAGE, 300
MILLION SEEMS TO BE -- >> THEY SHOULD BE FOCUSED ON REVIEWING INTERNAL CONTROLS AND TRANSACTIONS.
>> THAT'S WHAT I HAVE SLATED FOR THE POSITION, I THOUGHT, THE SENIOR ACCOUNTANT POSITION THAT WE HAVE WOULD BE FOCUSED ON INTERNAL CONTROLS, IMPROVING OUR PROCESSES AND THEN ALSO AUDIT SUPPORT FOR OUR THIRD PARTY AUDITORS WHO CURRENTLY
PERFORM OUR AUDIT. >> AND RECONCILIATION AND
TRANSPARENCY STARS >> THERE'S ENOUGH WORK FOR TWO
IN YOUR FINANCIAL ANALYSTS. >> ONE OF THE THINGS I'VE DONE SINCE I'VE BEEN HERE IS TRY TO IMPROVE THE AMOUNT OF INFORMATION THAT'S RELEASED OUT OF THE FINANCE OFFICE. I'VE TRIED TO BE MORE TRANSPARENT. THIS BUDGET DOES THAT. IT GIVES MORE INFORMATION BUT THE MORE INFORMATION THAT WE RELEASE, THE MORE QUESTIONS THAT COME IN. THOSE QUESTIONS ARE GOOD.
THEY HELP US IDENTIFY A PROBLEM OR ERROR. IT ALSO HELPS INFORMATION GET OUT INTO THE PUBLIC BUT IT TAKES RESOURCES TO ANSWER THOSE QUESTIONS. THAT'S WHY I WAS ASKING FOR THE FINANCIAL ANALYSTS. THERE'S A LOT OF WORK THAT I DO EVERY DAY AND NIGHT PREPARING ALL OF THESE FINANCIAL ANALYSIS CHARTS THAT GO OUT. AND MY TIME REALLY NEEDS TO BE SPENT LOOKING AT THE FOREST, NOT DOWN IN THE TREES DOING THE WORK.
>> IF IT GETS APPROVED, THE PERSON WORKS FOR THE CITY MANAGER UNTIL SUCH TIME AS THE CHARTER AMENDMENT --
INAUDIBLE ] >> ANY OTHER -- WHAT WERE THE
POSITION SUPPOSED TO ADD? >> I WAS SUPPOSED TO PROPOSE AN OTTER FOR 150, ANALYST FOR 100 AND ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTANT FOR
175. >> THE TWO NEW ADDITIONAL WOULD
BE STARTING IN APRIL? >> APRIL 1ST.
>> THAT GIVES THE NEW CFO AN OPPORTUNITY TO HIRE THE NEW
DEPARTMENT WHEN THEY COME IN. >> I DON'T KNOW -- THE
ACCOUNTANT IS -- >> I DON'T WANT THE AUDIT TO COME TO US AND I DON'T WANT IT TO BE EVERYBODY WAS OVERWORKED.
I WANTED TO BE WE HAD SO MANY PEOPLE WE BANGED IT OUT BY JANUARY 15TH AND HERE IT IS. I WANTED TO BE THAT WE ARE
[04:35:07]
WRAPPED UP AND WE WILL HAVE IT TO YOU NEXT WEEK BECAUSE THAT, TO ME, WHEN WE GET IT AT THE SIX-MONTH MARK, REALLY YOU ARE GOING TO HAVE TO TELL ME -- YOU ARE GETTING READY TO LEAVE IN SIX MONTHS. YOU'VE JUST GOT TO TELL US, IS THE CFO GOING TO BE THAT UPSET IF THEY COME IN WITH A FULLY STAFFED DEPARTMENT OR DOES THE CFO WANT TO COME IN AND JACK AROUND WITH HIRING PEOPLE AND GETTING THEM INVOLVED? WHAT'S THE BEST WAYTO DO THIS? >> IF YOU GET THE RIGHT CFO THEY WILL COME IN AND HIT THE GROUND RUNNING AND THEY ARE GOING TO LOVE THE CITY AND THEY ARE GOING TO START FROM WHEREVER THE CITY IS. YOU NEVER GET A PERFECT ORGANIZATION OR A PERFECT PLACE, YOU KNOW? BUT YOU SHOULD HIT THE GROUND RUNNING AND WANT TO MAKE IT BETTER AS YOU GO ALONG AND I CAME HERE WANTING TO MAKE THE CITY BETTER AND I HAVE A LIST OF THINGS THAT I WANT TO DO BEFORE I LEAVE AND IF I COULD CHECK OFF EVERYTHING ON THAT LIST, THAT I KNOW THAT THE CITY WILL BE BETTER WHEN I LEAVE THEN WHEN I CAME. AND I THINK IF YOU FIND THE RIGHT PERSON THEY ARE GOING TO HAVE THAT
EXACT SAME IDEA. >> I'LL BE LOOKING OCTOBER 1ST
KNOWING IT MAY BE -- >> IN TERMS OF YOUR AUDIT, WE ARE ALREADY ON IT. WE'VE ALREADY HAD THE AUDITORS IN HERE DOING INTERIM WORK. THEY'VE ALREADY PULLED THEIR INITIAL SAMPLES AND I'M JUST WAITING FOR THEIR EXIT INTERVIEW FROM THEIR INTERIM WORK. WE HAVE A SCHEDULE AND THE SCHEDULE HAS DATES ASSIGNED TO IT. IT'S RESOURCE LOADED WITH PEOPLES NAMES AND THE FINANCE STAFF KNOWS WHAT IS EXPECTED. NEXT WEEK MY END OF YEAR LETTER WILL GO OUT BECAUSE WE ARE 40 DAYS FROM THE END OF THE YEAR AND THERE'S CERTAIN THINGS THAT WE ARE GOING TO CUT OFF TO SAY NO MORE PURCHASE ORDERS AND WE NEED TO DO INVENTORY COUNTS. WE NEED TO DO CASH COUNTS. ALL OF THAT HAS TO HAPPEN BY END OF YEAR. SO WE ARE ON TRACK TO HAVE THE AUDIT COMPLETED BY JANUARY 15TH WITH THE REPORT TO THE BOARD IN FEBRUARY.
>> IT'S GOING TO BE THE FIRST YEAR WHEN I GET THE SURVEY.
FRAUDULENT ACTIVITY. OR SOME KIND OF MALFEASANCE HAS HAPPENED IN OUR GOVERNMENT. IT WOULD BE THE FIRST TIME BECAUSE I FELT THAT MUCH MORE COMFORTABLE WITH THINGS JAMES HAS DONE AND THINGS YOU HAVE DONE. YEAH. ANYWAY.
>> MAYOR, I WANT TO MAKE SURE I HEARD IT RIGHT. I THINK YOUR SALARY IN THE POSITIONS WERE NOT IN ALIGNMENT. YOUR ACCOUNTANTS ARE GOING TO BE PAID MORE THAN A FINANCIAL
ANALYST IS GOING TO GET PAID. >> THE ACCOUNTANT AND HERE IS -- DOLLARS THE SENIOR ACCOUNTANT IS 83 559.
>> THAT IS THE TYPE OF POSITION YOU ARE GOING TO WANT FOR YOUR ACCOUNTANT. SOME OF THE NUANCES OF THE TITLES ARE BECAUSE WE HAVEN'T HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO ALIGN PAID RATES WITH THE SALARY SURVEY WHICH WE ARE JUST NOW GETTING AND I KNEW WE WOULDN'T HAVE IT IN TIME TO REFLECT IN THE BUDGET, SO WHEN WE BUDGETED POSITIONS, WE DID SO OFF OF TITLE FOR RESPONSIBILITY AND THEN WE WOULD CHOOSE THE STEP SALARY THAT WE THOUGHT WOULD BE THE MARKET FOR THAT POSITION BASED OFF OF -- THE SENIOR POSITION THAT IS IN THERE WAS THE POSITION THAT WE WERE TALKING ABOUT DOING SOME OF THAT WORK THAT YOU ARE ALSO DESCRIBING AS AN INTERNAL AUDITOR. IF YOU ADD A SUPPORT ACCOUNTANT POSITION THAT'S PROBABLY NOT SOMEONE THAT'S GOING TO BE TOO TERRIBLY EXPERIENCED IF THEY ARE DOWN IN THE -- BECAUSE IF YOU ARE AT 70,000 YOU ARE PROBABLY PAYING THEM $20 PER HOUR TO -- BECAUSE IT'S -- WHEN YOU TO 70. I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE I'M GETTING WHAT YOU ARE WANTING.
>> I JUST WANT THE POSITIONS AND FINANCE HAS BEEN THE THING THAT DRAGS THE MOST AND SOME OF US ARE MORE TRUSTED THAN OTHERS. I MAY BE THE ONLY PERSON WHO, YOU GIVE ME A $20 BILL AND I DON'T BELIEVE IT'S A $20 BILL. I DON'T BELIEVE IT
UNTIL I VERIFY IT. >> WHAT ARE THE COSTS RECOMMENDED FOR EACH OF THE THREE?
>> WHERE ARE WE AT AS FAR AS MONEY? WE'VE GOT TO GET THE MONEY FOR THESE POSITIONS IF THOSE POSITIONS ARE APPROVED.
100,000. ONE FINANCIAL ANALYST 80,001 AUDITOR WOULD BE
150,000. >> SO IT PASSES 330,000?
[04:40:01]
>> YES. >> I'M JUST GOING TO SAY, I DON'T KNOW IF I'M ALLOWED TO TALK ABOUT THIS BUT, JUST KIND OF THE CART BEFORE THE HORSE KIND OF THING. WE SET THE TAX RATE AND NOW WE ARE WORKING WITHIN CERTAIN LIMITATIONS WHICH YOU THEN, WE ARE GOING TO HAVE TO FIGURE IT OUT IF IT PASSES AND ALL THAT GOOD STUFF. SAME THING WITH FIRST TIME TALKING ABOUT THE BUDGET AND NOT KNOWING WHAT THE ROAD MAINTENANCE FEE IS. WE ARE IN A STICKY SITUATION. I AM PART OF A 17 COUNCIL. I AM PART OF THIS BUT WE HAVE A SERIOUS PROBLEM THAT WE'VE CREATED AMONGST OURSELVES AND WE ARE NOT IN A
GOOD POSITION. SO, LET'S VOTE. >> ANY OTHER CHANGES ANYBODY WANTS TO DO?
>> BETTER THAN NOTHING. >> ALL THREE OR JUST TWO ? IS
>> I WILL MAKE A MOTION THAT WE ADD AN ACCOUNTANT, FINANCIAL ANALYST TO BE FUNDED AT 40,000 PER YEAR AND AUDITOR TO BE FUNDED FOR A TOTAL OF $240,000.
>> FOR A TOTAL OF WHAT? WHAT DID YOU SAY?
>> 240,000. >> WE TOOK THAT 280 8K EXTRA AND TURN IT INTO 370 8K. THAT NUMBER IS GOING UP.
>> SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON . YOU ARE RIGHT. WE NEED TO ADD 90 FOR NEXT YEAR. ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? LET'S CALL THE VOTE.
>> MOTION PASSES 7-0. WERE GOING TO HIT A FAST RUN HERE ON
SOME OF THESE. >> WE NEED A MOTION TO APPROVE
AS AMENDED. >> THE AMENDED MOTION BY COUNCILMAN KOLAR . ANY DISCUSSION? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
HAVE MANAGEMENT. SO WE ARE PAST THE HALFWAY POINT. SOME SMALL
DEPARTMENTS. >> THAT DOESN'T STOP US FROM
TAKING A LONG TIME. >> MOTION TO APPROVE AS
>> MOTION BY COUNCILMEMBER CLARK. SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER GORDON. HERE WE ARE ADDING THE TECH OR MECHANIC? OUTSIDE OF THAT, THERE IS NOTHING THAT STUCK OUT TO ME IN TERMS OF MASSIVE INCREASES. TO ME IT'S A PRETTY SMALL OVERALL
DEPARTMENT. >> IT'S A REDUCTION FROM LAST
YEAR AS WELL. >> ANY OTHER DISCUSSION? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
>> MOTION PASSES, 7-0. THAT BRINGS US UP TO HR.
>> I MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE AS PRESENTED.
>> SECOND. >> MOTION BY GORDON. SECOND BY KOLAR. APPROVAL AS PRESENTED. FTES. FOOD AND MEALS WENT UP
[04:45:01]
BUT I UNDERSTAND WE ARE HIRING 40 PEOPLE SO I CAN UNDERSTAND THERE'S A LITTLE BIT OF MONEY FOR INTERVIEWS, NEW HIRES.>> WHAT IS THE PAY PARITY FOR COMP STUDY?
>> COUNCIL MEMBER, LAST YEAR THE CITY COUNCIL AUTHORIZED A COMPENSATION STUDY TO GO OUT AND LOOK AT WHAT WE ARE CURRENTLY PAYING OUR EMPLOYEES FOR THE JOBS THAT THEY DO AND THEN COMPARE THAT WITH OUR MARKET AND, OUR MARKET WAS DEFINED BY THE CITY COUNCIL THROUGH THE FISCAL POLICY OF WHICH CITIES WE COMPARE OURSELVES TO, SO THERE IS A LIST OF THOSE CITIES. THE PARITY IS WHENEVER YOU HAVE A PERSON IN A PARTICULAR ROLE HERE, THAT POSITION IS NOT PAID AT THE 50TH PERCENTILE OF WHAT THE MARKET IS. SO, UP TO THIS POINT, THE CITY COUNCIL HAS OR THE CITY -- MAYBE NOT THE COUNCIL HAS EVEN SET THIS POLICY. IT JUST SEEMS LIKE IT MAY BE SOMETHING THE CITY HAS DONE IN PRACTICE. HAS SET THEIR SALARY EXPECTATIONS TO THE 50TH PERCENTILE WHICH MEANS WE ARE IN THE MIDDLE. WE DON'T PAY THE LEAST BUT WE DON'T PAY THE MOST. PARITY IS ABOUT GATHERING THOSE POSITIONS THAT ARE UNDERPAID AND CATCHING THEM UP TO WHERE THEY OUGHT TO BE IN THE MARKET. SO WE ARE COMPETITIVE AND THAT -- WHAT YOU SEE HERE, THIS IS JUST A FRACTIONAL COMPONENT OF THAT.
IT IS NOT ALL THE PARITY NEEDED BASED OFF OF THE DRAFT PLAN THAT I'VE SEEN WHICH IS CLOSER TO $1 MILLION. IT'S 900 SOMETHING THOUSAND. SO, THIS IS ONE FOURTH OF THAT NUMBER AND THEN THE NEXT LOGICAL QUESTION IS, IF IT'S ONE FOURTH, WHO IS GETTING THE FOURTH? SO, MY PHILOSOPHY IS, YOU TAKE CARE OF THE PEOPLE THAT ARE AT THE BOTTOM OF THE PYRAMID BEFORE YOU TAKE CARE PEOPLE AT THE TOP OF THE PYRAMID. MANY OF THE POSITIONS THAT WE'VE HIRED IN LEADERSHIP POSITIONS HAVE BEEN SOMEWHAT RECENT, SO OUR MARKET MAY BE OFF COMPARED TO WHAT WE HIRED AT BUT IT IS STILL RELATIVELY NEW. BUT FOR THE FOLKS WHO ARE MAKING $15 AN HOUR AND YOU CAN GO MAKE $19 PER HOUR AND SWEEP THE BUCKYS BATHROOM, WE ARE SENSITIVE TO THAT. WE ARE SENSITIVE TO OUR FOLKS IN LAW ENFORCEMENT WHO ARE STILL PAID HOURLY MOSTLY AND NOT SALARIED BECAUSE THAT IS A HIGHLY COMPETITIVE FIELD. SO, GENERALLY SPEAKING, WHENEVER YOU SEE A PARODY THAT IS NOT A FULL DOLLAR AMOUNT IMPLEMENTATION, MY PHILOSOPHY IS YOU TAKE CARE OF THE FOLKS AT THE BOTTOM. YOU'RE GOING TO CREATE SOME COMPRESSION ISSUES BUT WE WILL HAVE TO RESOLVE THAT NEXT YEAR. SO, THAT'S WHAT
IT IS. >> I HAVE A QUESTION FOR IRENE.
PERSONAL POLICY THING THAT CAME THROUGH. ARE WE LOOKING AT MAKING A CHANGE ON OUR -- I DON'T KNOW WHAT YOU WOULD CALL IT. WE HAD MATERNITY LEAVE AND WE TALKED ABOUT POTENTIALLY PATERNITY LEAVE. DO WE OFFER MATERNITY LEAVE IN THE CITY
RIGHT NOW? >> GOOD EVENING. IT IS THE FMLA AND RECENTLY, WE APPROVED THE SHORT TERM DISABILITY SO WE ARE NO LONGER GOING TO HAVE -- IT'S ALL GOING TO BE IN ONE FULL BUCKET TO OFFER THAT TO THE EMPLOYEES.
>> I THINK I'M LOOKING AT SOMETHING DIFFERENT. I'M LOOKING FOR PERSONS PREGNANT THAT HAVE A BABY, THEY MAKE 1000 A WEEK. IS THERE NOT A SYSTEM? MAYBE WE PAY THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SHORT-TERM AND WHAT THEY ARE ACTUALLY SALARIED?
>> WHENEVER THE PERSONNEL POLICY GET ADOPTED, WHICH IS ALSO A PART OF THE BUDGET PROCESS. I TALK ABOUT THE PERSONAL POLICIES AGAIN AND THAT IT WILL BE UP FOR YOU ALL TO VOTE SO IT ALL GETS ROLLED IN TO THE BUDGET AT THE SAME TIME./ARE WE ASSUMING THAT -- WHAT WAS IT CALLED?
>> PARENTAL. >> PARENTAL LEAVE.
>> IS THAT IN HERE BUDGETED? >> KNOW. IT IS NOT. IN A WAY IT IS. THE SHORT-TERM DISABILITY EXPENSES ARE IN THEIR. THAT IS 60%. THEN THE OTHER 40% WOULD COME FROM THEIR OWN SALARIES
[04:50:03]
WHICH THEY ARE JUST FORGOING BECAUSE THEY ARE ON LEAVE. WE WOULD BE MAKING UP THE DIFFERENCE WITH THEIR OWN SALARY BUDGETS. THERE IS NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE FOR THAT.>> I UNDERSTAND. YOU ARE NOT HIRING SOME OF THE FILL IN. BUT GENERALLY. SOMETIMES WE WILL END IF WE DO THAT IS A DIFFERENT STORY. LIKE TO HAVE A BABY, WHAT YOU ARE SAYING IS WE WOULD SAVE MONEY AS A CITY BECAUSE WITH A WIG 60% OF THE DISABILITY. SLIGHTLY WITH THAT AMOUNT OF MONEY WHICH WOULD BE AVAILABLE TO DO WE NEED TO BACKFILL TEMPORARILY WHILE THEY ARE OUT. FLAT CORRECT. IN SOME CASES. WE NEED TO HIRE TEMPORARY. WE CANNOT LEAVE THE POSITION OPEN WITHOUT THE INDIVIDUAL DOING THE WORK. SO THEN WE GET TO USE THE FUNDS TO HIRE TEMPORARY WHILE THE EMPLOYEE IS OUT ON MY TURNS MATERNITY LEAVE OR PARENTAL LEAVE.
>> IF A MALE -- NML GET SHORT-TERM DISABILITY OF A WIFE
HAS A BABY? >> YES. I DON'T KNOW IF THEY CAN GET SHORT-TERM DISABILITY IF IT IS THEREBY. LIKE THEY WOULD BE QUALIFIED FOR THE PARENTAL LEAVE TO BOND WITH THE NEWBORN. SLAP IT WOULD GET 100%. SUCK WE WOULD NOT GET THE BENEFIT OF THE SHORT-TERM DISABILITY OFFSETTING THEIR
EXPENSE. >> CORRECT. AND HOPEFULLY, YOU WILL SEND YOUR EDITS TO DOTTIE BECAUSE I BELIEVE THEY WERE DUE FOR THE PERSONNEL POLICIES ON THE 23RD AND I AM HOPING THAT SEPTEMBER SEVENTH IS THE FINAL EDIT SO THAT WE CAN IMPLEMENT THE PERSONNEL POLICIES. HOPEFULLY.
>> I GOT SOME. ANY OTHER DISCUSSION ON HR?
>> I WOULD PERSONALLY CUT OUT THE PAY PARODY. WE JUST DID A STUDY LAST YEAR AND AS SOON AS WE GOT DONE, WHAT WERE RETOLD? WE DIDN'T DO THE RIGHT SCOPE. AS IT WAS BEFORE YOU GOT HERE.
>> WE ARE NOT PAYING FOR A STUDY. THE PAY PARODY IS PER -- IT SHOULD BE PAY PARODY PER THE COMP STUDY. THAT IS WHAT
THE COMP STUDY IS TELLING US. >> PER THE COMP STUDY. OKAY.
>> WE ARE NOT GETTING ANOTHER CONTRACT FOR THE MARKET STUDY.
>> I WANT TO CUT THAT OUT THEN. SUCK I WANTED TO SEE WHAT IT WAS BUT THE STUDY IS DONE. THAT IS JUST THE DIFFERENCE THAT THEY ARE NOT GETTING PAID TO MEET THE HALFWAY MARK.
>> THAT IS WHAT ONE QUARTER OF WHAT WE BELIEVE THE TOTAL DOLLAR AMOUNT IS. TO MAKE EVERYBODY IN THE CITY, THEIR SALARIES CORRECT WITH WHERE THEY SHOULD BE FOR THE MARKET.
POSITIONS THAT ARE WAY BELOW MARKET AND ON MONDAY WE ARE MEETING WITH A CONSULTANT FOR THEM TO PRESENT THEIR REPORT TO THE CITY MANAGER. SLOT THE OTHER THING THAT I WOULD POINT OUT FOR YOUR OWN EDIFICATION IS THAT THERE IS 2% FOR COLOR.
THAT IS INFLATION. THERE IS 2% FOR MARRIAGE WHICH IS JOB PERFORMANCE, ANNUAL REVIEW IN THIS. YOU CAN READ THAT BY SEEING IT AS A NUMBER TIMES A MULTIPLIER. THAT WAY YOU CAN TELL HOW MANY PERCENTAGE POINTS THERE ARE THAT I HAVE BUILT INTO THE BUDGET, SO IT IS CLEAR.
>> IT IS THE PERSONAL POLICY DOESN'T HAVE A REMOTE WORK
>> IT MAY NOT BE ON THIS BUDGET BUT I WOULD BRING UP THAT THE PEOPLE WHO HAVE TO BE AT WORK GET AN INCREASE IN PAY AND THE PEOPLE WHO DO NOT HAVE TO BE AT WORK CAN REMOTE WORK. I DON'T KNOW IF THEY NEED TO GET A CUT IN PAY, BUT OTHER COMPANIES, TECH OPENINGS HAVE ACTUALLY CUT PEOPLE'S PAY FOR THE RIGHT TO REMOTE WORK AND STAY AT HOME. I THINK THERE'S SOME SORT OF DISPARITY WE WILL HAVE TO LOOK AT BECAUSE YOU DO HAVE PARITY PAY. EVERYBODY IS EQUAL IN THE MARKETS, BUT I DON'T THINK WHAT IS BEING ACCOUNTED FOR IS THAT PEOPLE HAVE TO SHOW UP EVERY DAY TO WORK WHETHER IT BE THE LIBRARIANS THAT CANNOT REMOTE WORK. THE POLICE CANNOT REMOTE WORK. THE GROUNDS PEEPER CANNOT PROMOTE WORK. BUT GENERALLY THE EXECUTIVES ARE THE ONES WHO CAN REMOTE WORK. IF THEY ARE GETTING A 3% RAISE AND THE PERSON IS GOING TO SHOW UP EVERY DAY IN A UNIFORM GETTING A 3% RAISE COME I THINK THERE IS MORALLY SOMETHING WRONG WITH THAT. IF A PERSON WANTS TO WORK FROM HOME SATISFIED. WE CAN SAVE OFFICE SPACE. BUT I THINK THEY OUGHT TO TAKE A PAY CUT OR NOT GET A RAISE THIS YEAR AND THE PEOPLE WHO SHOW UP EVERY DAY GET PAID MORE BECAUSE THE BILL COLLECTOR PEOPLE WOULD PROBABLY LOVE TO WORK FROM HOME AND COLLECT BILLS BUT THEY CANNOT BECAUSE SOMEONE HAS TO MAN THE WIDOW. WHY THE ALL OF THE OTHER PEOPLE GET TO STAY HOME AND GET THE 3% THE 2%. WE HAD WHETHER WE HAVE THE DISCUSSION NOW OR WE HAVE IT LATER, I JUST THINK AS WE TRY TO TALK BEFORE, REALLY BIG ON WE ARE CUSTOMER SERVICE BUSINESS AND I DON'T KNOW HOW YOU DO THAT WHEN YOU'RE NOT HERE. IT IS LIKE WE ARE IN AND HEB REMOTELY. IT DOESN'T WORK. THEY FIGURED ALSO BUT HE HAS TO
[04:55:02]
BE HERE AND OFFER CUSTOMER SERVICE. AND I KNOW WE HAVE TALKED. A LOT OF PEOPLE ASK FOR IT . IF I WAS TO PLAN FOR JOBS, I WOULD ASK FOR $250,000 TO DO A JOB THAT ONLY PAID $100,000 OF THE SOMEBODY WILL TELL ME KNOW. IT MAKES LIFE MORE DIFFICULT, BUT IT SURE WOULD PROBABLY IMPROVE MORALE OF THE PEOPLE WHO HAVE TO SHOW UP EVERY DAY AND WORK AND I ALSO WAS JOKING AROUND TALKING ABOUT MY FACEBOOK POST, AND IT IS KIND OF IN JUST, BUT I WONDER, A CUP, EVERY TIME AN OFFICER DOES THEIR JOB THEY ARE UNDER A CAMERA EVERY TIME ANOTHER EMPLOYEE HAS TO LIVE UNDER A MICROSCOPE. SO AN OFFICER CAUSES THAT A PERSON BECAUSE THEY ARE HAVING A BAD DAY.WRITE UP, SUSPENDED. I DON'T KNOW WHAT HAPPENS. BUT I GUARANTEE UP IN THE OFFICE AS PEOPLE CAN OFF OF THE PHONE AND IT IS NOT THAT BIG OF A DEAL. AS WE ARE DOING ALL OF THESE PAY IN PARITIES, WE HAVE TO LOOK AT IN TERMS -- WE ARE LOOKING AT NIGHTTIME DIFFERENTIAL IN PEOPLE TO HAVE TO WORK HOLIDAYS. WE STILL HAVE TO FIGURE OUT WHATEVER THIS SPECIAL HOLIDAY -- SELECT THE PREMIER HOLIDAYS.
>> WE STILL HAVE THAT. BUT THE PEOPLE ARE WORKING AND PUTTING THEIR LIFE IN DANGER AND THE PEOPLE WHO ARE NOT, THERE HAS TO BE A DIFFERENTIAL. IT IS GETTING LATE TODAY. WE WILL HAVE TO HIT IT ON THE SECOND ROUND.
>> AND I THINK, THERE IS OBVIOUSLY MORE DISCUSSION TO BE MADE, BUT IT IS DEPENDING ON THE ESSENTIAL FUNCTIONS OF THE JOB. SOME POSITIONS CAN REMOTE AND EMPLOYEES ARE MORE PRODUCTIVE WHEN THEY'RE WORKING REMOTELY AND SOME PROFESSIONS LIKE OUR LAW ENFORCEMENT ARE NOT ABLE TO DO THAT, BUT WE HAVE TO LOOK AT ALL SIDES AND THE TYPE OF JOBS THE EMPLOYEES ARE SELECTING AND WHAT THEY ARE WANTING TO DO AS THEIR
PROFESSION. >> IS COMP PAY FOR EVERY EMPLOYEE IN THE PERSONNEL POLICY?
>> YES BECAUSE THE COMP PAY IS ALREADY IN PLACE FOR ALL OF THE HOURLY EMPLOYEES. WE WERE ADDING THE COMP PAY FOR THE SALARIED EMPLOYEES ALSO. THAT IS NOT PAY. IT IS JUST TIMESHIFT. SLOT THAT IS NOT A BUDGET DISCUSSION RIGHT NOW, TODAY. THAT IS 90 PERSONNEL POLICY.'S LIKE YOU SAY IT IS NOT BUT PEOPLE WHO ARE SALARIED AND WORKING COMP PAY MAY HAVE TO BE HERE ON A FRIDAY. SOMEBODY HAS TO WORK THE PLACE.
ARE WE GOING TO HIRE CONSULTANTS, TO CALL THE PEOPLE AND CITY CALLS IN SICK AND HAVE TO COME IN. WHAT DID YOU CALL
THEM? >> ON CALL? TEMPORARY? IT'S LIKE A TEMPORARY WORKER. WE MAY HAVE TO HAVE TEMP WORKERS BECAUSE THERE ARE MANY SPECIAL MEETINGS AND AS MANY SATURDAY MEETINGS AS WE HAVE BEEN HAVING.
>> THANK YOU. >> THANK YOU, IRENE.'S LIKE ANY OTHER DISCUSSION ON THE HR BUDGETS? HEARING ON, PLEASE
CALL THE VOTE. >> MAYOR SNYDER.
>> COUNSEL AMBER THOMPSON -- >> THE MOTION PASSES 7-0. NEXT WE HAVE IT. SLOT COUNSEL CAN I ASK A POINT OF YOU ALL. FOR THE DEPARTMENTS THAT HAVE GONE AND CLEARED UP TO THIS POINT, ARE YOU ALL OKAY WITH HIM LEAVING OR USUAL DO YOU WANT THEM TO STAY HERE AND IN CASE YOU NEED TO GO BACK? SELECT PLEASE
LEAVE. >> IF YOU HAVE CLEARED YOUR DEPARTMENT YOU ARE FREE TO LEAVE. IF YOU STILL HAVE DEPARTMENTS YET TO GO THEN YOU GET TO STAY ALONG WITH THE REST
OF US FOR THE FUN. >> THANK YOU ALL FOR BEING
HERE. >> SORRY TO THE LAST HALF AND OF THE OFF ABOUT.'S LIKE NEXT TIME WE START WITH THE BACKEND AND WORK OUR WAY FORWARD. FLECK A LOT OF NAME CHANGES NEXT
YEAR. >> THE CHIEF HAS ALREADY ADVOCATED FOR A BETTER POLICE DEPARTMENT.
>> AND MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE THE IT DEPARTMENT IS PRESENTED.
>> SECOND BY COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. THE CHANGES OR DISCUSSION TO THE IT DEPARTMENT?
>> I WOULD ACTUALLY LIKE TO SEE -- CURRENTLY WE ARE UNDERGOING RIT MASTER-PLANNED. IS THAT CORRECT? BECAUSE IT WAS
APPROVED. >> WE HAVE THE RESULTS OF THE
IT MASTERPLAN. NO.? >> OKAY. I DO REMEMBER THAT.
>> WE BOTH THIS OUT OF THE COMPONENTS OF THE MASTERPLAN.
FLECK I GUESS WITH RECENT ACTIVITY, WE KNOW THAT THE DEPARTMENT WAS UNDERSTAFFED OF COURSE WITH RECENT FRAUDULENT
[05:00:05]
ACTIVITY THAT IS HAPPENED TO THE CITY YOU THINK THAT HAVING A ROBUST IT DEPARTMENT AND SUBMITTED THAT FOCUSES ON CYBER SECURITY, I THINK IT WOULD BE AN ASSET TO THE DEPARTMENT. I WOULD LIKE TO SEE AN EXTRA ENTERPRISE SOLUTION ANALYST ADDED FOR THE 70,000 TO MAKE SURE THEY ARE STRONG, STOCKS UP, AND PEOPLE ARE MANNING ALL OF THIS CYBER SECURITY BREACHES THAT ARE KIND OF BEING TARGETED AT THE CITY. IS LIKE I WILL SECOND THAT. FLECK I KNOW IT IS 71 AND THE BUDGET. SLOT COUNCILMEMBER, TRENT -- AMBERLEY KOLAR, TO GO THINGS FOR CLARITY. YOU WANT CYBERSECURITY OR DO YOU WANTENTERPRISE SOLUTIONS? >> I GUESS WHENEVER I SENT YOU THE EMAIL I WAS LIKE, IS LOOKING FOR SOMEBODY WHO IS CYBERSECURITY. AND WE WERE LIKE PRETTY MUCH JUST LOCATE THE ENTERPRISE. JUST CORRECT ME OR IF YOU HAVE TO CHANGE WHAT YOU
WROTE BACK TO ME. >> I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE THAT IS WHAT WE ARE TALKING ABOUT IS A CYBERSECURITY POSITION AND THEN THE DOLLAR AMOUNT, LET ME GO PULL THAT REALLY QUICK SO THAT I CAN TELL YOU. YOU ARE SEEING THE SALARY IN THE LINE ITEM, BUT THE ACTUAL POSITIONS -- FLECK CYBERSECURITY IN A ENTERPRISE ANALYST. FLECK IF WE NEED TO SPECIFY -- SELECT THE TOTAL EXPENSE FOR THE ENTERPRISE SOLUTION ANALYST, ASSUMING IT WAS CALLED SOMETHING DIFFERENT, BUT PAID THE SAME THE ESTIMATED EXPENSE IS $180,000. THAT IS ALL OF THE BENEFITS OF EVERYTHING ELSE ALSO. NOT JUST THE SALARY LINE ITEM. SELECT THE ENTERPRISE SOLUTION. NOT TO
>> SUBLEASE IS THE SAME -- NOT TRYING TO BACKPEDAL BUT WITH THE FINANCE FOLKS, DID WE GET THOSE NUMBERS CORRECT? IT'S LIKE YOU DID. SLOT THAT INCLUDES THE BENEFITS? SLOT
CORRECT. >> WE DO NOT NEED A CYBERSECURITY PERSON WE NEED AN ENTERPRISE ANALYST THAT DOES CYBERSECURITY? SELECT NO. SHE WANTS TO ADD.'S LEXI'S ADDING
ANOTHER FTE. >> BESIDES THE ONE THAT IS
LISTED. >> AND ASKED FOR ONE AND SHE WANTS TWO. SELECT THERE IS JUST A CONFUSION. I WILL WITHDRAW MY PROPOSAL BECAUSE I GUESS WHAT I REQUESTED BY EMAIL WAS TO ADD AN EXTRA ENTERPRISE PERSON, BUT TO GET THE CYBERSECURITY COVERAGE I WOULD STILL LIKE TO SEE CYBERSECURITY COVERAGE BUT
OBVIOUSLY -- >> WHY NOT DO -- WHY NOT ADD CYBERSECURITY? SLOT BECAUSE I DON'T KNOW WHAT THE PRICE IS. I
THOUGHT IT WAS AT 70. >> IS ASSUMING IT IS THE SAME PRICE. SPIKY TO SET A DIFFERENT PRICE.
>> LET ME TRY ONE MORE TIME. EVERYONE IS GETTING TIRED IS ALL THAT IT IS.'S LIKE I'M SEEING 70 NMC 120. SELECT THE LINE ITEM THAT YOU ARE LOOKING AT THEIR IS ONLY THE SALARY EX-PATS. YOU HAVE TMR S. YOU HAVE LIFE INSURANCE. YOU HAVE HEALTH INSURANCE. THE ACTUAL ALL IN, TOTAL COST FOR THAT POSITION IS $118,000. THAT IS THE FULL EXPENSE YOU WOULD HAVE TO BUDGET, IF YOU BUDGET ANOTHER SIMILAR POSITION WITH A DIFFERENT TITLE FOR THE ENTIRE YEAR.
>> OKAY. FLECK I THINK IT IS MONEY WELL SPENT.
>> OKAY SO THE PROPOSAL TO ADD A CYBERSECURITY FTE FOR --
>> I WILL SECOND IT. FLECK ARE THERE ANY OTHER CHANGES?
>> I WOULD REALLY LIKE TO SEE A JOB DESCRIPTION ON THAT, AND WHAT THAT PERSON WOULD BE TASKED WITH DOING. REALLY EMPLOYEE TRAINING WOULD HAVE HELPED AS FAR AS I CAN TELL WITH ONE OF THE TWO SITUATIONS. THE SECOND ONE WAS KIND OF OUT OF OUR CONTROL. OUT OF OUR IMMEDIATE CONTROL, IT SEEMED LIKE. I'M JUST NOT SURE. IS CYBERSECURITY MICHELLE? YES.
WOULD THIS HAVE PREVENTED THE ISSUE THAT HAPPEN? I'M NOT SURE THAT IT WOULD. FLECK I THINK IT IS SOMETHING THAT IS NEEDED AS FAR AS MOVING FORWARD REGARDLESS OF THIS WOULD HAVE HAPPENED OR NOT. I THINK IT IS SOMETHING THAT IS NEEDED. I AGREE THAT I WOULD LIKE TO SEE THE JOB DESCRIPTION BUT I THINK THAT CYBERSECURITY EDITS CROCS, THE JOB DESCRIPTION IS THE SAME ALL THE WAY AROUND. ARE THERE DIFFERENT NUANCES? YES.
BUT I WOULD FEEL COMFORTABLE GOING AHEAD WITH THIS AND SEEING THE JOB DESCRIPTION AT A LATER DATE.
[05:05:03]
>> I SHARE THE SAME SENTIMENT BECAUSE IT ONLY TAKES ONE TIME FOR SOMEBODY TO GET US LOCKED OUT OF OUR COMPUTER SYSTEM AND WE WILL MAKE THE NEWS AND SAY THIS SALARY 10 TIMES AND OBVIOUSLY THE JOB DESCRIPTION BUT I WOULD ASSUME THERE WOULD BE SOMETHING IN THAT. IF THEY COME BACK AND THEY'RE NOT DOING ANY KIND OF CYBERSECURITY, OBVIOUSLY I'M GOING TO BE FLIPPING OUT. BUT IF THEY ARE THERE TO PROTECT OUR COMPUTERS AND SERVERS I WOULD BE HAPPY WITH WHATEVER YOU COME UP WITH.
SELECT THE MASTERPLAN WITH SUPPORT THAT TO IF IT MATTERS.
>> I FEEL BAD TEXTING HIM A 9:00 AT NIGHT BECAUSE I GOT A WEIRD EMAIL. PLEASE CALL THE BOAT ON ADDING CYBERSECURITY.
FLECK COUNCIL MEMBER CLARK. >>WHEN. SLOT COUNCILMEMBER
DANA WILCOTT. >> AYE. BY COUNCIL MEMBER
>> NOW WE HAVE THE OVERALL DEPARTMENT. ANY DISCUSSION ON THIS? HEARING ON, PLEASE CALL THE BOAT.
>> MEMBER THOMPSON? >> WHEN.'S BY COUNCIL CLARK?
TRENT >> WHEN. SLOT COUNCILMEMBER
GORDON. >> AYE. SELECT THE MOTION PASSES 7-0. THE POINT OF VERIFICATION ON THE FIRST ONE THAT WE CAME UP WITH, WE WERE TAKING 29,000 OFF. IS ALL THAT YOU GUYS HAVE THAT WE BASICALLY TOOK 29,000 OFF OF LEADERSHIP TRAINING? AND WE ADDED COUNSEL PAY.
>> TO THAT PATH? >> IT DID. FLECK IT WAS 50.
SELECT NO. IT WAS 10. SELECT SEPARATION PAY WAS 50.
>> JUST THE CITY COUNCIL. >> -50 FOR SEPARATION PAY. -29 FOR LEADERSHIP TRAINING AND THEN WE ADDED IN WHAT IS
>> YOU ALSO HAVE FICA. >> 10,254.
>> ALL RIGHT. WE SPENT MORE THAN WE SAVED. THE LIBRARY IS THE NEXT ONE. RIGHT NOW WE LOOK TO BE ABOUT 358. 308 TO ABOUT 270 OVER.'S LIKE I VOTE TO APPROVE THE LIBRARY BUDGET AS
PRESENTED. >> SECOND. SELECT MOTION BY COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. THE SECOND BY MAYOR PRO TEM GORDON.
>> I WILL BE THE BAD GUY. I APPRECIATE EVERYTHING THE LIBRARY IS DOING. IN FACT, ONE COULD ARGUE THEY ARE DOING IT SO WELL THAT IT IS RATED EXTREMELY HIGH AND IF I UNDERSTAND RIGHT, IN ORDER TO EXPAND HOURS, WE CANNOT JUST ADD ONE PERSON. WE HAVE TO ADD THREE. IF YOU WANTED TO ADD ONE MORE NIGHT OF LONGER HOURS, THERE IS NO WAY TO DO IT.
EITHER ADD THREE BODIES AND WE CANNOT DO IT.
>> RIGHT. >> I'VE SEEN THE LIBRARY. I WENT THERE A NUMBER OF TIMES WITH MY CHILDREN THIS SUMMER.
AND I ALSO HELPED IN THE LIBRARY TO TAKE MEETINGS AS WELL. THE LIBRARY IS SEVERELY UNDERSTAFFED AS FAR AS JUST A BACKLOG OF WORK. YOU NAME IT, THEY ARE BEHIND. WAY OVER HERE TOTALLY FUNDING OTHER DEPARTMENT THE MAKINGS WITH ANOTHER DEPARTMENT OF THE THINGS THAT THEY NEED.
UNDERSTAND THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT IS A DIFFERENT BEAST ALTOGETHER BUT BEING ABLE TO ASK THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT WITH A NEIGHBOR TO LOOK AT THE LIBRARY AND SAY, GREAT JOB, BUT WE JUST CANNOT DO IT I THINK THAT IS EXTREMELY SHORTSIGHTED BUT AT THE SAME TIME I JUST THINK THAT IT IS DISPROPORTIONATELY EFFECTING OUR EMPLOYEES HERE AT CITY HALL. I STAND WITH WHAT IS BEING PROPOSED IN THE BUDGET AND I THINK IT IS SOMETHING THAT WOULD NOT ONLY PROVIDE BENEFITS TO THE STAFF THAT WORK AND MANAGE THE LIBRARY, BUT ALSO TO THE RESIDENTS THAT UTILIZE THE LIBRARY, NOT JUST DURING THE SUMMER, BUT ALL YEAR ROUND.
>> IT IF I COULD SPEAK ON BOTH OF THOSE ISSUES, MAYOR, COUNCIL MEMBERS, TRUDY WILLIAMS, LIBRARY MANAGER. IF YOU LOOK AT OUR STATISTICS OVER THE LAST THREE YEARS, YOU WILL SEE AN
[05:10:03]
INCREASE IN DOOR COUNTY. THE INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE COMING IN TO THE LIBRARY JUST ASK -- AS THE CITY IS GROWING, SO ARE THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE COMING INTO THE LIBRARY. FOUR PEOPLE CANNOT PROVIDE ENOUGH SERVICES, TIME AND HOURS FOR A CITY OF 37,000 PEOPLE AND WE HAVE 17,000 LIBRARY CARD HOLDERS. THAT IS A LITTLE BIT OVER HALF OF THE 30,000 PEOPLE. AS THE CITY GROWS, SERVICES AND NEEDS NEED TO GROW WITH IT TO KEEP UP WITH IT. AND AS FAR AS A QUALITY OF LIFE, LITERACY. IF YOU DO NOT HAVE LITERACY SUPPORT SYSTEM IN PLACE, GROWING AS THE COMMUNITY GROWS, THEN YOU ARE LETTING DOWN THE CITIZENS . WHO YOU ARE SUPPOSED TO SERVE. THE LIBRARY IS A HUB. A CENTER. A SUPPORT SYSTEM. THE LIBRARY IS NOTHING BUT PUBLIC SERVICE. NOTHING BUT A PROVIDER OF LITERACY. NOTHING BUT A SUPPORTER OF LITERACY. WITHOUT LITERACY BASE IN A CITY, WE ARE TALKING ABOUT EFFECTING JOBS. IF IT CANNOT READ, I CANNOT GET A GOOD JOB. IF I CANNOT READ I CANNOT TEACH MY KIDS TO READ. THE LIBRARY -- WE ARE NOT BRAIN SURGEONS, BUT I HAVE WORKED FROM SATURDAY TO SATURDAY AND I'VE WORKED FROM 9:00 UNTIL 7:00. AND I AM JUST AS TIRED AS SOME OF THE OTHER FOLKS ARE AND MY STAFF, I HAD A STAFF MEMBER WHO HAD AN EMERGENCY MEDICAL SITUATION LAST WEEK SO I HAD TO COVER FOR HER. SHE IS STILL RECOVERING FROM THE FACT THAT SHE WAS LAID OFF AND REHIRED, WHICH SHE MENTIONS OFTEN. SHE IS ALREADY TRYING TO RECOVER FROM HER PAST EXPERIENCE AND NOW HAVING TO DEAL WITH THE FACT THAT WE HAVE MORE AND MORE PEOPLE COMING IN, BUT NO HELP IS COMING IN. THE SAME FOUR PEOPLE ARE EXPECTED TO SERVE A CITY THAT IS GROWING WITH STATS DOUBLING. THE AMOUNT OF PEOPLE WHO CAME IN LAST JULY DOUBLED IN NUMBER. WE ARE GETTING MORE AND MORE PEOPLE COMING IN. MORE AND MORE PEOPLE COME IN EVERY DAY ASKING FOR NEW LIBRARY CARDS ARE JUST MOVED I NEED TO GET A LIBRARY CARD. A MOVING TO HUTTO. I WANT TO LOOK AT THE LIBRARY. WE ARE A FACTOR IN WHETHER OR NOT PEOPLE DECIDE TO MOVE TO HUTTO. THIS IS A SERVICE THEY EXPECT WHEN THEY COME TO TOWN. WE ARE NOT THE FIRE DEPARTMENT. WE MAY NOT BE, LIKE I SAID, BRAIN SURGEONS. WE DON'T HAND OUT FOOD, ALL THE TIME, ANYWAYS, WE ARE JUST AS IMPORTANT TO THE RESIDENCE. AND THE SURVEY THAT WAS DONE WAS DONE BACK IN 2020.WHAT I AM HEARING NOW, THREE YEARS LATER IN 2023 IS THAT YOU GUYS NEED MORE STAFF. HAVE CUSTOMERS TELL ME I NEED MORE STAFF. HAVE CUSTOMERS TELLING ME WE NEED TO HAVE MORE OPEN HOURS. I CANNOT SPREAD THESE WERE PEOPLE OUT MORE THAN WHAT I AM NOW. TO COVER MORE HOURS. I WANT TO MEET THE DEMAND OF THE COMMUNITY. THE COMMUNITY IS TELLING ME WHAT THEY WANT.
THERE IS A DIFFERENCE BETWEEN 80 PERSON SURVEYED AND 70,000 LIBRARY CARD HOLDERS. THE DEFINITE TIVOLI DEMAND IS INCREASING. IT IS NOT GOING AWAY. IT IS INCREASING. BUT WE CAN ONLY STRETCH FOR PEOPLE SO FAR BEFORE IT GIVES. SO THE REASON WHY I AM ASKING FOR THE THREE ADDITIONAL STAFF MEMBERS IS BECAUSE THEY ARE NEITHER. NOT BECAUSE IT IS A FLUKE OR I'M GUESSING. WE ARE ASKING YOU BECAUSE WE NEED HELP TO COVER THE DESK. WE NEED HELP TO PROVIDE THE SERVICES THE COMMUNITY AS ASKING FOR. I HAVE THE STATISTICS HERE TO BACKUP WHAT I AM SAYING. SLACKNESS TRUDY, YOU HAVE FOUR PEOPLE WORKING OUT. 70,000 LIBRARY CARDS AND ACTION. YOU HAVE AN ACCOUNT OF HOW MANY PEOPLE YOU SEE ON A WEEKLY
BASIS? >> I CAN GIVE YOU -- LET'S SEE.
FOR JULY 15TH WE HAD 115 PEOPLE COME AND. JULY 17TH WE HAD 190 PEOPLE COME IN. JULY 18TH WE HAD 194. FOR JULY 19TH WE HAD 147. THERE ARE DAYS WHERE WE HAVE 78, 56, BUT FOR THE MOST PART, WE ARE HAVING CLOSE TO HUNDRED COMING IN PER DAY.
[05:15:02]
>> YOU HAVE GROWN THE LIBRARY PROGRAM INCREDIBLY. WHEN I WAS HERE WORKING FOR THE CITY OF HUTTO THE LIBRARY WAS UNDER MY UMBRELLA AND THE NUMBERS ARE ASTOUNDING. CONGRATULATIONS FOR BUILDING THAT. WE USED TO HAVE TO ACTUALLY GO TO THE SCHOOLS TO GET LIBRARY CARDS OUT AND GET PEOPLE IN AND NOW IT IS FULL. IT IS ACTIVELY FULL. THERE WAS A VOLUNTEER PROGRAM WHERE THERE WERE 2 TO 3 KIDS THAT WERE VOLUNTEERING PER DAY.
DO YOU STILL HAVE THAT HAPPENING.
>> WE STILL HAVE VOLUNTEERS. TEAM TEEN AND ADULT VOLUNTEERS BUT I VOLUNTEER CANNOT BE PRIVY TO CUSTOMER RECORDS. A VOLUNTEER CAN SHELVE BOOKS. A VOLUNTEER CAN HELP DECORATE OR PREPARE FOR A PROGRAM BUT I VOLUNTEER CANNOT GET BEHIND THE DESK AND FROM THE HUTTO PUBLIC LIBRARY LIST AND PROCEDURE MANUAL, WHICH WAS REVISED BACK IN 2020, ON PAGE 30 OF THE MANUAL, AND SAYS SERVICES PROVIDED BY VOLUNTEERS WILL NOT BE USED IN PLACE OF A HIRING FULL OR PART-TIME STAFF.
VOLUNTEERS MAY APPLY FOR PAID POSITIONS UNDER THE SAME CONDITIONS AS OUTSIDE APPLICANTS OR THIS WAS APPROVED
BY THE COUNCIL. >> CAN YOU TALK ABOUT WHERE THE HOURS STANDS NOW AND WHAT YOU THINK YOU CAN DO WITH THE
ADDITIONAL THREE PEOPLE? >> YES. HOLD ON A MOMENT.'S LIKE I WOULD ASK YOU. WHAT WAS THE CURRENT HOURS PER DAY?
>> PER DAY , MONDAY, WEDNESDAY, AND FRIDAY WE ARE OPEN SEVEN HOURS. TUESDAY AND THURSDAY WE ARE OPEN EIGHT HOURS AND SATURDAY WE ARE ALSO OPEN FIVE HOURS. IT IS ABOUT 43 HOURS A WEEKEND WITH THE INCREASE OF STAFF I AM ASKING TO GO TO 40 OR 50 HOURS. WHAT THAT TRANSLATES INTO WAS BEING OPEN ALL DAY SATURDAY AS WELL AS THREE NIGHTS PER WEEK, AS OPPOSED TO JUST TWO NIGHTS A WEEK BECAUSE I'M ALSO GETTING PEOPLE ASKING ME EVERYDAY, YOU CLOSE AT FIVE. I THOUGHT YOU CLOSED AT 7. AND THE HOURS ARE DISJOINTED. IF WE HAD A SMOOTHER TRANSITION, THAT WOULD HELP FOCUS A LOT BECAUSE THEY ARE COMING ON DAYS EXPECTING TO BE OPEN AT 7 AND WE ARE CLOSING UP 5.'S LIKE WHAT ARE THE HOURS ON SUNDAY?
>> THERE ARE NO HOURS ON SUNDAY. WE DO NOT HAVE ENOUGH
PEOPLE. BUT WHAT ABOUT MONEY? >> MONDAY IT IS SEVEN HOURS. WE ARE OPEN FROM THE PUBLIC FROM 10:00 UNTIL 5:00. WITH AN ADDITIONAL STAFF TUESDAY THROUGH THURSDAY WE COULD GO
10:00 7:00. >> TO SAY IT IS 11:00 UNTIL
7:00. >> WEDNESDAY? SELECT 10:00
UNTIL 5:00. BLACK THURSDAY? >> 11:00 UNTIL 7:00.
>> FRIDAY? BLACK FRIDAY IS 10:00 TO 5:00.
>> SATURDAY. >> 10:00 UNTIL 2:00.'S LIKE YOU TAKE MONDAY, WEDNESDAY, AND FRIDAY UNTIL 7 AND HOLLY ON
SATURDAY? >> WE WOULD ACTUALLY TAKE TUESDAY UNTIL 7:00. NOT MONDAY. SUCK I THOUGHT MONDAY WAS 10:00 THE 5:00, AND TUESDAY WAS 11:00 UNTIL 7:00.
>> YES. >> IS IT TRUE THAT SOME OF THESE POSITIONS, I GUESS FOR ONE OF THESE POSITIONS, IS THAT APPLYING TO BE -- OR APPLYING FOR DIFFERENT SORT OF GRANTS? I THINK THERE IS A PROGRAM WE WORK WITH THE AUSTIN PUBLIC LIBRARY TO UTILIZE SOME OF THEIR AUDIOBOOKS, OR SOMETHING
LIKE THAT. >> TONYA IS OUR LIBRARY AND.
SHE HANDLES THE LIBRARY LOAN AND SHE IS ACTUALLY WANTING TO BE AN ACQUISITIONS LIBRARIAN. SO SHE WOULD FOCUS MOSTLY ON THE COLLECTION, BUT WITH THERE BEING FOUR OF US, SHE IS SPENDING THE MAJORITY OF HER TIME WORKING THE DESK.
>> GREAT. >> TWO HOURS ON THREE DAYS AND
FIVE HOURS ON SATURDAY? >> YES.'S LIKE IF YOU HAD ONE PERSON ADDED , OR TWO PEOPLE ADDED? SUCK ONE PERSON WOULD NOT GIVE US MUCH HELP. REALLY REALLY NEED TO HAVE MORE THAN TWO PEOPLE, IF POSSIBLE. IF WE REALLY WANT TO PROVIDE SERVICE TO THE COMMUNITY, QUALITY SERVICE IT, QUALITY-OF-LIFE TYPE SERVICE, WE REALLY NEED TO SOMEBODY WHO IS BEEN THERE FOR A LONG TIME AND SHE IS ALREADY ALMOST BURNED OUT. YOU HAVE ANOTHER YOUNGER LADY WHO JUST GOT FULL-TIME STATUS AND SHE IS
[05:20:01]
HAS ALREADY BEEN ASKED TO WORK LONG HOURS. THE STAFF NEED HELP. CUSTOMERS ARE COMING IN AND THEY ARE OUTNUMBERING US, AND WE NEED TO BE ABLE TO KEEP UP THE PACE IN TERMS OFPROVIDING QUALITY SERVICE. >> ARE THE CURRENT THREE ALT
FULL-TIME? >> WE JUST HAD ONE PERSON BECOME FULL-TIME. AND TO UNDERSTAND THIS, THE CHILDREN'S LIBRARIAN WAS HIRED LAST DECEMBER. PRIOR TO THAT, THE PERSON WHO HAD JUST GONE FULL-TIME HAS ONLY BEEN THERE, I BELIEVE A YEAR. PRIOR TO THAT WAS A TIME PERIOD WHERE THERE WAS ONE PERSON OR THE LIBRARY WAS CLOSED, OR THERE WAS ONE PERSON AGAIN AND THEN THERE WERE TWO PEOPLE. FOR A LENGTHY PERIOD OF TIME THERE WERE JUST TWO PEOPLE AND THREE AND ANOTHER IS FOUR. DURING THAT TIME OF THE COLLECTION WASN'T WELL-MAINTAINED BECAUSE ONE PERSON CANNOT TAKE CARE OF A COLLECTION OF 33,000 ITEMS. TO ASK FOUR PEOPLE TO TAKE CARE OF A COLLECTION OF 33,000 ITEMS WORTH ALMOST HALF $1 MILLION, WE REALLY DO NEED ADDITIONAL PEOPLE TO HELP US TAKE CARE OF THE COLLECTION AND PROVIDE QUALITY SERVICE.
>> I WILL FINISH UP WHAT I WAS TRYING TO DO. IF WE HIRE ONE PERSON I GUESS I'M TRYING TO UNDERSTAND, IF YOU'RE TRYING TO ADD TWO HOURS I DON'T KNOW YOUR SCHEDULING BUT IF YOU WANTED TO ADD TWO HOURS TO THREE DAYS AND FIVE ON A SATURDAY AND TRYING TO FIGURE OUT 120 HOURS, IF IT WAS JUST TO INCREASE HOURS I UNDERSTAND THE WORKLOAD ISSUE ALSO BUT WHY THAT YOU NEED 120 HOURS OF FTE TO ADD 11 HOURS OF OPEN TIME.
>> BECAUSE WE ARE WORKING ALONGSIDE OF EACH OTHER. THERE IS SOME OVERLAP IN THE SCHEDULING. THIS WAY WOULD GIVE US MORE PEOPLE AT THE DESK SO THAT WHEN THE REPTILE PEOPLE CAME OUT OF THE PROGRAM AND THOSE 300 PEOPLE LEFT THIS ROOM AND MOVED INTO THE LIBRARY, THERE WERE ONLY TWO PEOPLE AT THE DESK BECAUSE I WAS HELPING WITH OTHER CUSTOMERS WHO WERE DOING SOME OTHER CRAFTING. WHEN WE HAVE THESE BIG PROGRAMS, OR WHEN WE HAVE THAT AFTERSCHOOL CROWD WHO WANTS TO RUN IN BEFORE DINNERTIME AND GRAB THE BOOKS, WE WOULD HAVE ENOUGH PEOPLE TO COVER BECAUSE PEOPLE ARE ALSO GOING TO TRAINING, GOING TO MEETINGS, GOING TO PROGRAMMING AND OUTREACH. OUR CHILDREN'S LIBRARIAN IS GOING TO BE GOING TO 18 ORGANIZATION.
SHE IS GOING TO BE GOING TO DAYCARES. THAT IS GOING TO LEAVE THREE PEOPLE. IF I HAVE A MEETING, THAT LEAVES TWO PEOPLE AND IF ANOTHER PERSON IS SICK, THAT LEAVES 1%. WE NEED TO HAVE THE BACKUP. WE NEED TO HAVE ADDITIONAL PEOPLE TO HELP US PROVIDE. CURRENT SERVICES AND TO BE ABLE TO PROVIDE NEW SERVICES. SUCK I WOULD LIKE YOU TO PROVIDE WITH TO GO PICK IT IS CANNOT BELIEVE IF YOU GOT TO GO FULL-TIME PEOPLE THAT SOMEHOW THAT DOES NOTHING TO HELP YOU. WHERE IT HAS TO BE THREE, OTHERWISE -- THAT'S KIND OF WHAT I'M HEARING. YOU NEED THREE OR YOU CANNOT EXPAND HOURS AND IF I WAS RUNNING A BUSINESS AND I HIRED 240 HOUR PER WEEK PEOPLE I COULD SURELY FIGURE OUT A WAY TO ADD TWO HOURS TO EACH OF THE THREE DAYS AND PROBABLY THROW IN A SATURDAY AND THERE WOULD BE OVERLAP BECAUSE I COULD JUST -- THE TWO PEOPLE COULD WORK EIGHT HOURS ON MONDAY, WEDNESDAY, AND FRIDAY BRIGADE HOURS ON SUNDAY.
THAT IS ONLY 32 HOURS. I WOULD LIKE TO HELP YOU, IN MY MIND I USED TWO RIGHT SCHEDULES. OF TRYING TO THINK THERE HAS TO BE A WAY WHERE THE ONLY WAY TO INCREASE THE HOURS OF THE LIBRARY IS THREE PEOPLE OR NOTHING, SUCK IT IS NOT THREE PEOPLE OR NOTHING BECAUSE ONCE WE WROTE UP OUR SCHEDULES, IT GOES TO THE CITY MANAGER. I WAS ASKING FOR FOUR PEOPLE. HE WENT DOWN. I WAS ASKING FOR TO GO PART-TIME AND TO GO FULL-TIME.
AND I'VE DONE SCHEDULES ALSO FOR A NUMBER OF YEARS, BUT YOU'RE NOT JUST TAKING INTO EFFECT THE OPEN HOURS. YOU HAVE TO TAKE INTO A CONSIDERATION WHAT THOSE PEOPLE ARE DOING. IF I WANT TO SEND PEOPLE TO OUTREACH, I STILL NEED PEOPLE TO COVER THE DESK. IF I HAVE AN EMPLOYEE I WANTED TO SEND TO TRAINING, I STILL NEED TO HAVE PEOPLE IN THE BUILDING. HAVING THE EXTRA THREE PEOPLE MAKES IT POSSIBLE FOR TONYA, THE LIBRARY WRITTEN, TO FOCUS MORE ON THE COLLECTION, WHICH IS WHAT SHE
[05:25:03]
IS SUPPOSED TO BE DOING INSTEAD OF WORKING THE DESK. IF I HAVE AN EMPLOYEE TRAINING THAT WE HAVE ONCE A MONTH OR THE EMPLOYEE MEETING THAT WE HAVE ONCE A MONTH, HAVE TO SEND PEOPLE ONE OR TWO AT A TIME HERE WE HAVE NOT ALL ATTENDED THE MEETING BECAUSE IT STARTS WHEN WE OPEN. IT IS NOT A DO OR DIE, PER SE BUT IF YOU ARE TALKING ABOUT QUALITY-OF-LIFE IF YOU ARE TALKING ABOUT MEETING THE NEEDS OF A GROWING COMMUNITY, I DON'T THINK SIX PEOPLE CAN DO IT. I PERSONALLY THINK WE WOULD NEED TO DOUBLE, BUT IN LIGHT OF BUDGETING, AND COST FOR BENEFITS AND SALARIES, WE CAN MAKE DO. WE CAN MAKE DO AND DO BETTER WITH THREE EXTRA PEOPLE.>> BUT NOT WITH TWO. SUCCULENT HELP BUT WOULD NOT TAKE US WHERE WE COULD REALLY DO JUSTICE TO THE COMMUNITY.
>> I AGREE WITH THE MAYOR IN CUTTING ONE POSITION BUT I DIFFER ON A DIFFERENT ASPECT BECAUSE I LOVE THAT YOU ARE TALKING ABOUT NUMBERS AND ATTENDANCE. HOW HUTTO IS GROWING AND YOU'RE TRYING TO MEET THE NEEDS OF A GROWING COMMUNITY. SPACE IS AN ISSUE AND YOU ARE HEAVY ON YOUR STAFF, AS YOU SHOULD BE BECAUSE YOU ARE THE DEPARTMENT HEAD AND YOU ARE HERE TO ADVOCATE FOR THAT LOOKING INTO THE FUTURE OF MEETING COMMUNITY NEEDS FOR THE LIBRARY, WHETHER IT IS SPACE, MANAGING TRAFFIC FLOW THE BOOKS, THINK WE NEED TO HAVE A SHORT-TERM PLAN, BUT IT IS LIKE A LONG-TERM PLAN ALSO. YOU KNOW THAT DURING OUR CIP WORKSHOP, WE PUSHED OFF THE LIBRARY FEASIBILITY STUDY UNTIL NEXT YEAR. I THINK IT WOULD BE WISE FOR US TO DO THAT THIS YEAR. I DO HAVE A PROPOSAL FOR THAT BECAUSE IF WE ARE TAKING CARE OF PUBLIC WORKS. WE ARE GOING TO DO THE FEASIBILITY STUDY. I THINK IT IS WISE OF US TO DO THE LIBRARY STUDY AS WELL BECAUSE IT WILL TELL US HOW MUCH SPACE WE NEED IS A GROWING COMMUNITY THAT I CAN ACTUALLY TELL US HOW MANY EMPLOYEES GOING TO BE NEEDED AS WELL AND I THINK IT IS ALSO IMPORTANT TO LOOK INTO THE FUTURE WITH THIS AS WELL BECAUSE IT IS HOW WE CAN PACKAGE IT FOR THE AS A BOND TO THE CITIZENS OF HUTTO BECAUSE WE WILL HAVE TO ASK ABOUT PD. I THINK WE JUST NEED TO BE IN FULL FORCE BECAUSE OUR COMMUNITY IS GROWING. THE LIBRARY FOOT TRAFFIC IS GOING PICKUP IS THE EVERYTHING THAT YOU SAID. IT IS NEED A. FOR THE LIBRARY. I WOULD LIKE TO SEE US THAT TO THIS BUDGET. THE 24 ABOUT IT. I GUESS MY PROPOSAL WOULD BE TO CUT JUST ONE LIBRARY ASSISTANT OF 40 K AND ADD TO THAT WITH THE 20 9K 29 K
FROM THE TRAINING. >> WE HAVE ARTIE EATEN UP THE
TRAINING MONEY. >> ABOUT ALSO THE 50 K FROM THE CITY MANAGER BUT IT. THAT GETS US TO 122 DO THE STUDY AND WE CAN SEE WHERE WE ARE AT IS A COMMUNITY. THAT IS GIVING HER TO GO FULL-TIME PEOPLE. TAKING AWAY THE THIRD ONE BUT USING THAT TO GO TOWARDS A STUDY AND USING THE SOUTH WITH THE CITY MANAGER BUT THE 29 FROM THE TRAINING. PSYCHOLOGIST THE
STUDY? >> IT IS 119. SUCK BUT I WOULD SUGGEST IS THAT WE JUST MAKE THE CHANGES AND THAT I HAVE A
TALLY WHILE WE ARE UP AND DOWN. >> WE ARE WAY DOWN A MORE THAN YOU ARE SAYING FINANCERS THAT IS A QUARTER MILLION DOLLARS.
>> TAKING A RECOMMENDATION TAKING ONE LIBRARY FTE AWAY FOR 40 GRAND BUT AT AND $120,000 STUDY. SELECT JUST TO CLARIFY, THE ONE POSITION IS 71,000, $192. 71 -- 71,192. IS LIKE YOU
AND CALL HER 72. >> 72+29 FROM THE TRAINING. WE ARE ALREADY AT 101. IS LIKE THE STUDY IS NOT PART OF THIS BUDGET. THE STUDY AS PART OF THE CIP.
>> EXACTLY KACO TRYING TO ADVOCATE IN A DIFFERENT LIGHT THAT WE NEED TO DO SOMETHING WITH IT THE LIBRARY BECAUSE SHE
[05:30:01]
IS ALREADY OUTGROWING -- AT HER MAX. WE ARE GOING TO GIVE HER TWO WITH MY PROPOSAL. SHE ASKED FOR FOUR BETWEEN HER AND THE CITY MANAGER THEY CAME TO THREE. WE WOULD AT LEAST GIVE HER TWO BUT WE CAN MOVE FORWARD ON THE FUTURE OF HUTTO. THE FUTURE LIBRARY AND IT IS SOMETHING THE RESIDENTS WANT.THEY -- THE PROGRAMMING WILL KNOCK IT OUT OF THE PARK. THIS IS IN THE FUTURE BECAUSE WE WILL HAVE TO MAYBE HAVE THE LAND AND BUILD IN THE STUFF THAT WE NEED TO GET AHEAD OF THINGS. AND SET OF WEIGHTS AND DELAY. THAT IS WHY. BUT THAT IS
WHERE -- YOU SAID 72? >> THE STUDY WAS 119 IN. SUCK IT IS THE 40 K FROM THIS BUDGET, OR FROM ONE OF THE POSITIONS, 50 K FROM THE CITY MANAGER.
>> NO. THE POSITION IS 70. YOU ARE JUST LOOKING AT THE LINE ITEM FOR THE SALARY. YOU HAVE TO ADD IN THE BENEFITS AND
EVERYTHING. >> 70 K. SELECT THE LEAST THE LIBRARY PETITION -- IS PRACTICE FITTING OF THE LIBRARY STUDY FOR PERHAPS IN THE STUDY. WE ARE AT 72. SUCK A NET GAIN OF
47,000. >> AND 20 9K FROM THE CITY COUNCIL TRAINING THAT HAS BEEN FREED UP.'S LACK OF ARTIE GOT THAT IN THE LIST WITH JUST FOR THIS ONE DEPARTMENT IT IS +47.
HAVE A PLUS TO 40+118-15-29+10 AND THIS WOULD BE A +47. SELECT
THAT MAKES SENSE. >> CAN WE DO THOSE IN SEPARATE
MOTIONS? >> I DON'T WANT TO DO THOSE TOGETHER. I WOULD RATHER VOTE WHETHER TO REMOVE THE POSITION AND THEN VOTE READY TO WHETHER TO ADD BACK IN THE OTHER. SUCK I GUESS -- SELECT THE FIRST ONE WE WILL DO IS A MOTION TO REMOVE. ARE YOU OKAY MAKING THE MOTION TO REMOVE ONE FTE?
>> YES. THE MOTION TO REMOVE ONE LIBRARY FTE AT 72,000.
SELECT THE LIBRARY ASSISTANT. WHAT I SAY?
>> YOU ARE RIGHT. THERE IS A TECHNICIAN AND ASSISTED. THE
ASSISTANT. >> IS THERE A SECOND ON THAT?
>> I SECOND THAT.'S LACK SECONDED BY COUNCIL MEMBER WILL CUT. ANY DISCUSSION? SUCK I THINK YOU NEED EVERYTHING THAT
SHE HAS ASKED FOR. >> PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
>> COUNCILMEMBER DANA WILCOTT. >> ONE.
>> DAN THORNTON. A >> NAY. SELECT THE MOTION PASSES 5-2. MOTION IS TO ADD IN A LIBRARY STUDY.
>> YES. >> AT 119. WE HAVE A SECOND?
>> YES. >> THE LIBRARY STUDY FOR WHEN I.'S LACK SECONDED BY COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON. IS THERE ANY DISCUSSION ON THIS? PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. SLOT COUNCIL MEMBER
>> BRIAN THOMPSON. >> AYE. SELECT THE MOTION PASSES SEVEN MINISTERIAL. WANTED TO SAY ABOUT THE STUDY ONE OF THE THOUGHT THAT I HAD THAT I KNOW OVER THIS YEAR WE ARE LOOKING ORIANA ODYSSEY IS NOT ADOPTED IT YET, BUT FOR THE POLICE WHEN THEY ARE LOOKING AT A NEW FACILITY FOR THEM THAT IS PART OF THE STUDY, WE LOOK AT USING THE OLD CITY HALL POLICE BUILDING TO BE THE NEW LIBRARY IN THE FUTURE TO REPURPOSE THE BUILDING, OR WHAT IS THE PLAN FOR THE BUILDING WHENEVER WE DO THAT. LIKE I THINK IT IS A GOOD OPTION. YOU COULD ALSO LOOK AT MOVING ALL OF THE NONPROFITS INTO THE BUILDING AND HAVING THE HRC. YOU COULD HAVE THE AMERICAN LESIONS. THERE ARE DIFFERENT OPTIONS YOU COULD DO WITH THE BUILDING.
>> I THINK THE BUILDING IS WILLFULLY INADEQUATE FOR A NEW
LIBRARY. A >> I DO TO. SAKE WOULD NEVER WANT TO PUT THE LIBRARY THERE PICK TO HAVE LITTLE KIDS IN THE DUNGEON. FLOCK I WOULD HESITATE TO GO INTO AN OLDER BUILDING.
>> I AGREE. >> WE HAVE AN AMENDED MOTION APPROVING THE LIBRARY BUT IT IS PRESENTED WITH THE SUBJECTION OF AN FTE LIBRARY SYSTEM AND ADDING IN THE STUDY. THAT WAS A
[05:35:05]
MOTION BY THOMPSON AND SECONDED BY MAYOR PRO TEM GORDON. ANY DISCUSSION ON THAT? SELECT HEARING ON, PLEASE CALL THEVOTE. >> COUNCILMEMBER DANA WILCOTT.
>> AYE. >> MAYOR PRO TEM GORDON.
>> ONE. SLOT COUNCIL NUMBER THOMPSON.'S LACK AYE.
COUNCILMEMBER AMBERLEY KOLAR. >> ONE. SLOT COUNCIL MEMBER
>> MOTION PASSES SEVEN MINISTERIAL. OF FLAX 6-1.
>> 6-1. I AM SORRY. >> I HAVE NO DOUBT THAT WOULD IN A YEAR OR TWO THAT EVERYTHING ELSE THAT WE HAVE BEEN BEHIND ON, NOT THAT WE HAVEN'T BEEN BEHIND ON THE LIBRARY, BUT EVERYTHING ELSE WILL BE CAUGHT UP TO HER GOING FORWARD WE CAN START EXPANDING SERVICES WERE SOMETIMES RIGHT NOW WE ARE NOT EVEN MEETING BASIC LEVELS. UNFORTUNATELY, EVERY DEPARTMENT HAS SOMETHING. I DON'T WANT YOU TO THINK -- I DON'T SUPPORT THE LIBRARY. IT AND I HAVE SPENT EVERY LUNCH DURING HIGH SCHOOL I WAS AT THE LIBRARY. YOU READ THE WALL STREET JOURNAL. THE PAPER. IT DIDN'T EAT LUNCH IN THE CAFETERIA. IS MY TIME AT THE LIBRARY. LOVED THE LIBRARY. I WANT TO BE ABLE TO HELP YOU AT SOME POINT, SOMEHOW. THANK YOU FOR EVERYTHING THAT YOU ARE DOING. SODOM DISAPPOINTING NOT TO GIVE YOU THE NUMBER YOU'RE ASKING FOR BUT IT IS A CYBER TRYING TO AFFORD THE GETTING THE NEW LIBRARY.
>> IT DEFINITELY WILL HELP. I APPRECIATE IT. SELECT BIG PLANS
ARE COMING. >> WE HAVE MUNICIPAL COURT SUCK I MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE AS PRESENTED.
>> I'M AFRAID TO VOTE ON THIS BECAUSE THIS IS A PLACE THAT YOU DO NOT WANT TO UPSET. SO CAN WE JUST APPROVE AS IS?
>> APPROVED AS PRESENTED. >> BENEFIT. NO CONVERSATION.
SELECT THEY ARE NOT ADDING ANY FTES. I DID NOT SEE ANY MAJOR CHANGES IN MONEY AND ANOTHER LAST YEAR THINK THAT WE HAD AT THE POSITION AND I DON'T KNOW TESTRAK I UNDERSTAND THE NINTH-GRADE GIVES THEM LOTS OF BUSINESS. I DON'T KNOW THEY ARE PROBABLY OVERWORKED AS WELL AND THERE IS A BACKLOG BUT I ALSO KNOW THAT THEY WENT TO ONLINE TEAMS, OR SOMETHING.
>> THEIR RUNNING COURT BOTH VIRTUALLY AND IN PERSON, DEPENDING AND THEY ALSO HAVE THE IN PERSON COURT DATES WHENEVER THEY HAVE JURY TRIALS THEY ARE RUNNING PRETTY SMOOTHLY. ARE VERY PLEASED WITH THE WORK COMING OUT OF
MUNICIPAL COURT. >> I DON'T HAVE ANY QUESTIONS.
LIKE ANY OTHER DISCUSSION. SELECT HEARING ON, PLEASE CALL
THE VOTE. >> COUNSELOR THOMPSON.
>> ONE. >> COUNCILMEMBER DANA WILCOTT.
>> MAYOR SNYDER.'S LACK AYE. SLOT MAYOR TOM GORDON.
>> AYE. SELECT THE MOTION PASSES 7-0. I DID THE MATH REALLY QUICK. WE ARE UP AT 336. WE STILL HAVE 336 AND THAT BRINGS US UP TO PARKS AND REC.
>> I HOPE YOU HAD A RED BULL OR A MONSTER
>> LET ME GET A SODA FOR THIS ONE.
>> BEFORE JEFF STARTS , I AM LOOKING AT THIS MEGAN JUST WANTED TO HAVE THE DISCUSSION AS FAR AS WHAT WE CAN DO AS FAR AS PULLING AND TO THE BUDGET FOR PARKS AND IMPROVEMENT. I DON'T KNOW IF WE -- AND I'M GUESSING THE CITY MANAGER WE CAN PROVIDE CONTEXT ROUND IF WE COULD USE PARK IMPROVEMENT FUNDS. LOOKING AT OUR SURVEY, ONE OF THE MAJOR CALLOUTS WAS UNDER NATURE-BASED PROGRAMMING YOUTH ATHLETIC AND RECREATION PROGRAMS. SENIOR RECREATION PROGRAMS AND ALSO IF YOU GO UNDER FACILITIES YOU SEE THE QUALITY OF WALKING AND BIKING TRAILS VICTORY CANOPY AND NEIGHBORHOOD PARKS. THAT BEING SAID, LOOKING AT WHAT OUR SURVEY IS SAYING FROM CITIZENS, I WOULD LIKE TO ADD IN POA 2025 TRAIL EXPANSION FROM CROSS
CREEK TO CREEKSIDE. >> THE CIP PROJECT?
>> YES. 460 K. IT ALSO LIKE TO: P 18 2025, PICKLEBALL COURTS. I
[05:40:04]
WOULD ALSO PULLIN P 19 2025 RESTROOM. I WOULD ALSO PULLIN '05 2025, TRAIL LIGHTING. AND THEN ALSO PULLIN PO 9 2025 TRAIL EXTENSION FOR A TOTAL OF, IN THIS BUDGET, 740 K.SLACKENED THAT IS COMING OUT OF THE GENERAL REVENUE OR THE
PARKS IMPROVEMENT PLAN? >> I'M WAITING TO UNDERSTAND
WHERE IT COULD COME FROM. >> WHAT WERE THE THINGS. THE TRAIL EXTENSION, THE TRAIL LIGHTING, RESTROOM, PICKLEBALL OR IS THAT IT? SELECT TRAIL EXTENSION THAT ADAM OR GAGNE PARK, PICKLEBALL COURTS, TRAIL EXPANSION FROM CROSS CREEK TO THE CREEKSIDE. I WOULD JUST LIKE TO UNDERSTAND WHAT MY OPTIONS WOULD BE PULLING IN THESE PROJECTS.
>> FROM THE CIP LIST? >> CORRECT.
>> SINCE ALL OF THOSE PROJECTS ARE CIP AND THOSE WERE ONES THAT WERE FOR FUTURE YEARS AND NOT THIS YEAR. YOUR BEST BET WILL BE TO LOOK AT THE PARKS IMPROVEMENT FUND FOR THOSE TYPES OF PROJECTS. THAT IS GENERALLY WHAT THE PARKS IMPROVEMENT FUND IS FOR. FOR THE SMALLER PARKS PROJECTS LIKE THAT. I OPEN THAT UP AND RIGHT NOW WITH THE PROJECTED EXPENDITURES IN THEIR, THE ONE THING THAT IS NOT REFLECTED, THAT I SEE HERE CURRENTLY IS THE AMOUNT OF MONEY THAT WE ARE PAYING FOR THE DESIGN. BUT EVEN IF I SUBTRACT THAT OUT, AFTER BUDGETING WHAT COUNSEL DID LEAVE IN THE CIP FOR THIS YEAR YOU WOULD STILL HAVE ABOUT 1.2 UP TO $1.3 MILLION TO PROGRAM IF YOU WANTED TO AND YOU SAID IT WAS 700 SOMETHING?
>> I'M SHOWING 740,000.'S LIKE YOU COULD DO THAT IN THE PARKS IMPROVEMENT FUND. I THINK YOU COULD. YOU SEE ANY HOLE IN MY LOGIC? SUCK I WOULD REALLY NEED TO GO BACK AND LOOK AT IT TO MAKE SURE THAT THE FUNDS ARE THERE AND JUST DO ANOTHER ESTIMATE ON WHAT WE ARE LOOKING AT THIS YEAR. SELECTED YOU NEED THE NAMES ARE THE AMOUNTS? SELECT NO. I HAVE THEM.
>> CAN WE MAKE THE MOTION CONTINGENT ON THE PARKS FUND.
SELECT YOU FEEL COMFORTABLE WITH THAT?
>> SECOND. >> THOMPSON AND SECONDED BY AMBERLEY KOLAR. I AM VERY IN SUPPORT OF THAT FROM THE STANDPOINT THAT I BASELY BOLDEST VOTED AGAINST REIMBURSING THE PARKS IMPROVEMENT FUND. ONE IN MY MANAGER SPOTTED A PARKS IMPROVEMENT AND HAVING THE MONEY THEIR, NOT SPENDING IT IS NOT DOING ANYBODY ANY GOOD.
THIS IS A WHOLE CHUNK OF PROJECTS THAT CAN BE DONE WITH IT. SLOT CURRENTLY INSIDE OF THE PARKS IMPROVEMENT FUND, WE ARE PROJECTING THE YEAR END FUND BALANCE TO BE 3.3 MILLION, BUT OF THAT, 1.2 IS ENCUMBERED ON THE PARK DESIGN. THAT LEAVES
2.1. >> JUST CONTINGENT ON MAKING
SURE WE HAVE IT IN THE FUND. >> THAT LEAVES 2.1 AND I HAVE PROGRAMMED $1 MILLION OF THE CIP THAT THE COUNCIL HAD LEFT FOR THIS YEAR INSTEAD OF THE PARK IMPROVEMENT FUND. THAT IS 1 MILLION AND IT GETS US DOWN TO 1.1. THAT SHOULD WORK OUT AND THAT IS WITH NO NEW MONEY COMING IN. SELECT TO REMEMBER, COUNSEL DID APPROVE A REFUNDING AGREEMENT SO THAT ONCE THE BOND
SHEET -- SOCKET IS NOT ON HIM. >> ONCE THE BOND IS ISSUED WITH COUNCIL APPROVAL, THE BOND CAN REPAY THE PARK IMPROVEMENT FUND FOR THE DESIGN OF THE 1.2 MILLION AND THAT WOULD DEFINITELY GIVE YOU THE 740 K. SLOT GOT IT.'S LIKE ANY DISCUSSION ON HAVING THOSE PROJECTS? THINKING OF THE
PEOPLE CIP? >> COUNCILMEMBER THORTON BROUGHT UP A GOOD POINT THAT IS CONTINGENT ON HAVING THE MONEY IN THEIR PICKUP IS THE MAKING SURE THAT WE HAVE IT IN THERE BUT I DO THINK THAT COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON RINGS UP A GREAT POINT AS FAR AS CONTINGENT ON HAVING THE MONEY.
>> WE ARE MAKING A MOTION ON BRING THE PROJECTS FROM THE CIP, PAYING IT FORWARD WITH THE PARKS IMPROVEMENT FUND
[05:45:02]
CONTINUED CONTINGENT ON THE MONEY BEING HERE. DID EVERYBODYUNDERSTAND EMOTION? >> YES. IS LIKE ANY OTHER DISCUSSION ON THIS? HEARING ON, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE. ACCOUNT
NUMBER THOMPSON. >> ONE. SLOT COUNCILMEMBER DAN
THORNTON. SELECT ONE. >> NUMBER RANDAL CLARK.
>> AYE. >> MAYOR SNYDER. SELECT ONE.
>> COUNCILMEMBER DANA WILCOTT.'S LACK AYE. SELECT THE MOTION PASSES 7-0. OTHER PARKS DISCUSSION?
>> DO YOU HAVE ENOUGH STAFF TO HANDLE ALL OF THAT?
>> IF WE APPROVE ALL OF THE PURPLE BOXES.
>> WE ARE OFF TO A GREAT START. LET'S KEEP IT GOING.
>> WHERE DOES THE INCOME COME IN FROM ALL OF THE ACTIVITIES WE ARE DOING. WE TALKED A YEAR ARE TWO ABOUT THE CAMP WAS A CASH PLUS DEAL. WHERE DO WE SEE THE INCOME AFTER THE BUDGET FOR THAT. SUCK ONCE I AM IN THE REVENUE SIDE
>> LET ME GET BACK OVER THERE. SELECT ALL THAT WE HAVE IN THE SOFT WAS WHAT WAS BUDGETED SUCK I THINK YOU'RE THINKING THAT ESSENTIALLY THE MONEY SHOULD PAY FOR THE STUFF
>> IF THEY CAMP WAS CASH POSITIVE I WOULD BE SURPRISED IF IT WAS. IT WOULD PAY FOR STAFF SELECT THIS YEAR FOR THE
SUMMER CAMP PROGRAM >> WE HAD IT LAST YEAR. WE HAD A GOOD RESPONSE FROM THE COMMUNITY. THIS YEAR WE HAD AN OVERWHELMING RESPONSE. WE FILLED UP ALL OF OUR CAMPS, ALL OF THE WEEKS ADDED MARKETS AND STILL HAD OVER 130 ON THE WAITLIST. IN NEXT YEAR'S BUDGET, IN ORDER TO MEET THE DEMAND, THEY HAD AND THE STAFF IN THE WAY THAT WE FIGURED IT WAS THAT IT IS A BREAKEVEN ORRIE MAKE A LITTLE BIT OF MONEY ON IT AT THE END OF THE DAY. IT DEPENDS ON HOW MANY FIELD TRIPS WE GO ON. A MUCH IT COSTS. WHERE WE GO ON THE FIELD TRIPS BECAUSE PART OF IT IS THROUGH THE GRANT WITH THE SCHOOL AS FAR AS TRANSPORTATION. SOME OF THOSE FACTORS COME INTO PLAY. IT DEPENDS ON HOW MANY SIBLINGS ARE JOINT BECAUSE WE HAVE A SIBLING DISCOUNT BECAUSE WE HAVE A NONRESIDENT ADDITIONAL FEE THAT WE HAVE TO PAY. BUT AFTER THE END OF THE DAY WE THINK WE GET REALLY CLOSE TO BREAKING EVEN OR MAKING MONEY ON IT.
>> LET JUST TELL HIM. WE TOOK IN 20,000 FOR CAMP?
>> YOU MEAN FOR THE CURRENT YEAR?
>> 23 PROJECTED AND WE DID NOT HAVE THAT BROKEN DOWN THIS
YEAR. >> RIGHT NOW THE FUND IS SITTING AT THE PARK RICH RECREATION FEE IS SITTING AT 195,400 OF REVENUE FOR THE YEAR.
>> I BELIEVE IT IS ABOUT $20,000.'S LIKE THAT OF MONEY THAT GOES INTO THE GENERAL REVENUE? SELECT THE GENERAL
FUND. SELECT THE GENERAL FUND. >> 195 AND AND IF I AM READING
THIS RIGHT -- >> I AM SORRY. I ACTUALLY READ IT WRONG. THAT IS MY FAULT. THAT IS WHAT I GET FOR DOING FINANCIALS. ACTIVITY IS 125,817. SO THAT IS THE CURRENT NUMBER. SOCKET I'M NOT SAYING EVERYTHING HAS TO MAKE MONEY.
>> UNDERSTAND IT IS WANT TO GET THE NUMBERS RIGHT.
>> THE ONE THING ABOUT THERE ARE SOME THINGS.'S LIKE IT IS A VERY SLIM MARGIN, BUT SOME OF THE PROGRAMS ARE AT A LOSS FOR THIS ONE JUST HAPPENS TO BE VERY CLOSE TO BREAK EVEN.
>> IF WE ARE GOING TO HAVE COUNT TIME AND EVERYONE ELSE, WHAT I WANT TO FIND OUT IS, PARK PROGRAMMING IS VERY WELL LIKED BY THE PUBLIC BUT LOOKING THROUGH THIS I DO WONDER IF THERE ARE TOO MANY PROGRAMS THAT THE CITY IS PUTTING ON AND COULD SOME OF THESE IF THEY MAKE MONEY OR BREAK EVEN, THIS IS -- FOR 1000 BUT THAT DOESN'T INCLUDE STAFF TIME FOR GIRLS NIGHT OUT IS 1000 THAT DOESN'T INCLUDE STAFF TIME. AND SOME OF THESE I'M WONDERING EASTER EGG HUNT. AND WE DID THE STRAIGHT CONT DOWNTOWN. AND WE GIVE THE DOWNTOWN BUSINESS ALLIANCE AND CANDY. WE SAY BY THE LABOR. IS
[05:50:07]
THERE ANYONE THAT CAN PUT THIS ON BECAUSE ALL OF WE HIRE PEOPL TO HAVE MORE EVENT AND EVERY EVENT COSTS MONEY. IT NEVER GETS FED. IT JUST KEEPS GOING AND IT IS AN EXPANSION OF GOVERNMENT AND IT IS GREAT THAT PEOPLE LIKE THIS, BUT ARE THERE NONE OF THESE ANOTHER ORGANIZATION CAN DO THAT MADELEINE SANDBOX CAN DO. THE TROUT DERBY AND FIGURE OUT ANOTHER WAY TO DO IT OR DOES EVERY EVENT HAVE TO BE FUNDED BY THE CITY AND RAN BY THE CITY? IF THE ANSWER IS YES, THE ANSWER IS YES. BUT WE HAVE HAD A MASSIVE INCREASE IN PROGRAMMING AND IT IS ONLY 2000 HERE IN 1500 THERE BUT WE ARE NOT KEEPING TO THE LABOR AND YOU ARE ASKING FOR, I THINK SOMETHING IS WRONG BECAUSE THE TOP PART SAID THERE WERE 8 FTES AND A PROPOSED FOUR BUT THERE ARE SIX OF THEM BEING PROPOSED.SELECT THERE SHOULD BE FOUR. THREE GROUNDSKEEPERS AT A RECREATION COORDINATOR FOR SPECIAL EVENTS.
>> THIS IS A MAINTENANCE TECH. >> SUCK A SECOND COORDINATOR BECAUSE IT LOOKS LIKE THE FIRST ONE IS MAKE IT THINK IT VACANT.
ABOUT 57,000. >> THEY HAVE 66,000. IT IS PROBABLY $80,000 PER YEAR. WE ARE HIRING THE SECOND WANT TO PUT ON THE 25 EVENTS THAT HAVE, THAT IS WHAT I AM WONDERING. IS THERE A WAY TO STILL HAVE A GOOD PROGRAM, OR MAYBE HAVE A LITTLE BIT LESS AND NOT HAVE TO HAVE A SECOND COORDINATOR AND TRY TO HELP GET OTHER NONPROFITS TO TAKE ON OTHER THINGS SELECT SOME OF THESE ARE FREE. A MASK AND A PROFIT TO FLOAT THE MONEY FOR THAT TOOK AS FAR AS STAFF TIME, WE ARE NOT COMMITTING A LOT OF THE LOGISTIC WORK LEADING UP AS FAR AS THE DATE OF EVENT WITH VOLUNTEERS AND SOME OF THE SUMMER
DO? >> THEY WILL PLAN OUT THE LOGISTICS OF THE EVENT TO THEM. SOME OF THE RESPONSIBILITIES , PLAN, ORGANIZE, 20+ EVENTS , HALLOWEEN EVENTS, SECURE PERMITS AND EVENTS FOR RELATED EVENTS MAKING SURE WE ARE COMPLIANT WITH SAFETY REGULATIONS AND BUDGET CONSTRAINTS, DEVELOP CREATIVE STRATEGIES TO ENGAGE ATTENDEES, ENCOURAGE PARTICIPATION, TO THE EVENTS TO ACCOMMODATE DIFFERENT SKILL LEVELS AND ABILITIES FOSTERING AN ENVIRONMENT WHERE PEOPLE CAN ENJOY THEMSELVES. COLLABORATE WITH COMMUNICATIONS TO COME UP WITH COMPELLING CONTENT AND DESCRIPTIONS. MANAGE LOGISTICS OF SPECIAL EVENTS INCLUDING VENUE SELECTION, SETUP, DECORATIONS, CATERING, SUPPLIES, COLLABORATING WITH STAFF MEMBERS AND VOLUNTEERS TO DELEGATE TASKS. ADDRESS ANY ISSUES THAT ARISE MY RECOMMENDED CHANGES, POLICY, STAFFING PROCEDURES FOR THE DEPARTMENT. RECRUIT, TRAIN, RECRUIT AND RETAIN CONTRACT INSTRUCTORS, INCLUDING CONTRACT COMPLIANCE, SCHEDULING, MARKETING AGREEMENTS, FINANCIAL REPORTS, OVERSEEING PORTIONS OF THE BUDGET. PERFORMING OTHER DUTIES AS ASSIGNED. THAT IS KIND OF THE GENERAL --
>> I GUESS IT GOES TO MY POINT, THE MORE EVENTS WE HAVE WE NEED A COORDINATOR. THERE ARE SO MANY EVENTS , AGAIN, THEY ARE NOT MUCH BUT THAT IS JUST ONE, YOU PROBABLY HAVE MORE THAN ONE EMPLOYEE TO THESE EVENTS, I WOULD IMAGINE.
>> USUALLY FOR THE EASTER EGG HUNT, THERE WAS ME , THERE IS A PARKS MAINTENANCE PERSON AND FIVE OR SIX OF THE GROUNDSKEEPERS AND PARKS BOARD WAS THERE, THEY WORKED SOME OF THESE EVENTS AND WORK OUR BOOTHS. IT IS NOT A HEAVY STAFF BECAUSE WE HAVE SO MANY COMMUNITY ORGANIZATIONS AND OTHER PARTNERS THAT DO IT SO IT IS NOT A LOT OF STAFF. WE DON'T HAVE A LOT OF STAFF TO GO AROUND.
>> THERE ARE TWO STAFF THAT OPERATE THE SCOREBOARD. NOT TRYING TO BE MEAN BUT I THINK THAT IS A JOB ONE PERSON CAN HAVE. IF WE PASS A PERSONAL POLICY AND EVERYBODY IS GETTING COMP TIME OR FLEXIBLE SCHEDULES IF I WAS RUNNING A BUSINESS, I WOULD SAY ONE PERSON CAN RUN A SCOREBOARD OR IS THERE A
[05:55:02]
VOLUNTEER THAT CAN RUN A SCOREBOARD OR CAN THE LEAD GO FROM $25-$30 AND THEY PAY SOMEONE TO RUN THE SCOREBOARD? IF YOU HAVE EMPLOYEES RUNNING THE SCOREBOARD AND THERE IS THAT KIND OF OVERLAP EVERYWHERE I WONDER, DO WE NEED TO ADD FOUR PEOPLE? CAN WE ADD TWO PEOPLE AND WE HAVE ONE PERSON RUNNING THE SCOREBOARD? IT MAY JUST BE THE ONE SPORT.>> THE REASON THERE ARE TWO OUT THERE IS A SAFETY ISSUE. LOTS OF TIMES WE HAVE HAD ONE OUT THERE IN THE PAST, EVERY TIME WE HAVE HAD THAT THOSE THINGS POP UP WHERE THERE IS A POTENTIAL VIOLENCE ISSUE OR SOMETHING, WE ALWAYS LIKE TO HAVE TWO OUT THERE TO PROTECT EACH OTHER AND PROTECT THE OTHER PLAYERS AND THE GUESTS AS WELL. HAVING TWO OUT THERE HELPS CONTROL ERRATIC BEHAVIORS , IT INCREASES THAT STABILITY . THE SAME PERSON WILL BE THERE EVERY WEEK, THEY
KNOW THE RULES. >> A FIGHT BREAKS OUT ON A KICKBALL FIELD , ARE THEY GOING TO BREAK IT UP OR CALL 911?
>> THEY WILL PROBABLY CALL 911, THEY MAY BREAK IT UP DEPENDING
ON THE SITUATION. >> IF YOU HAVE YOUR PARKS PEOPLE BREAKING UP FIGHTS, IT SEEMS LIKE A LIABILITY.
>> SOMETIMES WE HAVE TO DO THAT, IT IS PART OF THE OPERATIONS. MANY FIGHTS HAVE BROKE UP AT THE REC CENTER
BEFORE. >> CROWD CONTROL WHEN IT
HAPPENS. >> THOSE ARE CONTRACT EMPLOYEES SO THEY WORK ON A AS NEEDED HOURLY BASIS.
>> WHAT I AM GETTING AT IS, WE ARE GROWING AND PRODUCING THE PARKS DEPARTMENT WILL BE BIGGER THAN THE POLICE DEPARTMENT. WE WILL HAVE THE BEST PROGRAMMING WHICH IS GREAT BUT WE HAVE GOT TO PAY FOR IT. TRYING TO FIGURE OUT HOW TO PAY FOR IT AND MAYBE NOT CREW IT SO QUICKLY TO WHERE --
>> MY RESPONSE TO THAT IS WE STARTED WITH TWO EVENTS LAST YEAR, WE DID THE MOTHER, SON AND DADDY DAUGHTER. THE FIRST TWO EVENTS IN FY 22 BUDGET. WE HAD MONEY LEFT OVER AND FROM ONE YEAR GROWTH , THE MOTHER AND SON GROUP BY 39% AND THE
DADDY DAUGHTER GROUP BY 20%. >> THE TWO EVENTS, 17 IN ONE
YEAR. >> WE WENT TWO EVENTS IN 22 AND THIS YEAR WE ADDED MORE EVENTS AND NEXT YEAR WE ARE ADDING A
FEW MORE. >> WE APPRECIATED ALL OF THE EVENTS. ALL OF THEM WERE PUT ON THERE.
>> SOME ARE COLLABORATING WITH THE CO-OP GREENS. WE HAVE A COUPLE MOVIES IN THE PARK TO INCREASE PROGRAMMING AS WELL.
>> ARBOR DAY HAS 500 BUCKS. NO CHANCE FOR GOING OVER $500.
AND $100 FOR MARKETING. THAT IS A , YOU KNOW, PLANT A TREE, GET A TREE. A LOT OF THAT IS REPLACING THE TREES WE HAVE AND GIVING TREES AWAY TO POTENTIAL PEOPLE TO COME OUT THERE AND
HELP US OUT. >> THIS IS THE LAST QUESTION.
WE HAVE -- YOU MENTIONED I THINK THERE MAINTENANCE MENTIONED THERE GROUNDSKEEPERS?
>> THEY RECENTLY GOT RETITLED TO PARTS MAINTENANCE TECHS.
>> IN IRAN WE DON'T EVEN CUT PARKS ANYMORE?
>> WE STILL CUT 165 ACRES. >> WHAT DID WE OUTSOURCE --
>> WE OUTSOURCED THE GENERAL PARK MOWING, WE MOW SOME OF THE SAW HOUSE, CATHOLIC FIELDS, DIFFERENT PARKS THAT AREN'T IN THE CONTRACT. STILL A BIG CHUNK OF IT THAT WE MOW AND BY ADDING THESE PEOPLE WE WILL BE ABLE TO INCREASE OUR SERVICES, THAT IS THE MAIN THING WE ARE LOOKING FOR. THOSE SERVICES INCLUDE, RIGHT NOW WE CLEAN THE RESTROOMS THREE DAYS A WEEK.
WEAKLING ON MONDAY, WEDNESDAY AND FRIDAY. IF WE ADD THESE POSITIONS, WE WILL DO THAT DAILY. WE WILL BE ABLE TO ADD THAT SERVICE. RIGHT NOW WE EXPECT OUR PLAYGROUNDS FROM QUARTERLY, WE CAN DO THAT, TO WEEKLY. WE MAKE SURE OUR PLAYGROUNDS ARE SAFE, MAKE SURE WE HAVE ENOUGH SAFETY FIBERS.
YOU HAVE 85 FLOWERBEDS THAT WE MAINTAIN. WE CAN DO THIS FROM QUARTERLY TO WEEKLY. WE CAN MAKE SURE WE ARE CHECKING ON THE PLANS, MAKE SURE THE IRRIGATION IS WORKING, WE JUST DON'T HAVE ENOUGH STUFF TO DO THAT RIGHT NOW. FOUR PARKS
MAINTENANCE TECHS. >> SINCE WE ASKED TRUDY THIS, DO YOU HAVE TO HAVE ALL THREE?
>> YES, FOUR. >> HOW MANY DID YOU ASK FOR
>> WE ASKED FOR A LITTLE BIT MORE.
>> 79 FTES, I CUT DOWN THE 39 TO GIVE YOU A GENERAL IDEA.
>> THAT WAS 40 IN THE PARKS? >> I THINK SHE WAS AT THE
[06:00:12]
PARKS BOARD MEETING AND WE SHARED THIS, WE ARE MEMBERS OF THE NATIONAL RECREATION PARK ASSOCIATION, THEY PROVIDE THEIR FTP ACCOUNT, THEIR SALARY COUNTS EVERY YEAR. FOR CITIES 20 TO 49,000, THIS IS ACROSS ALL OF THE UNITED STATES. IF YOU ARE CALIFORNIA, NEW YORK, AS WELL AS MISSISSIPPI AND ALABAMA, OKAY? FOR CITIES 20 TO 49,000, THE HIGH, THE AVERAGE HIGH WAS 67.8 STAFF, FULL-TIME STAFF FOR PARKS ANDRECREATION DEPARTMENT. >> IN A CITY OUR SIZE --
>> THE CITY, BETWEEN 20 AND 50,000. THE MEDIUM WAS 32, THE
LEWIS 17. WE HAVE 8. >> OH MY GOSH.
>> I WOULD LIKE TO SEE THE CITIES THAT HAVE 67.
>> ALONG WITH THAT IT WOULD BE BIGGER THAN THE POLICE
DEPARTMENT. >> THE POLICE DEPARTMENT IN THE CITIES ARE PROBABLY 150 OR 200.
>> IT ALL DEPENDS ON THE CITY. YOU HAVE TRAVELED AROUND, SOME CITIES BUT A LOT OF EMPHASIS ON SERVICES.
>> WE COULD NOT POSSIBLY TAKE ENOUGH MONEY TO FUND 70 PARKS
PEOPLE, 150 POLICE. >> BUT WE DO NOT HAVE THOSE
TYPES OF PARKS EITHER. >> IT IS PARKS AND RECREATION.
>> IF A LOT OF THOSE PLACES HAVE A REC CENTER OR THEY HAVE STAFF THAT WORK THERE, THAT WILL BE 10 TO 27.
>> WE WOULD ASK THEM HOW MANY PEOPLE DO YOU USE TO RUN THAT REC CENTER? IF YOU'RE COMPARING US WITH CITIES.
>> POTENTIALLY, YEAH. >> ONE TIME I LOOKED AT THE CITY THAT SUPPOSEDLY MADE US LOOK LIKE WE WERE UNDERSTAFFED AND THEY HAD ELECTRIC COMPANY AND RAN A GOLF COURSE. I SAID YOU CANNOT COMPRESS THE CITY BECAUSE WE DON'T HAVE A GOLF COURSE OR RUNNING ELECTRICITY. IF THE AVERAGE CITY HAS A REC CENTER RUN BY CITY EMPLOYEES AND THEY DON'T, I WOULD HAVE TO KNOW HOW MANY PEOPLE ARE IN THAT REC CENTER BECAUSE IT MAY BE 60 PEOPLE RUN THE REC CENTER, THEY ONLY HAVE SEVEN IN
THE PARKS. >> THAT IS NOT THE CASE, THE 17 IS YOUR LOW END AND THAT IS GOING TO BE THE FIELD TYPE FOLKS AND WE ARE HALF OF THAT
NUMBER. >> CANNOT CUT ONE BODY OFF.
>> IF YOU WANT TO INCREASE THESE SERVICES, THAT WE TALKED ABOUT, GOING FROM HAVING OUR PARKS LOOK LIKE THEY ARE TO WHERE THEY SHOULD LOOK, THEN I NEED THESE BODIES.
>> I WILL SAY CLEAN THE RESTROOMS EVERY DAY, DEFINITELY NEED IT. 20, 30, 40, 8 TO 14-YEAR-OLDS CAN WRECK THOSE THINGS REALLY FAST. I HAVE HAD A LOT OF NIGHTS SPENT VERY SKILLED AT FINDING EVERY OTHER VOLUNTEER JOB TO DO OTHER THAN CLEANING THE RESTROOMS. I KNOW WHAT THEY LOOK LIKE AT THE END OF THE NIGHT. THEY NEED TO BE CLEANED. I THINK WE REALLY STILL NEED TO FOCUS ON NOT DOING A LOT OF THINGS WE DON'T NEED TO DO. I DON'T THINK WE NEED TO RUN THE SCOREBOARDS. WE SHOULD LET THE TEAMS FIGURE OUT HOW TO RUN THEIR OWN SCOREBOARD AND HAND IN THE CONTROL AND WHEN THEY COME , SOMEBODY STOPS BY AND CLOSES UP THE FIELD. I DON'T THINK STAFF MEMBERS SHOULD NEED TO BE THERE WHEN YOU HAVE A BUNCH OF ADULTS AT A FIELD. THEY HANDLE IT THEMSELVES. IF THEY HAVE TO CALL THE POLICE THEMSELVES OR THEY GET CALLED, YOU KNOW --
>> COUNCILMEMBER, I AM IGNORANT WHEN I AM ABOUT TO ASK THIS QUESTION SO THIS ISN'T A LEADING QUESTION BUT I THOUGHT THE SCOREBOARDS WERE BEING DONE BY CONTRACT UMPIRES BEING PAID FOR BY THE TEAMS , WE ARE COORDINATING IT AND WE MIGHT HAVE A PERSON THERE FOR 2 FIELDS OR THREE FIELDS OR WHAT EVER BUT FOR THE MOST PART THOSE SCOREBOARDS AND THOSE TYPES OF THINGS ARE BEING DONE BY THE UMPIRES OR BY CONTRACT
LABOR. >> THEY ARE DONE BY CONTRACT LABOR THAT WE ARE PAYING FOR THAT SERVICE.
>> WE ALSO HAVE REVENUE COMING IN FROM THE OFFSET OF THAT EXPENSE. IT IS NOT ASCENDING OUR FIELD TECHS TO RUN
SCOREBOARDS. >> THERE ARE OTHER THINGS WE CAN LOOK INTO. YOU ABSOLUTELY NEED TO HAVE YOUR STAFF DRAG THE FIELDS AND MAINTAIN THEM BUT LINING THE FIELDS, WHOEVER IS USING THEM CAN LINE THE FIELDS, THOSE KIND OF THINGS.
WE NEED TO TRY AND PICK AND CHOOSE WHICH THINGS ARE REALLY IMPORTANT THAT THE CITY DOES AND WHICH CAN FALL OFF ON WHOEVER IS RENTING THE FIELDS. I WOULD LIKE TO SEE US PUSH A LITTLE MORE OF THAT STUFF OFF ON THE PEOPLE RENTING THE FIELDS SO THAT WE CAN SPEND MORE TIME ON THE THINGS WE
ABSOLUTELY NEED TO DO. >> THAT IS A GOOD POINT BY COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON AND I DEFINITELY AGREE WITH IT. THE THINGS THAT WE CAN DO, LET'S TRY AND DO THIS BUT AT THE END
[06:05:03]
OF THE DAY I THINK ALSO THERE ARE SOME SERVICES THAT AREN'T ALL ABOUT THE MONEY AND MORE ABOUT THE EXPERIENCE AND QUALITY OF LIFE FOR OUR CITIZENS. LIKE I SAID, I DO AGREE WITH COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON, LET'S LOOK AT WHAT WE CAN COME A PUSH AT THE SAME TIME I DO THINK THERE ARE SOME SERVICES THAT AREN'T ALL ABOUT THE MONEY. IT IS REALLY ABOUT THE QUALITY OF LIFE FOR OUR CITIZENS. THANK YOU GUYS FORWHAT YOU DO. >> YOU ARE WELCOME.
JOB. >> I THOUGHT WE WERE GOING TO
END IT THERE. >> I WAS GOING TO. BUT I JUST THINK -- THE ONLY WAY TO GET THE CITY TO BE MORE CREATIVE WITH HOW WE FUND THINGS AND HOW WE DO THINGS IS TO LIMIT THE GROWTH, LIMIT THE SPENDING AND I THINK IF WE -- I WILL BE HONEST, FOR ME, I WILL PROBABLY MAKE THIS AS A MOTION, I WOULD TAKE OUT A RECREATION COORDINATOR AND A MAINTENANCE TECH BECAUSE I THINK YOU GUYS CAN STILL MAINTAIN AND IMPROVE SOME WITH TWO MORE PEOPLE. I WAS TELLING TRUDY, I FIND IT HARD TO BELIEVE, NOTHING GETS DONE, IT IS TO MORE PEOPLE THAN
YOU HAD. >> I DID NOT SAY NOTHING GETS DONE, I THINK THE ADDED SERVICE AND ADDED VALUE, IF YOU WANT THESE THINGS , THAT IS WHAT I NEED. WE HAVE OVER 100 PIECES OF EQUIPMENT IN THE PARKS WITH ITS GRILLS AND PARK BENCHES, YOU KNOW HOW MANY TIMES WE HONESTLY MONITOR THAT AS OFTEN AS WE SHOULD? WE JUST DO NOT HAVE THE TIME OR EFFORT
TO DO THAT. >> WE ARE PUTTING ON 17 EVENTS.
IT IS THE MAINTENANCE OF THE PARKS. WE LOSE ON AVERAGE, SEVERAL WEEKS JUST TWO DIFFERENT THINGS. IF COOK FEST IS COMING IN, THAT WILL COMMIT TWO WEEKS OF MOST OF MY STAFF TO THAT. JULY 4TH IS USUALLY A WEEK OR TWO. EITHER STAFF, WE HANG BANNERS DOWNTOWN. WE LOSE STAFF WHEN WE -- FOR HOLIDAYS, FOR SICK TIME. IT ENDS UP BEING ABOUT TWO MONTHS WORTH OF WORK A YEAR FROM THOSE OTHER COMMITMENTS. I AM TRYING TO GET
-- >> YOU HAVE THE DOWNTOWN BUSINESS ASSOCIATION, THEY FORM BECAUSE THEY WANT TO START RUNNING THEIR FUTURE. I DON'T UNDERSTAND WHY WE CAN'T GET WITH THEM AND SAY, LOOKS. HERE IS SOME MONEY, YOU WANT LIGHTS, DO LIGHTS. YOU WANT BANNERS PUT UP , THEY ON THE BUSINESSES, THEY OPERATE THEM, WE KEEP FIGURING OUT WAYS TO SPEND MONEY AND TIME AND I DON'T KNOW THAT THEY WANT THAT. IF THEY WANT THAT WAS FIGURE OUT A WAY FOR THEM TO PUT THE BANNERS UP BECAUSE IT DOES NOT HELP ME AND IT DOES NOT HELP THE PEOPLE ON THE SOUTH SIDE OF TOWN, IT HELPS THE PEOPLE IN DOWNTOWN.
SOME OF THESE THINGS, HYD AS A, HAVE WE NOT TOLD THEM TO TEAR THEIR SHUTDOWN, WE TAKE THE STAND OF YOU GUYS CANNOT PAINT LINES LIKE WE CAN, YOU CAN'T DRAG FEELS LIKE WE CAN SO WE HAVE TO DO THAT AND WHAT HAPPENS IS YOU NEED MORE PEOPLE WHEN THERE IS OTHER PEOPLE WHO ARE SAYING YOU WILL DO THE WORK, JUST LET US DO IT. I KNOW THAT YOU DON'T AGREE WITH THAT BUT, I MEAN, THERE ARE PEOPLE WILLING TO DO THE WORK BUT NO ONE CAN DO IT AS GOOD AS THE CITY CAN PICK SOME OF THESE THINGS, IF YOU HAD TO, THERE'S GOT TO BE SOMETHING IN HERE
THAT SOMEONE ELSE CAN DO. >> POINT OF CLARIFICATION, DID WE HAVE A MOTION ON THIS ONE? DID YOU MAKE IT AS A MOTION?
>> NO, WE ARE JUST DISCUSSING.
>> DID WE HAVE A MOTION ON THE --
>> NO, WE HAD A MOTION THAT WE ADDED THINGS TO THIS BUT WE HAVE NOT HAD A MOTION TO APPROVE IT.
>> I WOULD LIKE TO MAKE A MOTION, MAYOR, TO APPROVE THE
PARKS BUDGET AS PRESENTED. >> SECOND.
>> WITH THE AMENDMENTS OF THE -- THE AMENDMENTS THAT YOU
ADDED, RIGHT? >> WE ALREADY VOTED ON THE AMENDMENT. I WOULD LIKE TO MAKE A MOTION TO -- IMPROVE THE PARKS BUDGET AS PRESENTED.
>> THAT IS ALL I AM SAYING, THERE'S GOT TO BE A WAY TO --
I DON'T KNOW. >> I WILL MAKE A MOTION TO AMEND THAT TO TAKE OUT A DIRECT COORDINATOR AND
MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN. >> COULD WE GET THE DOLLAR AMOUNTS ASSOCIATED WITH EACH OF THOSE?
[06:10:04]
>> 65 AND 54. >> I'M CURIOUS ABOUT THAT, ONE OF THEM, WE ALREADY HAVE A VACANCY FOR A DIRECT COORDINATOR, SO I THINK THE ONE POINT WITH THE MAYOR IS, YOU GOT WHEN YOU HAVEN'T EVEN FILLED IN AND YOU ARE SAYING YOU NEED ANOTHER ONE ON TOP OF THAT ONE.
>> WE FILLED IT AND THEY RESIGNED AND NOW WE ARE REALLY
RECRUITING IT. >> HOW DO YOU KNOW YOU NEED TWO WHEN YOU DON'T HAVE ONE? I WOULD SAY IF YOU HAD ONE --
>> SAME WAY THAT WE KNOW WE NEED X NUMBER OF POLICE OFFICERS, OF THIS THAT AND THE OTHER. THAT IS THE WORK THAT GOES INTO ALL THE PREP TO GET TO THE RECOMMENDATIONS TO COME TO YOU ALL IS THE DEPARTMENTS ARE PURSING ALL THAT INFORMATION AND THEN WORK SHOVING IT AND BEING, YOU KNOW, CRITIQUED, I GUESS, IS A GOOD WORD, WHERE I AM ATTACKING THEM AND NOW THEY ARE DOING IT FOR THE POLITICAL BODY SO YOU ALL HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO DO THE SAME THING AND YOU SEE WHAT IS ABLE TO STAND UP ON ITS OWN TWO FEET.
>> I WOULD NOT COMPARE IT TO THE POLICE DEPARTMENT BECAUSE THE POLICE DEPARTMENT HAVE CALLS , REGULAR THINGS THAT HAVE BEEN. THE PARKS DEPARTMENT IS EXPANDING SERVICES, THE POLICE DEPARTMENT IS SINCE -- ESSENTIALLY REACTIVE.
>> I DO NOT SEE IT AS BENDING SERVICES. WHENEVER I WORKED WITH JEFF ON THIS AND POKED INTO HIS RATIONALE TOO, TO ME WE SHOULD BE CLEANING THE BATHROOMS DAILY. WE SHOULD BE DOING THAT AND WE ARE NOT. WHENEVER WE HAD THE ISSUE WITH THE CRACKS AROUND THE TREES THAT WEREN'T GETTING IRRIGATED, WHY WEREN'T THOSE GETTING INSPECTED REGULARLY? BECAUSE WE ARE UNDERSTAFFED. WE DO NOT HAVE THE PEOPLE. DO WE NOT DO THE EVENTS? THAT IS KIND OF PART OF THE NARRATIVE THAT I HAVE BEEN HEARING, DO WE NOT TO THE EVENTS? I DON'T KNOW. MY ANSWER WOULD BE YES, WE DO THE EVENTS BECAUSE EVEN THE CITIES
ARE TASKED WITH -- SORRY? >> IT IS REVENUE.
>> NO, THAT IS NOT WHY WE DO IT, IN MY MIND, ANYWAY. OF COURSE I AM A LITTLE BIT DIFFERENT MINDSET THAN MOST PEOPLE THAT PUBLIC SAFETY, TRANSPORTATION, EVERYBODY UNDERSTANDS THAT IS WHAT CITIES DO. ALSO WHAT CITIES DO IS GIVE OPPORTUNITIES FOR NEIGHBORS TO WORK WITH NEIGHBORS, FOR PEOPLE TO HAVE PLACES TO RECREATE, FOR PEOPLE TO HAVE PLACES TO READ AND TO ENGAGE AND TO EXPAND THEIR EDUCATIONAL HORIZON. THOSE ARE ALSO THINGS THAT WE PROVIDE.
SO, IT IS NOT A LOT OF EXPENSE TO BE ABLE TO PROVIDE EVENTS , BUT I JUST CAN'T EVEN BEGIN TO FATHOM HOW POORLY WE ARE MAINTAINING WHAT WE CURRENTLY HAVE AND THEN TO SAY THAT I CAN'T ASSIGN RESOURCES TO THAT AND THEN WE ARE GOING TO BE ADDING ADDITIONAL PARKS AND BUILDING ADDITIONAL ITEMS TO HAVE TO MAINTAIN AS WELL, I DO NOT FEEL COMFORTABLE RECOMMENDING TO YOU OR TO THE PUBLIC A LEVEL OF SERVICE THAT IS LESS THAN WHAT I CONSIDER MINIMAL. THAT IS WHAT WE ARE CURRENTLY PROVIDING FROM THE WAY THAT I READ IT IN THE PARKS DEPARTMENT WHICH IS WHY THE POSITIONS ON HERE ARE ON HERE.
DO YOU NEED ONE OR TWO RECREATION PEOPLE? THAT REALLY DEPENDS ON HOW MUCH WE WANT TO GET INTO CONTINUING TO PROVIDE THESE OPPORTUNITIES. WE DON'T HAVE TO DO KICKBALL, WE CAN DO AWAY WITH KICKBALL BUT THAT IS PRETTY POPULAR.
>> WHY DO YOU NEED A RECREATION COORDINATOR TO DO KICKBALL?
>> WELL, WHY DON'T YOU ANSWER THE QUESTION?
>> THE CURRENT ONE WE HAVE RIGHT NOW IS FOR RECREATIONAL FOR CAMPS AND LEAGUES. BECAUSE OF THE SUCCESS OF OUR CAMPS , THE REQUIREMENTS THAT WE HAVE FOR THE LEAGUES, THAT POSITION IS GETTING RECRUITED FOR RIGHT NOW. WE ARE ASKING FOR , AND MADE IT THROUGH THE CITY MANAGER'S LIST FOR THE RECREATION COORDINATOR FOR SPECIAL EVENTS AND SOME OF THESE OUTSIDE CLASSES WE HAVE. WE HAVE YOGA IN THE PARK AND STARGAZING IN THE PARK. THOSE ARE THINGS WE HAVE TO OVERSEE THOSE CONTRACTS FOR, WORK WITH THOSE INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS FOR YOUR PAYMENT OR SERVICES THEY OFFER. THAT IS WHY WE NEED THOSE TO -- TWO COORDINATORS.
>> JEFF ISN'T REALLY SAYING THIS, A LOT OF THAT WORK IS BEING PERFORMED BY HIM. THE PARKS DIRECTOR. AND I NEED HIM DIRECTING THE PARK AND NOT RUNNING THE RECREATION
PROGRAMS. >> WE HAVE TALKED TO YOU AND I HAVE TALKED ABOUT THIS, WHERE I AM LIKE, I DON'T UNDERSTAND WHY WE KEEP EXPANDING OUR PROGRAMS WHEN, FIRST I FIGURE WE WOULD MAKE SURE OUR TREES ARE GETTING WATERED AND MAINTENANCE AND THEN WE HAVE TIME TO ADD PROGRAMS. INSTEAD WE ARE DOING A LOT OF FUN STUFF BUT I DON'T SEE ANYBODY HE WANTS TO DO THE NOT FUN STUFF AND SO LET'S HIRE MORE PEOPLE AND NOW WE WILL GET RID OF THE UN-FUN STUFF AND TO ME BEFORE YOU EXPAND THE 17 EVENTS IN A YEAR, YOU'RE TAKING CARE OF THE BASICS AND WHEN YOU GET DONE WITH THE BASICS YOU GO,, COUNSEL, IF YOU WANT MORE PROGRAMS, I NEED ANOTHER BODY. AND STEADILY EXPAND THE PROGRAMS AND WE SAY YOU NEED TO HIRE MORE PEOPLE. I AM
[06:15:06]
LOOKING AT IT FROM A DIFFERENT PERSPECTIVE, WE KEEP EXPANDING PROGRAMMING AT THE COST OF MAINTENANCE AND NOW WE ARE SEEING YOU GUYS WANT MAINTENANCE. IT IS LIKE IF THEY DO A WHOLE BUNCH OF COMMITTEE ACTIVITIES IN THE POLICE , ALL THE HLA THINGS, BUT CRIME IS CREEPING UP EVERYWHERE AND NO ONE IS RUNNING IT, NOW YOU WANT US TO PATROL THE NEIGHBORHOODS, I NEED MORE PEOPLE BECAUSE ALL MY PEOPLE ARE BUSY DOING EVERYTHING BUT PATROLLING.>> I THINK IT IS A FUNDAMENTAL DIFFERENCE OF WHAT YOU WANT YOUR TOWN TO BE. I HAVE BEEN TO EASTERN GERMANY RIGHT AFTER THE BERLIN WALL FELL, YOU CAN SEE WHAT IT LOOKED LIKE WHEN YOU ARE SUCH MINIMALIST GOVERNMENT VIEW THAT YOU ONLY DO THOSE BARE MINIMUMS AND THAT IS A QUALITY OF LIFE THAT I DON'T THINK MOST PEOPLE IN HUTTO WANT TO LIVE AT. I DON'T SEE ONCE WE NOW GOT A BUDGET AT NO NEW REVENUE, WITH THE MINIMUM LEVEL OF SERVICE THAT OUR CITY MANAGER, IS ACTUALLY THE CHARGE -- CHARGED WITH RUNNING THE ADMINISTRATION OF THE CITY WITH HIS DEPARTMENTS, WE HAVE DONE THAT, WE HAVE GENERATED A NO NEW REVENUE BUDGET, THAT IS ALL IT IS GOING TO BE. YOU'RE TRYING TO CUT IT DOWN SO MUCH TO SAY THAT I DON'T EVEN WANT THIS WHEN YOU GOT YOUR PARKS PEOPLE AT SOME POINT, IF THEY ARE NOT DOING WELL SPENDING WHICH THEY ARE NOT, WE NEED TO LET SOME OF THE PEOPLE RUN THEIR EXPERTISE OF WHAT THEY NEED TO DO THEIR DEPARTMENTS. I'M SORRY YOU WANT TO MICROMANAGE BUT THAT IS NOT GOOD GOVERNANCE. IT IS NOT AND I AM TIRED OF LISTENING TO YOUR MICROMANAGED GOVERNANCE BECAUSE IT IS NOT A GOOD STRATEGY, IT IS NOT A GOOD WAY TO GOVERN, AND I AM TIRED OF HAVING YOU DICTATE AND THINK AND TALK AS IF YOU ARE THE ONLY IDEA AND THAT IS THE BEST WAY TO DO IT.
IT IS NOT. PEOPLE WANT TO HAVE OTHER THINGS IN LIFE, OTHERWISE WHAT IS THE POINT OF GOING THROUGH LIFE IF IT IS JUST OLD GRAY? YOU NEED TO HAVE RAINBOWS, OKAY? ALL I AM SAYING IS YOU ARE FIGHTING ON THIS THING, UNLESS SOMEONE IS GOING TO MAKE A MOTION TO REMOVE SOMETHING, BUT ON THAT AND LET'S MOVE ON. WE DON'T NEED TO WASTE ALL THESE PEOPLE'S TIME AROUND AND AROUND.
>> I WISH WE COULD HAVE SAID THAT WHEN TRUDY WAS HERE.
>> I WAS GOING TO ASK THAT WE HAVE TWO SEPARATE MOTIONS FOR
EACH OF THE TWO POSITIONS. >> TO CLARIFY, I WAS MAKING A MOTION OKAY? I WAS MAKING ONE. EACH YEAR WE HAVE ADDED OVER 2 MILLION ADDITIONAL REVENUE AT NO NEW REVENUE. SINCE I HAVE BEEN ON THE IN FOUR YEARS, THE CITY TAKEN 9 MILLION MORE
DOLLARS. >> WE HAVE ALSO HAD A PRISON INFLATION RATE OVER THE LAST TWO YEARS TOO.
>> WE HAVE TAKEN IN $9 MILLION MORE. WHAT IS THE POINT OF MAKING GREAT ROADS, GREAT PARKS , IF PEOPLE KEEP MOVING OUT OF THE CITY BECAUSE THEY CAN'T AFFORD TO LIVE HERE?
>> ONE OF OUR PILLARS SAYS CREATE THE HIGHEST QUALITY OF
LIFE. >> I AM TIRED OF YOU MAKING ASSUMPTIONS THAT ARE NOT TRUE.
>> THE EXISTING PEOPLE ARE STRUGGLING TO MAKE ENDS MEET.
THEY ARE MOVING AND OTHER PEOPLE ARE TAKING OUR SPOT SO
YOU'RE NOT -- >> IF WE ARE AT NO NEW REVENUE HOW ARE WE MAKING THEM GO UP? BE MY POINT OF ORDER, WE ARE OFF OF THE AGENDA ITEM. CAN WE VOTE? OR MAKE A MOTION?
>> LET ME FINISH -- LET ME ADDRESS THE MOTION, IF THAT IS
OKAY. >> YOU ARE THE CHAIR. I DON'T WANT THIS TO BECOME WHAT DID YOU SAY, EAST GERMANY? I DON'T WANT IT TO LOOK LIKE EAST GERMANY. ALL RIGHT, WE WILL START WITH ONE MOTION TO REMOVE THE ONE RECREATION COORDINATOR.
>> SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER THORTON. ANY DISCUSSION ON THAT? THAT STILL LEAVES ONE. HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE
BOAT. >> COUNCILMEMBER WILL CUT?
>> AYE. >> COUNCILMEMBER CLARK,
>> MOTION FAILS, 3-4. THEN A MOTION TO REMOVE THE -- REMOVE A MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN.
NO SECOND, THAT FAILS. THAT BRINGS BACK TO THE ORIGINAL MOTION WITH THE DEPARTMENT AS PRESENTED WITH THE AMENDMENT OF THE PA EDITION . ARE THERE ANY OTHER ITEMS? ALL RIGHT, HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE ON APPROVING THE PARKS DEPARTMENT BUDGET.
[06:20:01]
>> COUNCILMEMBER GORDON? >> AYE.
>> COUNCILMEMBER SNYDER? >> AYE.
>> THAT PASSES 7-0. DO WE NEED A BREAK? ARE WE GOOD TO
CONTINUE? >> I DO NOT WANT A BREAK.
>> I DON'T WANT YOU TO GET REPRIMANDED OR SOMETHING FOR LOSING CONTROL. THE NEXT ITEM --
>> CAN YOU STOP BEING SO -- WHY DO YOU HAVE TO BE SO DISRESPECTFUL? CAN YOU JUST RUN THE MEETING?
>> NEXT DEPARTMENT WE HAVE IS THE POLICE DEPARTMENT. I WOULD SAY THE DISRESPECT -- I WOULD SAY WHY DON'T YOU JUST LET THEM
>> WE ARE ADDING SIX FTE CADETS , THIS IS NOT SHOWN AND PROPOSED EIGHT FTES TOTAL, AM I READING THAT RIGHT?
>> IS A GOOD-LOOKING GROUP OF FOLKS BACK HERE. YOU SHOULD HAVE FTE POLICE OFFICER POSITIONS THAT I HAVE FUNDED FOR ONE DAY IN THE BUDGET. BECAUSE WE HAVE FOUR VACANCIES , SEVEN VACANCIES RIGHT NOW OF EXISTING POSITIONS.
REALISTICALLY BE ABLE TO FILL 11 POSITIONS IN A YEAR IS NOT LIKELY TO HAPPEN. I WANT TO GIVE THEM THE OPPORTUNITY TO.
IF IT IS APPROVED AS IS, AND MIRACLES OF ALL MIRACLES , WE HAVE 11 PEOPLE WHO WANT TO GET HIRED IN DECEMBER, HE WILL BE COMING TO COUNSEL TO ASK FOR SOME SORT OF AN ADJUSTMENT IN
ORDER TO MAKE IT WORK. >> THAT IS A GOOD PROBLEM TO
HAVE. >> OUT OF THIS NUMBER THAT IT SAYS UP HERE , THERE ARE 55 CURRENT FTES AND SIX OF THOSE
>> FOUR OF THOSE ARE CADETS, ONE IS THE CIVILIAN POSITION WHICH IS THE CRIME SCENE EVIDENCE TECHNICIAN AND THE OTHER ONE IS AN ADMINISTRATIVE POSITION THAT THE CHIEF ASKED FOR THERE IS THE I.T. SPECIALIST THAT IS IN THERE TOO. I AM NOT EXACTLY SURE WHERE X IS COMING FROM. YOU THINK THEY HAVE EIGHT POSITIONS.
>> IT SAYS SIX FTE PROPOSED ETF'S.
>> CHIEF, DOES THIS INCLUDE --
>> THAT EQUALS EIGHT. >> I DIDN'T KNOW IF IT WAS 14 OR IF THE SIX IS PART OF THE EIGHT.
>> CAN YOU TELL ME WHERE YOU ARE LOOKING AT?
>> REBUTTED ONLINE. >> THE CADETS, WHERE DO THEY FALL UNDER, DO THEY FALL UNDER NEW POSITIONS? ARE SIX OF THE EIGHT NEW POSITIONS CONDUCTS OR ARE SIX OF THE CURRENT 55 FTES
CADETS? >> SIX OF THE CURRENT 55.
>> WE ARE ADDING EIGHT PEOPLE.
>> LET ME GO THROUGH THE LIST AGAIN , HELP ME OUT BECAUSE I AM GETTING TIRED. MENTAL HEALTH OFFICER, ALL RIGHT? WHICH IS A CIVILIAN POSITION. THE I.T. POSITION FOR PED. THE EVIDENCE TECHNICIAN , WHICH IS THE CRIME SCENE EVIDENCE TECHNICIAN SO THAT IS THE PEOPLE WHO GO OUT AND DO BEFORE AND SIX. THE ADMINISTRATIVE ROLE WHICH IS TO HELP WITH OFFLOADING SOME OF THE CRIME STATS AND STUFF THE CHIEF ALSO HAD ASKED FOR ANOTHER ROLE. AND THEN FOUR ADDITIONAL POLICE OFFICER POSITIONS I HAVE ONLY FUNDED FOR THE FACT OF THEM
SHOWING UP IN THE BUDGET. >> THIS DOES NOT INCLUDE THE FORENSIC AUDITOR, FORENSIC INSPECTOR. THE FORENSIC PERSON IS A PERSON THAT GOES OUT IN THE FIELD TO COLLECT THE INFORMATION. SO THAT IS THE CRIME SCENE EVIDENCE TECHNICIAN. FORENSICS. OKAY. THE POSITION HE ASKED FOR THAT I DID NOT AUTHORIZE OR PROPOSE WAS THE CRIME ANALYST , WITH TO DO STATISTICS IN THOSE TYPES OF THINGS. I DID NOT PUT THAT POSITION IN THE BUDGET BUT THE FORENSIC POSITION.
>> I HAVE A QUESTION ABOUT THE ANALYST FOR THE STATISTICS. WE
[06:25:03]
HAVE DONE THE THIRD-PARTY AUDIT WHERE THEY COME IN AND DID THOSE STATISTICAL REPORTS, SO IS THE PLAN IF WE ADDED THAT POSITION THAT THEN WE WOULD NOT PAY FOR THAT THIRD-PARTY REPORT ANYMORE? OR IS THAT STILL A REQUIREMENT FROM , THEY DID THE CRIME STATISTICS WHEN WE HAVE THAT REPORT DONE, IS THAT SOMETHING THAT YOU ARE TRYING TO REPLACE IT OR IS THIS IN ADDITION TO? THAT WOULD CHANGE HOW I WANT TOSWAP THAT. >> MAYOR, MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL, CHIEF OF POLICE FOR THE CITY OF HUTTO, WHAT YOU ARE REFERRING TO, COUNCILMEMBER CLARK, IS THE RACIAL PROFILING REPORT WE ARE REQUIRED TO DO EVERY YEAR, THAT WAS SOMETHING THAT WE DID HIRE OUTSIDE FOR THOSE SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED FOR THE POLICE DEPARTMENT. THIS PAST YEAR, WE DID IT IN HOUSE AND THAT WOULD BE ONE OF THE MANY TASKS THAT WE HAD A CRIME ANALYST, THAT THEY WOULD TAKE CARE OF, BUT WE HAVE BEEN AFFORDED THE OPPORTUNITY TO PROPOSE THE CRIME SCENE TECH IN THE ADMIN ASSISTANT, AND THOSE POSITIONS WOULD ALLOW US TO ABSORB A LOT OF THE SERVICES THAT WE WOULD HAVE IF WE HAD A DEDICATED CRIME ANALYST. WE SUPPORT THE CITY MANAGERS APPROACH ON THIS , WHEN IT CAME TO THAT POSITION, BECAUSE IT GIVES US ANOTHER YEAR TO COLLECT THE DATA TO SUPPORT THAT POSITION. BUT IT ALSO , AT THE END OF THE DAY, IN THE CITY, WE ARE A FAMILY AND WE KNOW THAT OUR OTHER DEPARTMENTS LIKE PUBLIC WORKS AND OTHER DEPARTMENTS HAVE NEEDS , WHEN WE LOOK AT THE SCALE OF WHAT WE ARE ASKING FOR, IT WAS NO CONTEST FOR US WHEN WE SAID, WOULD WE RATHER SEE A PUBLIC WORKS -- PUBLIC WORKS OR ANOTHER DEPARTMENT HAVE THE STAFFING OR IS HAVE THAT? IT WAS NO CONTEST.
>> THANK YOU, CHIEF. >> MAYOR, I WOULD LIKE TO MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE THE POLICE DEPARTMENT'S BUDGET AS
>> COUNT SECONDED BY COUNCILMEMBER WILL CUT. CHIEF, DOES THIS BUDGET FIX THE STEP PAY ISSUE TO WHERE WHEN PEOPLE LATERALLY ARE COMING IN THAT THEY ARE NOT FALLING BEHIND OR YOU GET PROMOTED FROM SERGEANT TO LIEUTENANT, YOU DON'T TAKE A
PAY CUT? >> THAT IS SOMETHING WE HAVE BEEN WORKING WITH HR AND THE FINANCE DEPARTMENT AND SOMETHING WE FEEL WOULD BE ADDRESSED IN THE SALARY SURVEY.
THIS BUDGET DOES NOT SPECIFICALLY HAVE ANYTHING IN IT TO ADDRESS THE COMPRESSION ISSUES OR THE CHANGES IN PAY WHEN YOU MOVE FROM STEP TO STEP.
>> IF YOU LIKE IT HAS BEEN A COMPLAINT FOR A COUPLE YEARS NOW BUT WHEN IS A SALARY STUDY GOING TO BE FINISHED?
>> IT IS DONE NOW, THEY ARE PRESENTING IT TO ME ON MONDAY OR TUESDAY OF NEXT WEEK. IT IS JUST, THERE WAS JUST NO WAY FOR ME TO BUILD INTO THE PROPOSED BUDGET BECAUSE OF THE TIMING.
THAT IS THE WHOLE PURPOSE OF THE PARITY AND A NUMBER OF THE OTHER ITEMS THAT I HAVE PUT IN HERE IS TO BUILD -- BE SOMEWHAT RESPONSIVE TO THE RESULTS. ONE OF THE THINGS WE WANTED TO MAKE SURE THAT WE WERE VERY COGNIZANT OF WHAT NOT TO MAKE ANY PROPOSALS TO GET OUT IN FRONT OF THAT BECAUSE ONCE THE SALARY SURVEY CAME BACK AND YOU WEIGHED THE INFORMATION, THERE MAY BE CHANGES YOU WANT TO MAKE AND WE HAVE SUBMITTED PROPOSALS OR TRIED TO MAKE OUR SELF ADJUSTMENTS WHEN THERE ARE OTHER FACTORS THAT SHOULD HAVE BEEN CONSIDERED, SO I THINK THE PROCESS THAT WE ARE TAKING, ALTHOUGH IT TAKES A LITTLE TIME AND WE HAVE GOT SOME CHALLENGES THAT WE HAVE HAD TO TRY TO BRACE AND WAIT FOR, I THINK THE APPROACH IS THE RIGHT APPROACH, SO THAT WE CAN GET IT DONE RIGHT AS OPPOSED TO HASTILY GOING AND MAKING THE DECISION TO , BASED UPON WHAT WE BELIEVE IS THE BEST SOLUTION, WHEN YOU HAVE A SUBJECT MATTER EXPERT LIKE A SALARY SURVEY ENTITY GOING OUT AND PROVIDING YOU MORE ACCURATE DATA BASED UPON THEIR EXPERIENCES.
>> AT THE NEXT READING -- >> YES SIR, I WILL HAVE ALL THE NUMBERS, I WILL KNOW WHAT THEY ARE. BUT, THE PARITY IS FAIRLY CLOSE TO THE NUMBER THAT I SAID, IT IS ABOUT $890,000 TO GET EVERYONE TO THE 50TH PERCENTILE. IF OUR CITY WANTS TO BE WHAT WE WANT TO PAY BETTER THAN OTHER PEOPLE WHO ARE MORE COMPETITIVE, THEN THAT WOULD BE MOVING ABOVE 50. IF WE WANT TO BE, WE ARE KIND OF OKAY BEING LESS THAN THAT, IT WOULD BE LESS THAN 50. SO 800, 90 SOMETHING THOUSAND DOLLARS WAS LAST NUMBER I RAN PROCEEDING TO GET US TO WHERE WE SHOULD BE FOR THE 50TH PERCENTILE.
>> THAT IS ACROSS THE BOARD OR JUST THE POLICE DEPARTMENT?
>> GOES ACROSS THE BOARD. I PUT INTO 40, I PUT IN ONE CORNER OF
THAT NUMBER, BASICALLY. >> DOES THIS INCLUDE THE NIGHT
[06:30:03]
SHIFT DIFFERENTIAL? >> THAT IS THE ONE AREA WE DID GET AHEAD OF THE CURVE. THE DIFFERENTIAL IS A FIRST-LINE UNDER SALARIES. IT IS RIGHT THERE, $120,000.
>> HOW MUCH MORE IS THAT AN HOUR FOR A PERSON?
>> WHAT WE PROPOSED WAS ABOUT 15% OF A PERSON'S SALARY.
THOSE ON THE NIGHT SHIFT, THAT WOULD BE THE ADDITIONAL AMOUNT OF FUNDS THAT THEY WOULD RECEIVE.
>> AFTER 5:00 GAME OR SOMETHING?
>> WE HAD IT SET FOR ACTUALLY ANY TIME AFTER -- WILL, THE CITY MANAGER IS CORRECT, OUR SHIFTS ARE 6:00 A.M. TO 6:00 P.M. BUT WHAT WE PROPOSED WAS FROM 5:00 P.M. ANYTIME AFTER 5:00 P.M. IF YOU ARE SALARY OR IF -- THE AMOUNT OF HOURS YOU WORK IS 50% IS PAST THAT 5:00 CUT OFF, WHETHER YOU WORK AN EIGHT, 10, OR 12 HOUR SHIFT. AS LONG AS 50% OF IT IS DURING THAT TIME, THEN YOU WOULD BE ELIGIBLE FOR THAT.
>> TO ANSWER YOUR QUESTION, IF THE OFFICERS ARE AT 32 BUCKS AN HOUR, 15% OF THAT NUMBER , SO YOU ARE TALKING, WHAT? THAT IS LIKE 375 AN HOUR OR SOMETHING LIKE THAT?
>> ALL RIGHT. >> I DO HAVE A QUESTION, THIS MIGHT BE FOR CONAN, JUST BECAUSE IT MIGHT BE IN A DIFFERENT LINE ITEM, I KNOW THAT ON YOUR SHORT-TERM PRIORITIES, IT IS TO RECRUIT VIA SOCIAL MEDIA PRINT AND STUFF WHICH IS GREAT, OBVIOUSLY WE NEED TO FULLY STAFF OUR PD.
UNDER -- IT IS AT THE VERY END. CONTRACTUAL SERVICES, SO IT HAS RECRUITMENT EXPENSES ZEROED OUT. SO DOES THAT MONEY LIVE SOMEWHERE ELSE ? BECAUSE THERE IS A ZERO ON RECRUITMENT EXPENSES? I GUESS, WHERE IS -- I WAS THINKING THAT IT WOULD BE -- IN SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS, BECAUSE THAT BUDGET IS 23 600 -- 23,600, COULD IT LIVE THERE? DO WE REALLY HAVE A ZERO
BUDGET TO RECRUIT? >> WHICH IS THE LINE ITEM YOU'RE TALKING ABOUT SPECIFICALLY?
>> LET ME PULL THE NUMBER REAL QUICK. LET'S SEE.
>> I THOUGHT YOU ALL WERE JUST DOING PAPER HANDOUTS AS FAR AS
RECRUITMENT GOES. >> I JUST WANT TO MAKE SURE -- WHAT DO I TELL YOU ALL THE CODE IS? 10 DASH 050 DASH 001 DASH 6437. OKAY. SO, THAT IS WHERE RECRUITING USED TO BE.
CURRENTLY, WE DO HAVE MONEY IN A JAR, CORRECT? PROFESSIONAL SERVICES, CAN YOU OPEN UP PROFESSIONAL SERVICES?
>> 17,000. >> $44,000. IT IS JUST ON A DIFFERENT LINE ITEM UNDER PROFESSIONAL SERVICES.
>> COUNSELING SERVICES, GREAT. I.T. SPECIALISTS. RECRUITMENT AND HIRING EXPENSES. OKAY, PERFECT. I JUST WANTED TO MAKE SURE THAT WE WERE COVERED AS FAR AS , OBVIOUSLY I KNEW IT WAS INTENTIONAL, I JUST WANTED TO KNOW WHERE IT LIVED.
>> THINK YOU. ANY OTHER DISCUSSION, PROPOSED CHANGES? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
>> COUNCILMEMBER KOLAR? >> AYE.
>> AYE. >> MOTION PASSES, 7-0. THANKS, SARAH. NEXT WE HAVE PUBLIC WORKS.
>> I MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE PUBLIC WORKS ADMINISTRATION AS PRESENTED. MOTION BY CLARK, SECOND BY COUNCILMEMBER
>> THERE ARE MORE FTES. >> NOT WITH THIS ONE, NOT WITH
PUBLIC WORKS. >> I THINK YOU'RE TALKING
STRAITS AND DRAINAGE? >> THIS IS PUBLIC WORKS
ADMINISTRATION. >> THERE ARE NO FTES ON
[06:35:02]
ADMINISTRATION. I DO NOT SEE ANYTHING IN ADMINISTRATION.>> THERE IS NOT. >> THERE IS NOTHING IN ADMINISTRATION FOR PUBLIC WORKS.
>> THAT IS WHAT WE ARE TELLING YOU.
>> THERE IS A DEPARTMENT LISTED HERE AS PUBLIC WORKS ADMIN.
>> HE IS STILL HERE. >> RICK, ARE YOU HERE, ARE YOU
GOOD? >> SAYING NOTHING THAT THERE IS
ABOUT 1 MILLION -- >> WHERE DID RICK GO?
>> IT IS ALMOST 1:00 A.M., WE ARE TIRED.
>> IT IS LIKE, 206 MILLION IN THIS BUDGET. THERE IS
SOMETHING. >> WE ARE OVER TO THE UTILITY
FUND? >> PUBLIC WORKS ADMINISTRATION IS THE NEXT DEPARTMENT IN OUR LIST AFTER POLICE.
>> IN THAT YOU HAVE ITEMS LIKE 4.8 MILLION FOR THE GLENWOOD COMMISSION, MAYBE THESE NEED TO BE MOVED AROUND?
>> THAT IS THE UTILITY FUND. >> WHATEVER YOU'RE CALLING IT ON THE THING YOU GAVE US, IT IS IN THE --
>> I HATE CLEAR GUV. >> IT IS IN THE PUBLIC WORKS
ADMINISTRATION. >> PUBLIC WORKS ADMINISTRATION.
EXPLAIN, I AM JUST TIRED IS ALL IT IS, I APOLOGIZE. THERE IS PUBLIC WORKS ADMINISTRATION. GENERAL FUND, ZERO, UTILITY FUND IS STUFF. BECAUSE ON PUBLIC WORKS ON THE GENERAL FUND, IT IS STRAITS AND DRAINAGE, ENGINEERING, CONSTRUCTION AND ADMINISTRATION, THOSE THINGS.
FOR THE GLENWOOD INTERCEPTOR AND THOSE TYPES OF THINGS, THAT IS GOING TO BE OVER ON THE UTILITY FUND SIDE. THAT IS ALL
I'M TRYING TO SAY. >> NOTE TO STAFF AND THE PUBLIC WORKS , YOU HAVE UTILITY AND OTHER CIP PROJECTS IN THAT
DEPARTMENT. >> I HAVE TO LOOK AT IT AND
SEE. >> RIGHT NOW IT SAYS BUDGET EXPENDITURES IS JUST SALARY BUT IT SHOWS --
>> PUBLIC WORKS SHOULDN'T BE ITS OWN LINE ITEM.
SHOWING ZERO. >> IF YOU OPEN UP THE UTILITY FUND AND OPEN UP ADMINISTRATION, YOU WILL SEE PROBABLY WHAT THEY ARE SEEING. BUT JUST KNOW THAT THE MONEY THAT YOU ALL HAVE BEEN TALKING ABOUT ADDING AND SUBTRACTING IS ON THE TAX SIDE AND NOW WE ARE FLIPPING OVER TO A FUN THAT IS ON THE UTILITY FUND SIDE WHICH IS PAID FOR BY WATER AND
WASTEWATER RATES. >> I AM WITH YOU.
>> NO YOU'RE NOT. >> STREETS AND DRAINAGE.
>> LET'S DO STRAITS AND DRAINAGE.
>> LET'S SKIP TO STRAITS AND DRAINAGE BECAUSE WE HAVE $336,000 WE HAVE TO MAKE UP. THIS IS A DEPARTMENT TO DO IT
IN. >> THIS IS A DEPARTMENT TO DO
IT IN. >> YOU HAVE $750,000 TO DO IT
WITH, PROBABLY. >> THAT IS WHAT I WAS PLANNING.
IS OKAY, IF YOU GUYS WILL RESEND THE PUBLIC WORKS
APPROVAL MOTION. >> MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE THE STREETS AND DRAINAGE BUDGET AS PRESENTED.
>> SECOND. >> MOTIONED BY MAYOR GORDON, SECONDED BY COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON. ANY CHANGES WE WANT TO MAKE TO STRAITS AND DRAINAGE?
>> YES, I WANTED TO ZERO OUT THE STREET REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE TO ZERO FROM THE 750 BECAUSE WE WANTED TO MOVE IT HOPEFULLY INTO THE FEE WITH THE UTILITY BILL.
>> ON THAT NOTE -- IF YOU CREATE THE REVENUE SIDE AND THAT COMES INTO ITS OWN FUND, DO WE WANT THE EXPENSES TO BE IN THAT FUND OR DO WE WANT THAT FUND TO TRANSFER TO THE EXPENSES IN THE STREET AND MAINTENANCE?
>> I WOULD SAY YOU GUYS CAN FIGURE THAT OUT, THAT SOUNDS
LIKE A BACKEND THING. >> IT MATTERS ONLY BUT IT BECAUSE IF YOU REDUCE MY LINE ITEM 20, I HAVE NOTHING TO
[06:40:01]
EXPENSE AGAINST. WHENEVER I ACTUALLY AM PAYING TO DO THEMAINTENANCE. >> YOU CAN EXPENSE IT TO THE
FUND WE ARE CREATING WITH IT. >> WE WOULD HAVE TO PUT AN EXPENSE ITEM OVER THERE WHENEVER WE DO THAT. THAT IS WHAT I AM SAYING. I DON'T KNOW IF WE WANT TO EXPENSE OR TO TRANSFER BECAUSE GENERALLY A TRANSFER FROM THE SPECIAL FUNDS
BUT NOT ALWAYS. >> AT THE POINT WE CREATED THIS BUDGET AND IT WAS PROPOSED ON AUGUST THE THIRD OR JULY 31ST, WHATEVER IT WAS , WE DID NOT KNOW THAT COUNSEL WAS CONSIDERING A STREET MAINTENANCE FUND. THERE IS THIS DISCUSSION ON THE STREET MAINTENANCE FUND. IT IS NOT CREATED IT IS NOT IN CLEAR GUV, IT IS SOME NEW THOUGHT THAT WE HAVE. WE SHOULD CREATE A STREET MAINTENANCE FUND AND WE WILL HAVE SOME REVENUE STREAM THAT YOU ALL WILL DISCUSS AND THAT REVENUE WILL BE OVER THERE AND WE WILL ALSO HAVE EXPENSE IN THAT SAME FUND. THEN WE WILL HAVE STREET MAINTENANCE CREW MAYBE IN THE GENERAL FUND OR MAYBE WE WILL PUT THE STREET MAINTENANCE AND DRAINAGE CREW OVER IN THIS NEW FUND. I HAVE NOT REALLY THOUGHT THROUGH IT ALL YET BUT IF WE LEAVE THE STREET MAINTENANCE CREW OVER HERE IN THE GENERAL FUND THIS NEW FUND WILL TRANSFER MONEY BACK OVER INTO THE GENERAL FUND WHERE THE WORKERS ARE.
>> IT IS NOT FOR THE WORKERS, IT IS FOR THE CONTRACTORS BUT THAT IS ACTUALLY WHAT I AM TRYING TO GET AT. THERE ARE TWO THINGS, ONE IS I HAVE TO HAVE AN EXPENSE TO BE ABLE TO CHARGE AGAINST. I AM TRYING TO DETERMINE IF YOU ZERO OUT THIS LINE ITEM THEN WE WILL HAVE TO CREATE AN EXPENSE LINE ITEM IN THE OTHER FUND BUT IF YOU DON'T, THEN WHAT WE WOULD DO IS WE WOULD INCREASE REVENUE BECAUSE WE WOULD BE DOING A TRANSFER FROM THAT FUND OVER HERE TO PAY FOR THIS. I JUST NEED YOU ALL TO UNDERSTAND THERE ARE TWO DIFFERENT WAYS TO CUT IT BUT IF YOU ZEROED THIS ONE OUT THEN WE HAVE TO BUILD AN EXPENSE ITEM OVER THERE. IF YOU LEAVE THIS IN THEN YOU ARE EFFECTIVELY INCREASING YOUR REVENUES TO WHERE YOU HAVE MORE MONEY TO WORK WITH BY TRANSFERRING THE MONEY OVER FROM THE TRANSPORTATION MAINTENANCE FUND. THAT IS THE BEST WAY I CAN THINK OF SAYING THAT.
>> HOW DO WE ENSURE WE DO NOT HAVE A SITUATION WHERE WE COLLECT MONEY IN THE FUND AND TRANSFER IT OVER TO THE GENERAL FUND BUT WE ARE NOT SPENDING THAT SAME AMOUNT OF MONEY?
>> YOU DON'T DO A STREET MAINTENANCE FEE.
>> MY WHOLE INTENT IS TO MAKE IT BE RESTRICTED TO WHERE IT ONLY IS NO WAY AROUND, IT HAS TO BE USED FOR THAT BECAUSE NOW WE FOUND OUT WE ARE COLLECTING THE STREET MAINTENANCE FEE BUT WE HAVE BEEN SPENDING THAT ON ANYTHING BUT STREET
MAINTENANCE. >> WE HAVE BEEN SPENDING IT IN THE TRASH FUND , NOW THAT I KNOW THAT STREET MAINTENANCE FUND IS THERE, I WILL MAKE IT CORRECT FOR YOUR CURRENT YEAR.
WHEN THIS NEW STREET MAINTENANCE FUND IS CREATED, THAT WILL BE THE FIRST TRANSFER IS TO TAKE IT OUT OF THE TRASH FUND AND PUT IT IN THE STREET MAINTENANCE FUND WHERE IT
BELONGS. >> HOW DO WE ENSURE, IF WE GO THERE AND HAVE THESE TRANSFERS TO OUR GENERAL REVENUE, HOW DO WE MAKE SURE THAT WE ARE NOT PROPPING UP OUR BUDGET WITH OTHER SPECIALTY FUNDS? I AM ONLY IN SUPPORT OF IT IF IT IS SO RESTRICTED , ALMOST LIKE A BOND. WHERE IT HAS TO BE THAT,
I DON'T WANT TO HAVE JUST -- >> I HAVE NOT THOUGHT ALL THE WAY THROUGH IT, THIS IS A NEW CONCEPT. BUT I DO BELIEVE THAT WE NEED TO HAVE A SEPARATE STREET MAINTENANCE FUND AND THAT IS WHERE THE REVENUE SHOULD GO INTO AND I DO BELIEVE THAT THIS EXPENSE SHOULD GO INTO THAT STREET
MAINTENANCE FUND. >> THAT IS FINE AS LONG AS WE ARE ALL CLEAR THERE HAS TO BE AN X ASSOCIATED EXPENSE OVER THERE IF WE ZERO THIS ONE OUT. THAT IS THE ONLY THING.
>> I DON'T THINK IT IS WISE TO ZERO IT OUT BECAUSE THIS WILL BE A MONTHLY FEE THAT IS GOING TO ACCRUE MONTHLY. SORRY, I AM TRYING TO WRITE. AND SO TO DEFUND THIS FEE WHENEVER YOU'RE GOING TO START OFF SMALL AND THEN EVENTUALLY YOU WILL GO TO WHATEVER NUMBER YOU ALL ARE TRYING TO HIT, NOBODY REALLY KNOWS, BUT I DON'T THINK THAT IS A GOOD IDEA.
>> LET ME EXPLAIN A LITTLE BIT HOW THAT MIGHT WORK. IT IS NOT UNCOMMON FOR FUNDS TO RUN NEGATIVE SO LET'S SAY WE BUDGET AN EXPENSE OF 750,000 IN THIS NEW FUND AND WE ARE EXPECTING 750,000 OF REVENUE THAT IS GOING TO COME IN MONTHLY. WE GO OUT AND WE DO $750,000 WORTH OF MAINTENANCE IN THE FIRST MONTH AND WE ARE DONE, WE HAVE SPENT ALL THE MONEY. THAT FUND WILL GO NEGATIVE AND EACH MONTH IT WILL BECOME LESS AND LESS NEGATIVE UNTIL IT GETS BACK UP ENOUGH REVENUE TO ZERO BACKOUT.
THAT HAPPENS ALL THE TIME. MY MAIN CONCERN ABOUT PUTTING THE
[06:45:04]
CONVERSATION ABOUT ZEROING IT OUT WAS AWARE OF -- MORE ABOUT AWARENESS, MAKING SURE IF YOU ZERO IT OUT HERE, WHEN YOU CREATE THE OTHER FUND , WE HAVE TO HAVE AN ASSOCIATED EXPENSE ASSOCIATED WITH THAT FUND OTHERWISE I HAVE NOWHERE TO CHARGE THE STREET MAINTENANCE AGAINST.>> MY POINT WAS, THE REASON I VOTED FOR NO NEW REVENUE IS BECAUSE I BELIEVE WE CAN DO THE OTHER THINGS YOU ALL HAVE BEEN ADDING ALL NIGHT IF WE WERE PAYING FOR THE RED MAINTENANCE IN A DEDICATED FEE. IF YOU DON'T WANT TO DO THAT, YOU WILL HAVE TO RESEND ALL YOUR OTHER STUFF BECAUSE YOU DON'T HAVE MONEY TO PAY FOR IT AND YOU CAN'T GO ABOVE NO NEW REVENUE
RATE. PERIOD. >> HOLDS THE PHONE, ARE YOU KIDDING ME? I DON'T EVEN KNOW WHERE TO BEGIN IN THAT STATEMENT. MAYBE SOMEONE ELSE TALK FIRST AND I CAN GET IT
TOGETHER. >> IT WOULD REQUIRE TAKING
MONEY. >> THIS IS THE OTHER WAY TO DO
IT. >> IT IS POSSIBLE. WE DID NO
NEW REVENUE LAST TIME. >> YOU CAN COLLECT MORE FROM A
FEE ON A DIFFERENT END. >> IS DEDICATED FOR RED MAINTENANCE FOREVER AND IT HAS BEEN PAID FOR BY NOT JUST
RESIDENTS OF HUTTO. >> YOU CAN ONLY COLLECT ON THE RESIDENTS OF HUTTO, YOU CANNOT GO BEYOND YOUR JURISDICTION, I
BELIEVE THAT IS ILLEGAL. >> NOPE, THEY CAN PAY ON THE STREET, IF THEY ARE PAYING WASTEWATER, IF THEY ARE A
WASTEWATER -- >> THE NUMBERS AND HAS PROVIDED US, I THINK THERE ARE EIGHT ACCOUNTS OUTSIDE THE CITY OF HUTTO AND I AM WILLING -- AS HEAD OF OUR CCN, THANK YOU FOR CLARIFICATION. I AM OKAY WITH LEAVING THEIR FIVE, EIGHT, 10, AND IS WHERE WE ARE AT, WE ARE PUTTING THE CART BEFORE THE HORSE, NOBODY KNOWS WHAT IS GOING ON WITH THE STREET MAINTENANCE FUND AND HERE WE ARE TALKING ABOUT THE BUDGET AND CHOPPING AND CUTTING AND ADDING WHICH I AM OKAY WITH, I THINK I HAVE VOTED IN FAVOR OF MOST OF THEM. ANYWAYS. THIS IS WHY WE ARE IN A DIFFICULT SITUATION.
>> THIS IS THE ONLY WAY TO PAY FOR ALL THAT STUFF WE JUST ADDED. IS TO TAKE THE $700,000 AND PAY FOR YOUR STUFF. THIS IS
THE ONLY WAY WE CAN DO IT. >> I AM GOING TO CHANGE MY MIND OF THE STREET MAINTENANCE FEE FOR ME WHICH IS FIGURED OUT IN THE BUDGET. I THINK IT WAS A 4-3 VOTE. IT WILL SWITCH, IT WILL FAIL. THE CAN GO TO THE BUDGET TONIGHT AND FIGURE OUT
HOW TO CUT OUT $336,000. >> THANK YOU.
>> WHERE ARE YOU GOING TO CUT? WE JUST WENT TO THE ENTIRE BUDGET AND WHERE ARE YOU GOING TO CUT NOW?
>> COUNSEL UNITED, THE STREET MAINTENANCE FEE WAS DIVIDED SO WE WILL CUT OUT THREE QUARTERS OF $1 MILLION SOMEWHERE ELSE IN
THE BUDGET. MY INTENT WAS -- >> I WOULD RATHER NOT DO THAT TONIGHT BECAUSE IT IS SO LATE, BUT YOU KNOW, WHATEVER.
>> MY INTENT WAS TO HAVE THAT FEE OFFSET OTHER TAXES AND BE A NET NEUTRAL. I JUST WANT IT RESTRICTED. IN FOUR YEARS WE JUST LEARNED WE HAVE BEEN COLLECTING DRAINAGE FEE MONEY AND NEVER SPENT IT, LASTER WAS THE FIRST TIME.
>> HOW WILL THIS BE DIFFERENT IF WE IMPLEMENT A STREET MAINTENANCE FEE THAT HASN'T BEEN ALLOCATED? OBVIOUSLY I HOPE NOW , BECAUSE ANN HAS CAUGHT THE ISSUE AND THE CITY MANAGER CAN NOW APPROPRIATE IT CORRECTLY BUT I MEAN, WHY NOT THEN -- WHY DIDN'T WE APPROPRIATE IT IN THE BUDGET?
[07:00:40]
[07:00:41]
HAVE GENERATED FOR THE CITY $900,000, 907.[07:00:43]
>> MAYOR AND COUNCIL, IT IS A THERE'S AND 72,000 NINE DOLLARS
-- 887,600 72,000 . >> IT WOULD GIVE US ONE .5 MILLION THAT WOULD HAVE MAINTAINED OUR STREET MAINTENANCE AT 1.2 AND EVEN FUNDED SOME OF THESE EXTRAS THAT WE HAVE DISCUSSED THROUGHOUT THE MEETING. AND PROBABLY WOULD HAVE LEFT A LITTLE EXTRA. WE CAN DO FOR WHATEVER, WHOEVER HAS THE NEXT PET PROJECT RIGHT.
>> YOU'RE SAYING RAISE TAXES, THE WILL OF US WHAT WERE GOING TO SPEND IT ON, ONLY SPENDING ON ONE THING AND WE CAN ARGUE
ABOUT WHAT IT IS. >> WE ARE ELECTED TO LOOK AT THE CITY AS A WHOLE, NOT JUST ONE THING. ELECTED TO COME UP HERE, YOU CREATED THE MONTH BEFORE GOING ON HERE, GROW RESPONSIBLY AND SUSTAINABLY, HOW IS THAT GROWING SUSTAINABLY AND RESPONSIBLY BY DOING ONE PROJECT, AT ONE TIME AND NOT TAKING THE MONEY AND SPREADING IT ALL OVER THE PROJECTS THAT ARE IN THE CITY SURVEY THAT THE CITIZENS DID, THAT THEY SAID THEY WANTED, YOU'RE DICTATING WHAT YOU WANT. YOU'RE DOING WHAT YOU JUST SAID YOU DON'T WANT TO DO, WHAT'S MOST IMPORTANT, LOOKING AT THE CITY SURVEY, SHARING THE LOVE IN
EVERY CATEGORY. >> THIS IS MICROMANAGING TO
THE TV. >> NO, IT'S NOT CARD SAYING WE DIDN'T INDEPENDENT STUDY, AND THE CITY NEED TO BUDGET ONE .5 MILLION, THIS IS A WAY TO GET THAT GOING FORWARD FROM NOW ON AND IT NEVER NEEDS TO BE TOUCHED AGAIN, YOU GET ALL YOUR ROAD MAINTENANCE FIXED FOR THE REST OF IT, THAT'S A
GOOD THING. >> ASSUMING WE DID NOT SEND REVENUE. WHAT WOULD STOP US FROM RAISING TAXES AND NO LONGER CHARGING THE TRASH DUMP, IT'S KIND OF JUST A FEE FOR THE SERVICE RIGHT. WE PAY THE TRASH COMPANY TO PROVIDE A SERVICE TO US IN CHARGE PEOPLE FOR IT. TRY TO THINK OF ANALOGY, BUMPING IN YOUR TAXES, JUST KEEP IT IN THE BUDGET AND PROPERTY TAX AND NO LONGER CHARGE THAT. CONCLUDED WITH THE TAXES, IS CAN INCLUDE THE SAME THING IS IT NOT, YOU CHARGE A TRASH BILL TO PUT IT IN A SEPARATE FUND, CAN ONLY BE USED TO PAY TRASH, THIS ID IS YOUR ONLY CHARGING ROAD MONEY
THAT CAN ONLY BE USED FOR THAT. >> YOU MAY HAVE HEARD THAT GOVERNMENT HAS DIFFERENT COLORS OF MONEY AND ONE COLOR OF MONEY IS TAX SUPPORTED OPERATIONS THE TAXES SUPPORT THE OPERATIONS OF THE CITY, THEN YOU HAVE PROPRIETARY FUNDS, WERE YOU MIGHT OFFER SOME SERVICES AND THOSE SERVICES ALREADY FEE, SO TRADITIONALLY WATER, SEWER, TRASH, EVEN DRAINAGE, HERE WE PUT DRAINAGE AS TAX SUPPORTED, BUT DRAINAGE IS TRADITIONALLY SELF-SUPPORTING. HERE IT IS NOT SELF-SUPPORTING, WE CHARGE FOUR DOLLARS PER BILL, AND IT DOESN'T SUPPORT ALL OF THE DRAINAGE. SO TRADITIONALLY YOU HAVE USER SUPPORTED SERVICES, THAT IS WATER, SEWER AND TRASH.
I DON'T KNOW OF ANYBODY, JAMES, DO YOU KNOW OF ANYBODY THAT HAS WATER, SEWER OR TRASH THAT IS TAX SUPPORTED?
>> WEST LAKE HILLS MAY HAVE TRASH THAT IS TAX SUPPORTED.
THE CONCIERGE. >> KIND OF THE SAME THING IN A WAY, THE ONLY REASON I SUPPORTED IT WAS BECAUSE EACH
[07:05:04]
YEAR WE DEBATE HOW MUCH WERE GOING TO DO THAT, FOLLOWING BEHIND AND BEHIND. AND 750, AND WE ARE KIND OF DOWN 800, SO THE JUST FOR ROADS, IT REALLY CAN SEE IT, GOES ONLINE, AND WHAT I DON'T UNDERSTAND, WE ARE WILLING TO RAISE PROPERTY TAXES, PROPERTY TAX BILLS ON PEOPLE, THE SAME MONEY OUT OF YOUR POCKET, AND THE TAX BURDEN WENT UP. THE FIVE DOLLAR FEE, $60, TEXTBOOKS AND GETTING THINGS GOING THERE. RIVERS APPEAR VOTING.>> THERE ARE DIFFERENCES, ONE OF THE DIFFERENCES YOU HAVE DISCUSSED IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN TAXATION IS YOU TEXT SOMEBODY WITH A HIGHER DOLLAR AMOUNT OR A HIGHER ABILITY TO PAY MORE THAN YOU TEXT SOMEBODY WITH A LOWER ABILITY TO PAY . TWO ON A FEE, WHEN YOU'RE CHARGING A FIVE DOLLAR FEE PER WATER BILL, EVERYBODY PAYS THE SAME FEE, SO THAT THE FEE IS MORE OF A BURDEN ON A PERSON WHO MAKES A LOWER SALARY AMOUNT OR WHO IS IN A LOWER CATEGORY , MEDIAN, LOW INCOME BRACKET THAN SOMEBODY WHO'S IN A HIGHER INCOME THAT
INCOME BRACKET. >> OR THE ELDERLY.
>> A PERSON , LIVING OFF A FIXED INCOME, FIVE DOLLARS MIGHT BE A LOT, WITH THE SALARIED POSITION, FIVE DOLLARS IS NOTHING, YOU ARE ESSENTIALLY JUST CREATING AN
EQUITY IN YOUR CITY. >> JAMES AND I DO KNOW HOW TO PUT TOGETHER A BUDGET, AND WE DO KNOW HOW TO BALANCE A BUDGET, WHAT WE ARE LOOKING FOR FROM THIS COUNSEL IS FOR YOU TO GIVE US GUIDANCE, THIS IS THE MOST DIVIDED THAT I THINK I HAVE SEEN THIS COUNSEL SINCE I'VE BEEN HERE, BUT IF ONE OF YOU WANTED TO MAKE A MOTION TO EITHER SUPPORT ROAD MAINTENANCE THROUGH TAXES, OR SUPPORT ROAD MAINTENANCE THROUGH A USER FEE, AND YOU ALL WERE TO VOTE ON THAT, THEN THAT WOULD TELL JAMES AND I WITH THE COUNCIL'S DESIRE IS BASED ON THE MAJORITY OF COUNSEL AND THEN WE COULD COME BACK TO YOU WITH THE BUDGET THAT HAD THAT VOTE IN IT .
>> WE ARE BEYOND THAT POINT, THE TEXT READ HAS BEEN ESTABLISHED, SO IT CAN BE DETERMINED BASED ON THE TAX
RATE, AND THEN OUTSIDE. >> YOU CAN TELL USED AT THE
FOOT OF THE STUFF OUTSIDE. >> MOTION TO DENY THE ROAD
>> I DIDN'T CATCH YOU SAID SECOND.
>> LET'S JUST PUT THIS TO BED RIGHT NOW. ANY OTHER DISCUSSION
ON THE ROAD MAINTENANCE FEE? >> I THINK IT HAS BEEN BUDGETED $750,000, IN STREET REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE IS WHAT HAS BEEN BUDGETED, I'M SO SORRY TO THE RESIDENCE THAT MOORE WAS NOT BUDGETED TO AT LEAST MAINTAIN THE ROADS, BUT THIS IS WHERE WE ARE AT WITH NO NEW REVENUE. AND NEXT YEAR MAYBE WE CAN DO IT IN THE BUDGET WITHOUT THE EXTRA FEE. IF THIS
PASSES. >> THAT IS NOT GOING TO STAY THERE. I'M GOING TO VOTE TO TAKE THAT DOWN TO ALMOST NOTHING HE FORGOT TO KEEP THE OTHER STUFF, THIS IS THE ONLY
PLACE. >> I'VE GOT TO MOTION I WANT TO
MAKE. >> IDOL THING, BECAUSE IS NOT AN ACTUAL ORDINANCE, I DON'T KNOW THAT WE CAN ACTUALLY -- HAVE TO VOTE A SECOND TIME, RIGHT NOW THIS IS MORE JUST
GIVING DIRECTION. >> WE ARE BRINGING THE ORDINANCE BACK SEPTEMBER 7, THIS IS JUST TELLING FOR BUDGETING PURPOSES IF THERE'S GOING TO BE A LINE ITEM FOR
THAT OR NOT. >> MY VOTE IS TO NOT HAVE A ROAD MAINTENANCE FEE. WHO HAS CALLED VOTE.
>> MAYOR? FIGURE AYE SO AYE IS TO NOT HAVE IT ?
[07:10:07]
>> NAY NAY COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON.
>> AYE COUNCIL MEMBER -- >> AYE AYE
>> COUNCILMEMBER THORTON. >> IT PASSES 5-2.
>> I WOULD LIKE TO MAKE A MOTION TO ADJUST THE BUDGET TO LOWER THE YEAR-END RESERVE FUND MET -- BALANCE TO NINE MINE DOLLARS EVEN, ENOUGH TO FUND THE INCREASES WE'VE MADE IN ANY OTHER ADDITIONAL MONEY LEFT IN THE DIFFERENCE TO ADD TO OUR STREETS MAINTENANCE, THAT WILL TAKE THAT OVER $1 MILLION, I DON'T KNOW EXACTLY WHERE WIND UP BUT WILL GET A LOT CLOSER TO WORK COULD BE, AND EVERYTHING IS FUNDED, AND IF IT'S ACCEPTABLE, THE $9 MILLION RESERVE FUND BALANCE, THE
PROBLEMS ARE SOLVED. >> I DON'T KNOW IF WE CAN DO
ALL OF THAT. >> HOLD ON, SECOND.
>> RESTATE THE MOTION PLEASE. >> HOLD ON ONE SECOND.
>> SERVER, THEN AT LEAST MAKE THE MOTION, YOU MIGHT BE GOING ON SOMETHING ELSE. IF YOU WANT TO CONFIRM WHAT I JUST SECONDED HERE. ENDING BALANCE OF THE BUDGET TO 9 MILLION.
>> 1.7 RIGHT NOW. >> BASICALLY TAKING FROM THE
RESERVE, YES. >> APPROXIMATELY 700,000 YES.
>> THE BEGINNING FUND BALANCE.
>> EXACTLY. WOMEN EMOTION, AND THE FOR ADULTS GOING FOR THIS YEAR, AND UNHEALTHY 9 MILLION WILL STILL BE THERE,
50% OR 40% FOR THIS YEAR. >> WE VOTED ON IT AT THIS TIME, THE OTHER POINT IS, I WANT TO KNOW THE IMPLICATION ON THE BUDGET, WHICH IS ALSO NOT BEEN DISCUSSED, KILLING THE ROAD MAINTENANCE THING. A LOT OF THE BUDGET WE WERE TOLD LAST COUNCIL MEETING, ABOUT $1.7 BILLION IS GOING TO BE ALLOCATED FROM A PARTICULAR FUND AND THAT WE CAN BE, AND HOW YOU ARE HANDLING THAT SHORTFALL THAT IS IN THE BUDGET
NOW. >> THAT HASN'T BEEN DISCUSSED AT ALL TONIGHT. I DIDN'T THINK WE WOULD HAVE TO GET THERE BECAUSE I THOUGHT WE WOULD GET THE MAINTENANCE BUT SINCE WE ARE NOT, WE HAVE ABOUT A $1.7 BILLION ADDITIONAL SHORTFALL
BECAUSE OF THAT. >> THE SHORT ANSWER IS, THE DEAL IS STILL NOT OFF THE TABLE, WE ARE STILL WORKING WITH THE DEVELOPER TO GET IT RESOLVED TO WHERE IT IS SOMETHING THAT YOU ALL COULD ACCEPT HER WOULD ACCEPT AND THAT THEY WILL ACCEPT AND THAT WOULD STILL FREE UP FUN IS.
>> HOW CAN WE SET A BUDGET POLICY NOW WITHOUT KNOWING THAT
IS MY POINT? >> WE STILL HAVE A SECOND REVIEW, I AM NOT SUPPORTING THAT WHOLE THING.
>> AND -- >> MAYBE YOU DON'T HAVE TO WORRY ABOUT IT, THIS IS JUST THE FIRST READING, SO WE STILL HAVE, I'M SURE DOING SOME SOUL-SEARCHING AND WE TRY TO FIGURE OUT STUFF TO TAKE AWAY, AND WE DID NOT DO VERY MUCH OF THAT, SO YOU MIGHT HAVE TO GO BACK AND CHANGE SOMETHING.
>> COUNCILMEMBER THORNTON, ARE PROJECTED FUND BALANCE FOR YEAR-END CURRENT YEAR FOR GENERAL IS 8.2 MILLION. AND I AM NOT AWARE OF ANY $1.7 BILLION ISSUE SO THAT IS NOT FACTORED INTO THIS. 8.2 MILLION DOLLARS BEFORE THE 1.7
MILLION-DOLLAR ISSUE. >> I'M LOOKING AT THE BUDGET, THE FUND SOME REASON IT SAYS BEGINNING FUND BALANCE.
>> IT WAS PUT TOGETHER A COUPLE OF WEEKS AGO, SINCE THEN THERE'VE BEEN SOME ITEMS THAT HAVE OCCURRED, ONE WAS A PAYOFF ON A LOAN, AND THERE ARE OTHER THINGS, IT WAS PROJECTED AT SOME POINT PROBABLY DURING JUNE AND JULY, I PROBABLY HAVE TO ADJUST THE FUND SUMMARY FROM WHAT I KNOW NOW, TWO MONTHS DOWN THE ROAD FROM THAT. CURRENTLY THE
[07:15:04]
PROJECTION IS 8.2 MILLION DOLLARS FOR GENERAL FUNDBALANCE AT YEAR-END. >> WAS THE REQUIRED RESERVE
AMOUNT? >> IT IS ABOUT $4.8 MILLION REQUIRED RESERVE, 3-POINT $4 MILLION IS THE UNRESERVED FUND
>> I STILL THINK YOU HAVE THE OTHER ISSUE YOU HAVEN'T
RESOLVED YET >> MODIFIED MOTION TO TAKE THE $7 MILLION IN JUST WE WILL SEE WHEN WE GET TO THE SECOND
READING. >> THE SEXY WHILE LIKE TO SET UP THE REVENUE, BEFORE WE DISCARD PROVING STUFF AND GO WERE DONE IN RESPONSE AT ALL, NOW WE HAVE TO MAKE TOUGH DECISIONS. WITH DOESN'T MAKE ANYBODY HAPPY BUT THAT'S THE
JOB TO MAKE TOUGH DECISIONS. >> IF I COULD ASK CITY ATTORNEY A QUESTION DOTTIE? AND THE PROPOSED REVENUE. A TYING TO CHANGE IT, AND MOVE FORWARD WITH A NEW RATE AT
POINT. >> JUST STARTING THE PROCESS OVER WITH THE ADVERTISING AND MAKE SURE YOU HAVE THE DEADLINE. THE 70 HERS. HAD TO HAVE THE FIRST READING , THE PUBLIC HEARING AND PASTY TAX RATE WITHIN THE SEVEN DAYS.
>> COUNCIL DOES HAVE TIME WOULD LIKE TO PROPOSE A NEW RATE, THEY MAY DO SO, AND IT STARTS THE CLOCK ALL OVER.
>> THAT SOUNDS GOOD TO ME. >> FOR ME WE ARE GROWING GOVERNMENT BY 2 POINTS OF WINDOWS YEAR AND NOT ENOUGH, AND NEED TO GROW MORE, WE'RE TELLING YOU.
>> YOU ARE NOT LOCKED INTO THE NO NEW REVENUE RATE'S POINT, YOU STILL HAVE ENOUGH RIGHT AWAY THAT IF YOU WERE TO PROPOSE A NEW RATE COULD START THE PROCESS ALL OVER AGAIN WITH NEW NOTICES AND NEW PUBLIC HEARING, AND NEW --
>> IMPORTANT POINT, WE HAVE PROJECTS THINGS THAT CITIZENS WANT AND NO NEW REVENUE RIGHT NOW, SEEMS VERY SHORTSIGHTED, YOU LIKE THE -- THAT WE ARE MAKING TOUGH DECISIONS BUT IT GOES BACK TO WHAT COUNCILMEMBER CLARK IS TALKING ABOUT, ARE YOU GOING TO DO THE BARE MINIMUM TO GROWING CITY THAT IS ALREADY GROWING, OR SHOW THE CITIZENS THAT WE ACTUALLY HAVE QUALITY OF LIFE, AND GROWING SUSTAINABLY AT THE FOREFRONT OF THE DECISIONS WE MAKE. WHY DO WE HAVE FOR WHEN YOU USE THEM, A GREAT STATEMENT AND REALLY MAKE AN INVESTMENT IN THE COMMUNITY, BUT I MEAN WE HAVE PEOPLE OF HERE DOING THE BARE MINIMUM AND RK -- ARE OKAY WITH THAT.
>> WHAT I SEE GROW RESPONSIBLY AND SUSTAINABLY THAT'S WHY QUESTION IT, THE COUNSEL ALMOST GIVEAWAY $3 MILLION TO THE DEVELOPER THAT WOULD'VE COME OUT OF THE TAXPAYER'S POCKETS, AND WANTING TO GROW RESPONSIBLY AND SUSTAINABLY IS NOT TO GIVE OUT THOSE TYPE OF GIVEAWAYS TO PEOPLE FOR THE NEW DEVELOPMENT PAYS FOR ITSELF, THE WAY WE'VE BEEN GROWING IN VOTING OF'S ARGUING, WE ARE GIVING AND GIVING AND I'M APPEAR GOING WE HAVE TO START GETTING FROM THE DEVELOPERS AND TAKING FROM THEM. WE ARE PAYING THEM TO DEVELOP. I AM WITH YOU, GROW RESPONSIBLY BUT SOME PEOPLE UP HERE HAVE VOTED GROW AT ALL COSTS FOR THE SAKE OF GROWING IN MY ARGUMENT HAS BEEN THAT WE ARE RUNNING OUT OF WATER AND WASTEWATER, OUR ROADS ARE OVER CAPACITY AND ALL WE WANT TO DO IS PAY DEVELOPERS TO DEVELOP I DON'T WANT US TO GROW THIS FAST, IS NOT SUSTAINABLE, I WANT THE HIGHEST QUALITY OF LIFE, BUT YOU CAN GIVE THAT IF YOU CAN'T PAY DEVELOPERS TO
BUILD HERE. >> UNLESS YOU GET A GOOD RETURN ON YOUR INVESTMENT AND THEY BRING IN 13/2 DOLLARS PER YEAR ONCE THEY'RE BUILT OUT AND PROVIDES A GREAT SERVICE TO THE IS AND IS ESTIMATE AND NOT A GIVEAWAY.
>> I MAKE A MOTION THAT WE ADOPT A NEW REVENUE RATE.
>> CAN MAKE A MOTION. >> WE CAN DO THAT .
>> ARE ALL RIGHT. >> YOU CAN RECALL THE WINNING
SIDE THE VOTE FOR THE RATE. >> RECONSIDERING THE SEPTEMBER
[07:20:05]
7 AGENDA. AND TAKE CARE OF THAT, BUT MORE POSITIONS AND MORE POSITIONS THAT THEN WE TOOK AWAY THE.>> AND FROM WHAT TO $7 MILLION.
>> 8.2 MILLION DOLLARS UP TO SEVEN DOLLARS. THE SEVEN. 8.2 MILLION DOLLARS. IS UP $1.2 MILLION. I AGREE WITH THE COUNCILMEMBER. PEERMAN , MISCHARACTERIZATION.
>> I DON'T KNOW WHAT EXES. THAT WE HAD BEFORE.
>> 200 MILLION HAVE CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT. AND SUPPORTED
CURRENTLY, SO DOES NOT >> IT IS NOT SUPPORTED, THE CITY MANAGER TOLD ME ON MORE THAN ONE OCCASION, THAT HAS TO GO TO PAY FOR, SO IT IS ALL UNSUPPORTED THAT .
>> THAT IS FOR THE STUFF THAT WE ARE NOT TALKING ABOUT, BUT THE CURRENT CAPITAL PROJECT, YOU COULD NEVER SHOULD THE GENERAL MUNICIPAL BOND IF THOSE WERE NOT ALREADY
SUPPORTED. >> SHE THINK WE HAVE IT TO
SPEND? >> IT'S NOT WHAT I SAID THE RATE INCREASE IS GOING TO COME BECAUSE THE TAKE-OR-PAY STUFF MAYBE COMING DOWN THE PIPE IN THE FUTURE.
>> WHY ARE WE RAISING WASTE >> THE LARGEST CAPITAL PROJECT IS ONE HAND TESTING $180 MILLION FOR THE LEAST ONE TREATMENT PLAN, WE DON'T HAVE $180 MILLION FOR THAT SO WE HAVE BEEN COLLECTING FEES. TO HAVE A FUND BALANCE THAT CAN BE USED FOR THAT AND FEES FOR WHICH YOU DON'T HAVE EXPENDITURES FOR THE PAY DEBT, ALLOCATE TO PAY DEBT. SO THERE WILL HAVE TO BE BONDS OR IN A DEBT . CURRENTLY, THERE IS NOT ENOUGH FEES OR DEBT CASH, TO SUPPORT A $180 MILLION PROJECT IS THE LARGEST PROJECT CREATING THE $300
>> RIGHT, ANY OTHER DISCUSSION ON THE MOTION
>> ALTHOUGH I THINK IT IS A GREAT AND INNOVATIVE WAY TO MAKE UP FOR THIS, TO ADD TO THE SEVEN D, TO GET REALLY NEED TO BE, I AM HESITANT TO PULL IT FROM THE RESERVES, JUST FISCAL RESPONSIBILITY, IF WE CAN FIND IT SOMEWHERE ELSE, I WOULD PROBABLY BE MORE KEEN ON THAT IDEA. BUT GRABBING FROM RESERVES I'M JUST HESITANT ON THAT, THAT IS KIND OF WHERE I'M AT ON THIS, BUT I DO APPRECIATE THE EFFORT OF TRYING TO MAKE IT HAPPEN WITH NO NEW REVENUE BECAUSE I THINK WE CAN MAKE IT HAPPEN. BUT IT IS LATE YES.
>> WOULD YOU BE MORE SUPPORTIVE IF IT WAS ONLY FUNDING THE INCREASED POSITIONS AND NOT FUNDING ADDITIONAL STREET THAT WOULD BE LESS DRAWN FROM RESERVE, JUST ASK
>> SAID OF JOINT DOWN THE 1.1 MILLION, TO ME DOLLARS, ONLY
>> I THINK THE RESERVE IS SITTING AT ANTICIPATED 33% , 30 PERCENT? BEFORE WE STARTED JACKING WITH EVERY.
>> THE RESERVE THAT I QUOTED YOU $20 MILLION FOR THE GENERAL FUND IS 20%, WHICH IS CURRENTLY WHAT IS THE POLICY.
>> BEFORE WE STARTED MESSING WITH.
>> THAT IS CURRENTLY WHAT IS PROJECTED. WE WILL HAVE 8.2
[07:25:03]
MILLION DOLLARS AND OF THAT FOR $.8 MILLION WOULD BE RESERVED AND THAT IS A 20% RESERVE. OKAY.>> WHAT PERCENT IS 8.2 MILLION DOLLARS?
>> IS THE TOTAL. >> IS AT 40% RESERVE, OR 20%?
>> 20% IS A RESERVE OF THE CURRENT EXPENDITURES. CURRENT EXPENDITURES ARE ABOUT $26 MILLION. SO TAKE 20% OF THE 26 AND THAT GIVES YOU THE 4.8, AND THEN YOUR TOTAL IS 8.2, -4.8, THE G3 POINT FOR FOR UNRESERVED -- 3 POINT FOR 3.4
FOR UNRESERVED. >> 7.2 IS 30%, 9.6 IS 40%, SO WE ARE SOMEWHERE IN BETWEEN 30% AND 40%, SO 35% WHAT THE
MAYOR PRO TEM SAID. >> CORRECT, 33% OF
EXPENDITURES IS THE 8.2. >> OKAY.
>> I RAN THE SAME CALCULATION OF THE BUDGET HOWEVER, AND IF YOU TAKE 8.2 OF THE NEW BUDGETED EXPENDITURES , WHICH IS LIKE $29 MILLION FOR THE GENERAL FUND IN PROPOSED BUDGET
, YOU ARE AT 20% >> ANOTHER SMALL NUANCE BUT MATTERS THAT'S WHY THERE WAS, RESERVE IS NOT THE SAME THING IS FUND BALANCE RESERVE IS THE STATUTORY REQUIREMENT OF HOW MUCH MONEY WE HAVE TO SET ASIDE IN ORDER TO PAY BILLS FOR EMERGENCIES AND THOSE SORTS OF THINGS. THAT IS RESERVE , BUT IF YOU HAVE MORE MONEY THAT THE UNBOUND, IT IS NOT TO THE RESERVE ALTHOUGH THE WORK IS AROUND A LOT. SO WE HAVE RESERVED, WHATEVER THE NUMBER WAS, 28, THAT IS RESERVE BUT A
FUND BALANCE OF 8.4. >> I JUST DIDN'T WANT THE FUND
BALANCE GOING BELOW THE 20% >> YOU DID NOT WANT TO DIP DOWN
>> ALL WE'RE SAYING IS SOME OF THE FUND BALANCE BUT NOT
INTO RESERVE. >> YES, THE LIMIT IS 4.2, WE CAN'T GO BELOW THAT AND IT IS FROM GETTING 8.2 UP TO SEVEN, STILL WELL ABOVE THE 4.2. I DID NOT HAVE IT IN MY HEAD.
>> WHEN DID YOU RECALCULATE THE 20% RESERVE, AS SOON AS THE BUDGET CLOSES, $29 MILLION, WE HAVE TO BE AT 5.8?
>> YOU NORMALLY CALCULATE IT AT THE END OF A FISCAL YEAR, IS THE ONLY POINT WHERE YOU ACTUALLY HAVE A TRUE PROJECTION OF THE REVENUE AND EXPENSE FOR THE YEAR AND BALANCE. SO GENERALLY AT THE END OF THE YEAR, I LOOK AT IT MONTHLY, WE DO REPORT IT TO YOUR MONTHLY, IN YOUR FINANCIAL STATEMENT, IT IS ON THE GENERAL FUND REVENUE PAGES WE CALCULATE IT BUDGET AND SHOW IT PROJECTED FOR THE YEAR AND.
>> HERE'S THE OTHER QUESTION THAT I HAVE WITH THE MAJORITY OF WHERE WE GET OUR REVENUE FOR THE CITY.
>> FOR TAX SUPPORTED REVENUE. >> RIGHT.
>> COMES IN, IN FEBRUARY. >> DECEMBER AND JANUARY
TIMEFRAME >> HOW LOW ARE WE GOING TO HAVE A CASH FLOW PROBLEM IS SEVEN AND STILL BEING A 20%
BETWEEN OCTOBER 1? >> IF YOU REMEMBER FROM THE INVESTMENT REPORT WE HAVE ABOUT ONE $60 MILLION CASH JUST BOUGHT THIS PAST WEEK $120 MILLION IN T BILLS, THAT LEFT 40 MILLION AVAILABLE IN LIQUID ASSETS, AND THAT SHOULD BE OKAY FOR OUR CASH FLOW PROJECTION. WE NORMALLY NEED $8 MILLION IN EXPENDITURES OR CASH FLOW PER MONTH AND WE DO HAVE CASH INFLOWS COMING IN EVERY SINGLE MONTH. AND SO FOR OCTOBER, WILL PROBABLY MAKE YOU DRAW OF TWO OR $3 MILLION, NOVEMBER ANOTHER DROPPED TWO OR $3 MILLION IN DECEMBER THE TAX REVENUES WILL BEGIN TO CATCH UP.
>> OKAY. >> SO WE DO HAVE ENOUGH IN LIQUID ASSETS THAT CASH FLOW WISE WE ARE GOING TO BE OKAY.
>> WHAT I HEAR YOU SAYING IS THAT YOU'RE NOT RETIRING.
>> I AM RETIRING. >> MY HUSBAND IS SITTING BACK HERE IN THE BACK ROOM. AND I THINK THEY SAID YES, SHE IS
>> 2024. >> STILL BE GOING ON YES.
[07:30:03]
UNDERSTANDING WITH THE MOTION NEWS.>> THE DISCUSSION, PLEASE CALL THE VOTE.
>> THE MOTION PASSES 6-1. >> ARE WE DONE?
>> THAT IS IT FOR THE GENERAL FUND. IF YOU VOTE TO ADOPT THE STREET MAINTENANCE AND HOW IT IS PRESENTED. DIDN'T VOTE DO THAT YET, JUST WANTED TO DRAW DOWN THAT.
>> WE DENIED THE ROAD MAINTENANCE,
>> AND THE DRAINAGE. >> I DON'T THINK YOU VOTED ON
THAT YET. >> MOVED TO APPROVE THE BUDGET
AS PRESENTED >> WE HAVE AMENDED IT.
>> THAT WAS THE ORIGINAL MOTION BIGGER DEVOTION IS TO DROP THE
BALANCE AT $7 MILLION. >> OKAY.
>> YOU ALREADY VOTED ON THE ROAD WE DON'T NEED TO VOTE ON
IT AGAIN. >> YOU'RE NOT TALKING ABOUT THE
SEVENTH OF THE CORRECT. >> THE AMENDMENT TO DENY THE ROAD'S FEE AND BALANCE FROM A POINT TO UP TO SOME $.7 MILLION, MAYOR IS RIGHT, THE MOTION NOW IS TO APPROVE IT AS AMENDED WITH THE TWO AMENDMENTS.
>> THERE IS ONE OTHER AMENDMENT, WHEN HE SAID DOWN 7, IT WAS TO TAKE $330,000 OF THE 1.2 FOR THE INCREASES, AND THE STREET MAINTENANCE, INCREASING FROM SEVEN TO DOWN TO WHATEVER THE DIFFERENCES IN THAT.
>> THAT IS TRUE. >> AS IT IS. ALMOST TO CLOCK
IN THE MORNING. >> $7 MILLION REACHED OUT STAFF LEFT FIGURE OUT THE MATH
>> PEOPLE KNEW THAT THAT WAS PRETTY MOTION OF THE ADOPTED
>> THE INTENT IS TO TAKE THE AND THAT'S IN ALL THE CHANGES.
WITH THAT INFLUX AND WHATEVER THE BALANCE OF THAT IS, AND THE ROAD MAINTENANCE LINE. IN ADDITION.
>> CORRECT. 1.2, THAT THE TENSION
>> AND CONSUME THEM, CONSUME THEM, TO TAKE THAT.
>> 1. 2. >> YOU'RE NOT DONE YET.
>> DONE WITH THE GENERAL. STREET DRAINAGE.
>> OKAY, THAT IS ALL FIXED, THERE IS REALLY NOTHING TO ADJUST. WORKERS COMP AND OTHER THINGS LIKE THAT.
>> WE STILL HAVE TO PUT ON THE OVERALL
>> ARE WE GOING TO VOTE ON THAT?
>> OH THAT'S TRUE, DID NOT SEE YOU DO LEGAL EITHER.
>> IS THAT FAREED SOMEWHERE >> IS LIKE NO THANKS.
>> ONE MORE VOTE ON TREATS AND TRAINING. BEFORE WE FORGET.
>> THEY ARE NOT ON -- IN THE DEPARTMENT.
>> PUT THE BOOK DOWN. >> CAN WE VOTE ON THE CURRENT
MOTION ON THE FLOOR PLEASE. >> OVERALL STREET DRAINAGE.
>> PLEASE CALL VOTE. >> THORTON.
>> COUNCILMEMBER THOMPSON. >> AYE MAYOR PRO TEM.
>> PASSES 70. -- 7-0. >>> OKAY MAYOR, UNDER CITY ADMINISTRATION THERE IS, THAT'S THE ONLY ONE THAT I SEE THAT HAS NOT BEEN DISCUSSED, WHATEVER YOU ALL VOTED TO APPROVE THE DEVELOPMENT IS, PLANNING IN GIS AND THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT, I AM ASSUMING THAT YOU ALL INTENDED TO ALL OF THOSE. UNDER PUBLIC WORKS, ENGINEERING, WE COVERED
[07:35:10]
CONSTRUCTION INSPECTION WE COVERED. POLICE. AND COMMUNICATION, SECRETARY AND EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT. DONE PARKS AND THE MAINTENANCE. AND FACILITY MAINTENANCE, LOOKS LIKE LEGAL , NOT DEPARTMENTAL, AND THE INTENT IS NOT TO PROVE BOTH GIS PLANNING AND BUILDING , THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT AT THE SAME TIME, I THINK THAT'S CORRECT.>> AND THE DEPARTMENT, THAT IS NOT THERE, NOT GOING DOWN
THE LIST ON THE WEBSITE. >> WE DIDN'T CREATED AS
DEPARTMENT FOR THEM. >> LEGAL.
>> WHAT IS LEFT, LEGAL? >> AND ADMINISTRATIVE WHAT
>> NOT DEPARTMENTAL >> WHAT ELSE IS LEFT TO APPROVE
>> PUBLIC WORKS, AND THAT IS UNLESS YOU -- THAT IS IT.
>> MOTION TO APPROVE LEGAL AND NOT DEPARTMENTAL AS PRESENTED.
>> SECOND. >> ANY DISCUSSION ON THIS? WE CAN FINISH THIS UP AT THE NEXT MEETING. HEARING NONE, PLEASE
CALL THE VOTE. >> COUNCILMEMBER QUICK
>> AYE COUNCILMEMBER QUICK >> AYE MAYOR PRO TEM QUICK
>> AYE COUNCILMEMBER QUICK >> AYE KOUNTZ NUMBER THOMPSON
>> AYE PASSES 7-0. IT BRINGS US TO UTILITY BILLING.
ONE POSITION BEING ADDED. >> THAT IS A CUSTOMER SERVICE REPRESENTATIVE, RIGHT HERE UPFRONT AT THE WINDOW, WE GREET CITIZENS AND TAKE CHECKS THROUGH THE WINDOW AND TAKE APPLICATIONS, WE HAVE A LOT OF PEOPLE WHO ARE MOBILE IN THE CITY RENT, AND WHEN THEY COME IN THE CITY AND THEY NEED AN ACCOUNT THEY SHOW THE WINDOW, THERE IS A GROWTH OF ABOUT 8% IN UTILITY BILLING ACCOUNTS. WE WENT FROM 9000 ACCOUNTS OF THE BEGINNING OF THE YEAR, WE ARE CURRENTLY AT 13,000 ACCOUNTS. NOT ONLY DO THEY TAKE CUSTOMERS AT THE WINDOW, THERE'S AN EMAIL ADDRESS, SO PEOPLE EMAIL IN. AND THERE ARE PHONE CALLS. I WAS ABOUT TO SAY THAT WHEN I FIRST CAME HERE THE MAYOR GIVES SAYING THAT PEOPLE WOULD CALL CITY HALL AND NO ONE WOULD ANSWER THE PHONE AND I THOUGHT WAS HE TALKING ABOUT, EVERYONE ANSWERS THE PHONE, THEN JAMES PUT ME ON THE CITY EXERCISE PLAN AND MOVE ME FROM THE SECOND FLOOR TO THE FIRST FLOOR AND ALL THE SUDDEN I JUST KEPT HEARING HIS PHONES RINGING AND I THOUGHT WHAT IS GOING ON WITH THESE PHONES, IT WAS MY OWN DEPARTMENT, UTILITY BILLING, THE ONLY HAD 2 CUSTOMER SERVICE REPS AND TRYING TO PROCESS THE APPLICATION AND THEY HAD A STACK THE STICK OF APPLICATIONS, AND THE PHONE CALLS, I LOOKED AND THERE WAS A BACKLOG OF 70S OF CALLS AND I LOOKED THE EMAIL AND THE EMAIL WAS BACKED UP FOR TWO WEEKS AND I SAID THIS WAS TOTALLY UNACCEPTABLE AND I SAID WE PULLED IN AS MUCH RESOURCES AS WE COULD FIND AND SURE ENOUGH WE GET THE BACKLOG CLEANED UP WE REALIZED IS, WE REALLY NEED ANOTHER PERSON, THERE'S BEEN SO MUCH GROWTH THE CITY THAT IN ORDER TO SERVE THE CITIZENS PROPERLY YOU HAVE TO HAVE ANOTHER CUSTOMER SERVICE REP SO THAT IS WHAT WE ARE ASKING ME I MAKE A MOTION
TO APPROVE UTILITY AS PRESENTED >> SECOND.
>> SECONDED BY THE MEMBER. >> FOR UTILITY BILLING JUST HAD A QUESTION, SOFTWARE LICENSING, GOING FROM 30,000
[07:40:06]
TO 192,000? >> I THINK I KNOW THE ANSWER IS, ALLOWING US TO IMPLEMENT THE AMI SYSTEM TO THE POINT WHERE CITIZENS CAN LOGIN AND SEE THE REAL-TIME USAGE DATA INSTEAD OF IT WAITING TO BE READ THE, BECAUSE WE COLLECTED DATA BUT WE DON'T HAVE A PORTAL PROVIDED.
>> THAT IS A ONE-TIME FEE. >> A BIG CHUNK OF IT IS.
>> ALWAYS MAINTENANCE FEES AND SOFTWARE GOING FORWARD.
>> -42,000. >> I THOUGHT I KNEW WHAT IT WAS, WE FIND THE ACTUAL LINE THE ACCOUNTING SOFTWARE THAT DOES THE BUILDING, AND WHAT CHANGES TALKING ABOUT IS YES, PROPOSING TO ADD A SOFTWARE, THE AMI READ, CITIZENS CAN GO OUT LOOK SEE WITH THE WATER USAGE IS EVERY 30 MINUTES, AND IF THEY HAVE A LEAK IT WILL SPIKE, THEY IMMEDIATELY KNOW THEY HAVE A LEAK, WE SEE SPIKE, WE WILL CALL A RESIDENT, IT MIGHT BE A DAY OR TWO BEFORE WE REALIZE THERE IS A POSSIBLE LEAK AND MAKES THE CALL, MAKES THE CALL, OR THEY SEE A LOT OF THAT, THEY CAN LOOK AT THEIR USAGE AND CONSUMPTION, A 30 MINUTE INCREMENT AND THEY WILL IMMEDIATELY KNOW IF THEY
HAVE A LEAK. >> THIS IS A LOT LIKE YOUR ELECTRIC METERS, WHERE YOU CAN GO ON TO YOUR PORTAL AND SEE WHAT YOUR CURRENT CONSUMPTION IS WITHIN A RELATIVELY SHORT PERIOD OF TIME, 150 IS THE REAL-TIME PORTAL, THE 40 TUESDAY, AND IT'S THE SAME THING, THE ENTERPRISE LICENSE TO BUY SOFTWARE, THERE WILL BE A RECURRING MAINTENANCE FEE THAT IS ABOUT 10%, OF THE COST OF THE ENTERPRISE LICENSE AND
42, THAT. >> ANY OTHER QUESTIONS OR DISCUSSION? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL VOTE,
>> AYE AYE KOUNTZ NUMBER THOMPSON QUICK
>> INTO -- COUNCILMEMBER QUICK
>> AYE IT PASSES 7-0. >> WE DID SKIP OVER PUBLIC
WORKS THAT QUICK >> YES WE DID.
>> ADMINISTRATION AND PUBLIC WORKS.
>> MAKE A MOTION TO APPROVE PUBLIC WORKS ADD AS IS AND.
THIS? >> I THINK YOU FINALLY ARE GOING TO GET FUNDED RICK AFTER ALL NIGHT LONG.
>> HEARING NOTHING ELSE. VOTE.
>> AYE AYE COUNCILMEMBER QUICK
>> AYE COMES MEMBER THOMPSON QUICK
>> AYE THE MOTION PASSES 7-0, ELASTASE UTILITIES.
>> MOTION TO APPROVE. >> SECOND.
>> SECONDED BY THE COUNCIL MEMBER THOMPSON
>> THIS IS THE UTILITY FUND, CORRECT?
>> YES. >> I'VE ASKED THE CITY MANAGER IF HE THINKS WE ARE GOING TO HAVE TO RAISE WASTEWATER RATE ESSENTIALLY, IT SOUNDS LIKE THEY ARE TALKING EVENTUALLY.
>> WHETHER IT IS WATER OR WASTEWATER CUT EITHER WAY UTILITY RATES, WE WILL SUBSTANTIALLY LOOK AT -- I THINK MY BRAIN HAS STOPPED FUNCTIONING CORRECTLY. WITHIN TWO YEARS FROM NOW, EVERYTHING ELSE REMAINING THE SAME, WHICH I KNOW IS NOT ALWAYS THE CASE, AND ALSO ONLY LOOKING AT THINGS LOOKING -- BEING FUNDED FROM THE RATES, WE WILL HAVE TO
[07:45:02]
INCREASE RATES TO BE ABLE TO PAY FOR NOT JUST THE COMMITMENTS FOR THE TAKE OR PAY WATCHER CONTRACTS THAT WE ARE WORKING ON, BUT THE DEBT SERVICE THAT WE ARE LOOKING AT.AND UTILITY. TO PROVIDE THE FUTURE OF OUR CITY. IN THE MATH, OBSERVE THE DEBT SERVICE ABOUT TWO YEARS. SEE HOW WE DON'T HAVE THE RATE INCREASE. IT WAS ESSENTIAL. AND A DO THE MATH, DOLLARS A MONTH 50 YEARS AGO. EVERYTHING ELSE
REMAINING >> TALKED ABOUT THIS ONLINE THE HOMELESS TERMINATION. AND SOONER RATHER THAN LATER, HAVING A PUBLIC DISCUSSION, PEOPLE ARE GOING TO FORGET HIM $50 A MONTH AND THAT FREAKING OUT ABOUT THAT.
>> AND THE IMPROVEMENTS IN METRO MAKE IT LIKE EAST GERMANY. WE'RE SPENDING MONEY, NOT A BARE NECESSITY. WE HAVE THIS IMPENDING HUGE INCREASE, WE'RE GOING TO HAVE, PEOPLE ARE GOING TO BE REALLY EXCITED WHEN THEY HAVE A BRAND-NEW PARK AND WE WERE NERVOUS ABOUT THE FIVE DOLLARS AND IS. WE'RE TALKING $50 INCREASE PER MONTH FOR TWO YEARS THINGS UP AND TRYING TO STRESS, WHETHER IT BE JUST ME OR WHATEVER, AND THIS WORKED UP OVER FIVE DOLLARS A MONTH, $50 A MONTH PEOPLE ARE GOING TO FREAK OUT, TALKING SOONER RATHER THAN LATER, MANY PEOPLE CHANGE THEIR MINDS ON SOME SAY YOU KNOW WHAT, MAYBE IT'S NOT THE THING TO DO RIGHT NOW, I UNDERSTAND THAT YOU GUYS BUT WE HAVE MORE INFORMATION AND THERE IS A MASSIVE WATCHER AND WASTEWATER INCREASE COMING THAT IS LIKE 25%, THAT WOULD BE A 25% INCREASE. THAT IS JUST A WASTE
WATER SIDE. >> THAT IS IT COMBINES.
>> SOUNDS LIKE THAT'S WHAT WE SHOULD DO NO NEW REVENUE NEXT YEAR, WE SHOULD HAVE A HARD CONVERSATION, YOUR NEED IN YOUR WANT, IF YOU WANT SOME IN, PAY FOR THAT IS WITH THE CITY PAYING THAT, WORST-CASE SCENARIO RIGHT THE CITY PAYING FOR IT, I KNOW OBVIOUSLY THE KIND OF WORK SOME GRIDS AT THE, OBVIOUSLY THAT IS THE SURE THING, THIS IS HONESTLY A WORST-CASE SCENARIO, KURT IF I'M WRONG THAT IS CORRECT.
>> WE COULD HAVE PARTICIPATION FROM OTHER OUTSIDE FUNDING IS A NUMBER OF THINGS THAT WILL BRING THE NUMBER DOWN YES, I TEND TO LOOK AT WHAT THE WORST-CASE SCENARIO COULD BE BECAUSE I FEEL LIKE IT IS IN RECENT POSSIBLE TO PLAN FOR ROSES AND RAINBOWS, AND WAS AGAIN, TO PLAN FOR THAT TO BE LIKE OH, JUST KIDDING. THOSE CHICKENS DID NOT COME HOME TO ROOST, AND WE CAN DO. SO ONE CAN'T UTILITY CUSTOMERS ADDING TO THE LIST, DRAWS DOWN THE, 2, IMPACT FEES BEING PAID, DRAWS DOWN THE NUMBER, AND 3, MAYBE WE DON'T HAVE TO TRIGGER THE CIP PROJECTS, THE ORDER WE THOUGHT, DELAYING A YEAR TO 4 WOULD BE DEVELOPMENT PARTICIPATION, I'M ASSUMING THAT MOST OF THE PROJECTS WE ARE PAYING FOR, BUT SOME OF THEM WOULD HAVE TO DEVELOP PARTICIPATION, THE MAYOR'S POINT, HAVING A CONVERSATION THE PUBLIC, WE CAN TALK THROUGH ALL OF THAT. AND THE PUBLIC UNDERSTANDING WHAT I BELIEVE WORST OPTIONS, OR YOU BELIEVE YOU COULD SHRINK AS A CITY AND MAKE IT WORSE, ARE GOING TO PROJECT THAT. EVERYTHING REMAINING THE SAME, SAME NUMBER OF PEOPLE HERE THREE YEARS FROM NOW, EVERYTHING REMAINING THE SAME, THAT'S HOW MUCH IS GOING TO COST, WE KNOW WERE GOING TO START SHIPPING THE NUMBER BACK TO A MORE REASONABLE AND MAYBE WE SEE DREW INCREASES OF THE NEXT TWO YEARS.
>> ASKING TO COME BACK SO WE CAN TALK. AND THREE OR FOUR NOW IS, $50 INCREASE, IS THREE DOLLARS, TAKING EXTRA TODAY IS LESS THAN, ALMOST LIKE SAVINGS THE OPPOSITE IS HOW I LOOK AT IT. THE MORE I SEE TODAY UNLESS I HAVE TO
SAVE LATER. >> OF RAISING TAXES,
>> IT IS BIGGER THAN THAT. HAVEN'T TALKED ABOUT THE $80
[07:50:04]
BRIDGE AND PROJECTS, FROM THE PLAN, YOU MAKE MORE MONEY I'M SEASON ANYBODY ELSE THE COMPLAINTS TO BE ABOUT NOT BEING 240, REALLY OWE $90 MILLION IS THE CITY, NONUTILITY DEBT 88 MILLION ONE RIDGE, US HENSCHEL INCREASE, WASTEWATER RATES COMING UP, AND THE OTHER ROAD PROJECT WE HAVE, YOU MAY BE TALKING NO NEW REVENUE YOU MIGHT HAVE TO DOUBLE YOUR TAXES STILL NOT HAVE ENOUGH. WELL IT'S ONLY 10 MILLION, YOU 200 MILLION, 300 MILLION PROJECTS COMING. ONLY GOT SO BIG OF A CREDIT LIMIT AND GETTING FRONT OF US, NOT DROP THE CREDIT RATING CAN'T JUST BORROWING DARWIN BARLOW, I DON'T THINK OUR DECISION-MAKING HAS EVEN GOTTEN TO, NO NEW REVENUE IS THE EASIEST TO DEAL WITH, THE DECISION YEARS, AND GOING TO STRUGGLE WITH, BUT TO BE ABLETO PUT IT. >> TELL PEOPLE YOUR TAX BILL HAS GONE $1400 TO $3500, ALL THIS COMPLAINING WE DID, IT'S NOTHING COMPARED TO WHAT'S COMING IF WE DON'T START DOING BETTER ECONOMIC DEALS AND CONTROL SPENDING.
>> THANK YOU FOR THE LECTURE DAD, I APPRECIATED IS GOING TO
MAKE A BIG IMPACT. >> GOD WILLING.
>> GOD WILLING, ANY OTHER DISCUSSION CLICK PLEASE CALL
THE VOTE. >> COUNCILMEMBER BECK
>> COUNCILMEMBER? >> AYE MAYOR?
>> AYE MOTION PASSES 7-0. OKAY. SO THERE'S NO
[5.1. Public Hearing on Fiscal Year 2023-2024 Budget (City Council) ]
OBJECTIONS, WE WILL CLOSE THE PUBLIC HEARING.>> YOU COULD BUT THERE IS A SLEW OF FUN TOO. SO IF THERE'S ANY OF THOSE YOU WANT TO DO WITH RIGHT NOW, THAT WOULD BE
THE TIME TO DO WITH THAT >> HOTEL OCCUPANCY TAX FUND, COURT SECURITY, COURT KNOWLEDGE, WHAT I MIGHT RECOMMEND IS THAT MAYBE YOU LOOK OVER THOSE AND THEN IF YOU HAVE ANY THING YOU COULD EMAIL YOUR QUESTIONS OR COMMENTS TO ME, AND THEN I COULD MAYBE COMPILE THOSE. AND MAYBE WE COULD ADDRESS THOSE ON SEPTEMBER SEVENTH MEETING .
>> TECHNICALLY IS NOT A FIRST READING, TIMBER SEVENTH IS THE
FIRST READING. >> THIS IS JUST DIRECTION FOR
YOU. >> ALL OF THOSE FUNDS ARE RESTRICTED AT OF THE OFFICE OF THE RED LIGHT DISTRICT I DON'T KNOW IF YOU STILL HAVE THE RED LIGHT FUND OR NOT.
>> A1 DOLLAR PROBLEM, I DON'T SEE THAT WE CAN CHANGE DRASTIC
THE, A LAPTOP OR SOMETHING. >> THE BIGGEST ONE WOULD BE THE PARTS IMPROVEMENT FUND, COMMUNITY BENEFIT, PARKS IMPACT FUND, HOTEL OCCUPANCY, THAT IS PRETTY SET
>> THE DEBT SERVICE FUND . >> ARE NOT GOING TO AFFECT THAT
REALLY. >> THEY ARE WHAT THEY ARE
>> PRESENTING ALL REMAINING FUNDS AS PRESENTED?
>> MAYOR PRO TEM, AND 2ND BY THOMPSON, APPROVING THE REMAINING MISCELLANEOUS FUNDS AS PRESENTED, AND DISCUSSION? HEARING NONE, PLEASE CALL THE LOAD.
>> COUNCILMEMBER WOOLCOTT. >> AYE COUNCILMEMBER? FIGURE
AYE COUNCILMEMBER CLARK. >> AYE .
>> THOMPSON. >> AYE THE PASS IS 7-0, ANY
OTHER BUDGET RELATED MATTERS? >> MOVING TO CLOSE THE PUBLIC
HEARING. >> IF THERE'S NO OBJECTIONS, WE WILL CLOSE THE PUBLIC HEARING. 2:05 AM ON AUGUST 25 APPRECIATE THE PATIENCE OF EVERYBODY GOING THROUGH THIS.
I KNOW DIFFERENT TIMES WE GOT HEATED. WE PROBABLY NEED TO WORK ON SOME KIND OF MESSAGING TO THE PUBLIC OVER TIME TO LET THEM GET READY FOR THE THINGS THAT WE TALKED ABOUT HERE
>> MAYOR AND COUNCIL, COMING TO A CLOSE, AND THE MAYOR,
[07:55:06]
PEOPLE FELT PASSIONATELY ABOUT, AND COMPARED TO WHERE YOU ARE IN THE PAST, YOU DID GOOD WORK TONIGHT, AND WORK YOUR WAY THROUGH A VERY COMPLICATED BUDGET, THE BENEFIT OF WORKING ON FOR A MONTH OR MORE, ENGAGING WITH MULTIPLE PEOPLE, EVEN THOUGH IT'S LATE, AND THE THEY GOT NOTICED , IN YOUR OWN THOUGHTS, WE THANK YOU FOR BEING PATIENT AND WORKINGTHROUGH THAT WITH US. >>
* This transcript was compiled from uncorrected Closed Captioning.